Volume 11 - Construction Management PDF

GOVERNMENT OF MALAYSIA
DEPARTMENT OF IRRIGATION
AND DRAINAGE
Volume 11 Construction
Management
Jabatan Pengairan dan Saliran Malaysia

Jalan Sultan Salahuddin
50626 KUALA LUMPUR
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Disclaimer
Every effort and care has been taken in selecting methods and recommendations that are
appropriate to Malaysian conditions. Notwithstanding these efforts, no warranty or guarantee,
express, implied or statutory is made as to the accuracy, reliability, suitability or results of the
methods or recommendations.
The use of this Manual requires professional interpretation and judgment. Appropriate design
procedures and assessment must be applied, to suit the particular circumstances under
consideration.
The government shall have no liability or responsibility to the user or any other person or entity
with respect to any liability, loss or damage caused or alleged to be caused, directly or indirectly,
by the adoption and use of the methods and recommendations of this Manual, including but not
limited to, any interruption of service, loss of business or anticipatory profits, or consequential
damages resulting from the use of this Manual.
Revision 0 : March 2009
Volume 11
DID MANUAL
Foreword
The first edition of the Manual was published in 1960 and was actually based on the
experiences and knowledge of DID engineers in planning, design, construction, operations and
maintenance of large volume water management systems for irrigation, drainage, floods and river
conservancy. The manual became invaluable references for both practising as well as officers newly
posted to an unfamiliar engineering environment.
Over these years the role and experience of the DID has expanded beyond an agriculturebased environment to cover urbanisation needs but the principle role of being the countrys leading
expert in large volume water management remains. The challenges are also wider covering issues
of environment and its sustainability. Recognising this, the Department decided that it is timely for
the DID Manual be reviewed and updated. Continuing the spirit of our predecessors, this Manual is
not only about the fundamentals of related engineering knowledge but also based on the concept
of sharing experience and knowledge of practising engineers. This new version now includes the
latest standards and practices, technologies, best engineering practices that are applicable and
useful for the country.
This Manual consists of eleven separate volumes covering Flood Management; River
Management; Coastal Management; Hydrology and Water Resources; Irrigation and Agricultural
Drainage; Geotechnical, Site Investigation and Engineering Survey; Engineering Modelling;
Mechanical and Electrical Services; Dam Safety, Inspections and Monitoring; Contract
Administration; and Construction Management. Within each Volume is a wide range of related
topics including topics on future concerns that should put on record our care for the future
generations.
This DID Manual is developed through contributions from nearly 200 professionals from the
Government as well as private sectors who are very experienced and experts in their respective
fields. It has not been an easy exercise and the success in publishing this is the results of hard
work and tenacity of all those involved. The Manual has been written to serve as a source of
information and to provide guidance and reference pertaining to the latest information, knowledge
and best practices for DID engineers and personnel. The Manual would enable new DID engineers
and personnel to have a jump-start in carrying out their duties. This is one of the many initiatives
undertaken by DID to improve its delivery system and to achieve the mission of the Department in
providing an efficient and effective service. This Manual will also be useful reference for non-DID
Engineers, other non-engineering professionals, Contractors, Consultants, the Academia,
Developers and students involved and interested in water-related development and management.
Just as it was before, this DID Manual is, in a way, a record of the history of engineering
knowledge and development in the water and water resources engineering applications in Malaysia.
There are just too many to name and congratulate individually, all those involved in
preparing this Manual. Most of them are my fellow professionals and well-respected within the
profession. I wish to record my sincere thanks and appreciation to all of them and I am confident
that their contributions will be truly appreciated by the readers for many years to come.
Dato Ir. Hj. Ahmad Hussaini bin Sulaiman,

Director General,
Department of Irrigation and Drainage Malaysia
ii
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Acknowledgement
Steering Committee:
Dato Ir. Hj. Ahmad Husaini bin Sulaiman, Dato Nordin bin Hamdan, Dato Ir. K. J. Abraham, Dato
Ong Siew Heng, Dato Ir. Lim Chow Hock, Ir. Lee Loke Chong, Tuan Hj. Abu Bakar bin Mohd Yusof,
Ir. Zainor Rahim bin Ibrahim, En. Leong Tak Meng, En. Ziauddin bin Abdul Latiff, Pn. Hjh. Wardiah
bte Abd. Muttalib, En. Wahid Anuar bin Ahmad, Ir. Hj. Zulkefli bin Hassan, Ir. Dr. Hj. Mohd. Nor bin
Hj. Mohd. Desa, En. Low Koon Seng, En. Wan Marhafidz Shah bin Wan Mohd. Omar, Sr. Md Fauzi
bin Md Rejab, En. Khairuddin bin Mat Yunus, Cik Khairiah bt Ahmad,
Coordination Committee:
Dato Nordin bin Hamdan, Dato Ir. Hj. Ahmad Fuad bin Embi, Dato Ong Siew Heng, Ir. Lee Loke
Chong, Tuan Hj. Abu Bakar bin Mohd Yusof, Ir. Zainor Rahim bin Ibrahim, Ir. Cho Weng Keong, En.
Leong Tak Meng, Dr. Mohamed Roseli Zainal Abidin, En. Zainal Akamar bin Harun, Pn. Norazia
Ibrahim, Ir. Mohd. Zaki, En. Sazali Osman, Pn. Rosnelawati Hj. Ismail, En. Ng Kim Hoy, Ir. Lim See
Tian, Sr. Mohd. Fauzi bin Rejab, Ir. Hj. Daud Mohd Lep, Tn. Hj. Muhamad Khosim Ikhsan, En.
Roslan Ahmad, En. Tan Teow Soon, Tn. Hj. Ahmad Darus, En. Adnan Othman, Ir. Hapida Ghazali,
En. Sukemi Hj. Sidek, Pn. Hjh. Fadzilah Abdul Samad, Pn. Hjh. Salmah Mohd. Som, Ir. Sahak Che
Abdullah, Pn. Sofiah Mat, En. Mohd. Shafawi Alwi, En. Ooi Soon Lee, En. Muhammad Khairudin
Khalil, , Tn. Hj. Azmi Md Jafri, Ir. Nor Hisham Ghazali, En. Gunasegaran M., En. Rajaselvam G., Cik
Nur Hareza Redzuan, Ir. Chia Chong Wing, Pn Norlida Mohd. Dom, Ir. Lee Bea Leang, Dr. Hj. Md.
Nasir Md. Noh, Pn Paridah Anum Tahir, Pn. Nurazlina Mohd Zaid, PWM Associates Sdn. Bhd.,
Institut Penyelidikan Hidraulik Kebangsaan Malaysia (NAHRIM), RPM Engineers Sdn. Bhd. and
JUBM. Sdn. Bhd.
Working Group :
Dato Ong Siew Heng, En. Mohd Said Bin Dikon, Tn. Hj. Shahimi Bin Sharif, En. Ng Kim Hoy, Ir. Dr.
Ng Chee Hock, Tn. Hj. Hussin bin Haron, Tn. Hj. Zul bin Mohammad, En. Wan Mohd. Sulaiman bin
Wan Ismail, En. Roslan bin Hussin, Tn. Hj. Shaharuddin Bin Ibrahim, En. Alexander Anak Ngindang,
En. Khairuddin Bin Sulaiman, Pn. Norazia Binti Ibrahim, En. Teo Siaw Chung, En. Mohd Adnan bin
Ahmad Fauzi, En. Mohamad Radzi Bin Abdul Talib, Ir Hj. Mohd Razali bin Husain, En. Wan Mohd
Azam bin Wan Long, En. Hj. Rashiddi Bin Hj Hussein, En. Adnan bin Abd. Latif, En. Abd. Rahman
bin Che Mud, Pn. Nurliza binti Zakaria and Sr Nur Aziz Abu Bakar, Lt Kol (B) Ir Shahar Abdullah,
Wong Wing Cheong, Meor Ahmad Saifuddin Mohd Nordin, Khairil Hafiz Rahmat Ali Malim.
iii
Volume 11
DID MANUAL
Registration Of Amendments
Amend No
iv
Page No
Date of
Amendment
Amend No
Page No
Date of
Amendment
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Table Of Content
Disclaimer...i
Foreword......ii
Acknowledgements.......iii
Registration of Amendments....iv
Table of Contents.........v
List of Volumesvii
List of Abbreviations..........ix
List of Glossary........................xiii
PART I INTRODUCTION
Chapter 1
Introduction to Volume 11
Chapter 2
Construction Management Overview
PART II CONSTRUCTION STAGE

Chapter 3
Project Construction Start Up
Chapter 4
Quality Assurance and Quality Control
Chapter 5
Project Monitoring Inspection and Supervision
Chapter 6
Time Control
Chapter 7
Cost Control
Chapter 8
Health, Safety and Environmental Protection
Chapter 9
Liaison with Other Government Agencies and Service Providers
Chapter 10
Progress Report
Chapter 11
Records, Drawings and Documentation
Chapter 12
Testing and Commissioning / Final Inspection
Volume 11
DID MANUAL
PART III COMPLETION AND HAND OVER STAGE

Chapter 13
As-Built, O&M Manual and Other Deliverables
Chapter 14
Training
Chapter 15
Final Inspection and Hand Over
PART IV DEFECTS LIABILITY STAGE

Chapter 16
Maintenance / Defects Management
Chapter 17
Final (Completion) Report
vi
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
List Of Volumes
Volume 1
FLOOD MANAGEMENT
Volume 2
RIVER MANAGEMENT
Volume 3
COASTAL MANAGEMENT
Volume 4
HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES
Volume 5
IRRIGATION AND AGRICULTURAL DRAINAGE
Volume 6
GEOTECHNICAL MANUAL, SITE INVESTIGATION AND ENGINEERING SURVEY
Volume 7
ENGINEERING MODELLING
Volume 8
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES
Volume 9
DAM SAFETY, INSPECTIONS AND MONITORING
Volume 10
CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION
Volume 11
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT
vii
Volume 11
DID MANUAL
(This page is deliberately left blank)
viii
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
List Of Abbreviations
AHU
Air Handling Unit
ATDA
As Tendered Detailed Abstract
BCS
Building Control System
BOD
Biological Oxygen Demand
CCC
Certificate of Completion and Compliance
CF
Certificate of Fitness for Occupation
CIDB
Construction Industry Development Board
CMGD
Certificate of Completion of Making Good Defects
CNC
Certificate of Non Completion
COC
Condition of Contract
COD
Chemical Oxygen Demand
CPC
Certificate of Practical Completion
CPM
Critical Path Method
CV
Curriculum Vitae
DB
Design and Build
DG
Director General
DID
Department of Irrigation and Drainage
DLP
Defects Liability Period
DO
Dissolved Oxygen
DOE
Department of Environment
DOSH
Department of Occupational Safety and Health
EI
Employers Instruction
EIA
Environmental Impact Assessment
EMCP
Environmental Management Compliance Plan
EMS
Environmental Management System
EMSB
Emergency Main Switch Board
EOT
Extension of Time
EQA
Environmental Quality Act
ER
Employer Representative
FAT
Factory Acceptance Test
FC
Final Certificate
FCU
Fan Coil Unit
FIDIC
Federation Internationale des Ingenieurs Conseils French for International

Federation of Consulting Engineers.
HSE
Health, Safety and Environment
HSSE
Health, Safety, Security and Environment
HVAC
High Vent Air Conditioning
ix
Volume 11
DID MANUAL
I/O
Input / Output
IPC
Interim Payment Certificate
ITP
Inspection and Test Plan
JBA
Jabatan Bekalan Air
JBEG
Jabatan Bekalan Elektrik dan Gas - Suruhanjaya Tenaga
JKKP
Jabatan Keselamatan dan Kesihatan Pekerjaan
JKR
Jabatan Kerja Raya
JPP
Jabatan Perkhidmatan Pembetungan
JPS
Jabatan Pengairan dan Saliran
LAD
Liquidated and Ascertained Damages
L&E
Loss & Expense
LOA
Letter of Award / Acceptance
LV
Low Voltage
MATV
Master Antenna Television
MCB
Main Circuit Breaker
MEP
Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing
MOH
Ministry of Health
MSB
Main Switch Board
NCR
Non Compliance Report
NIOSH
National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health
NSC
Nominated Sub-Contractor
O&M
Operation and Maintenance
OEM
Original Equipment Manufacturer
OSHA
Occupational Safety and Health Act
PA
Public Address
P&A
Profit and Attendance
PD
Project Director
PE
Professional Engineer
PERKESO
Pertubuhan Keselamatan Sosial
PM
Project Manager
PPE
Personal Protective Equipment
PQP
Project Quality Plan
PT
Project Team
PTG
Pengarah Tanah dan Galian
PWD
Public Works Department
QA/QC
Quality Assurance / Quality Control
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
RFI
Request For Inspection
RWDP
Rainwater Down Pipe
SI
Soil Investigation
SO
Superintendent Officer
SOCSO
Social Security Organization
SOP
Standard Operating Procedure
SYABAS
Syarikat Bekalan Air Selangor Sdn Bhd
T&C
Testing and Commissioning
TMB
Telekom Malaysia Berhad
TNB
Tenaga National Berhad
TSP
Total Suspended Particulate
TSS
Total Suspended Solids
UPS
Uninterrupted Power Supply
VO
Variation Order
WBS
Work Breakdown Structure
WMS
Work Method Statement
xi
Volume 11
DID MANUAL
xii
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
List Of Glossary
TERM
DEFINITION
A
Acceleration
The use of methods for completing work in a shorter time than previously
planned or required by the contract.
Acceptance
The formal process of accepting delivery of a product or a deliverable.
Action Plan
A description of what needs to be done, when and by whom.
Activity
A task or set of tasks that are carried out in order to create a deliverable
Actual Cost
Incurred costs that are charged to the project budget and for which
payment has been made, or accrued.
Added Value
The addition of some worthwhile quality or performance improvement as

a result of some action taken, which may or may not have been part of
the original understanding, agreement or contract.
Agenda
A list of things to be done or discussed, typically at a meeting.
Agreement
A term often used to refer to contracts between an owner and its

professional consultants.
Alternative
Dispute
Resolution
Any procedure or combination of procedures voluntarily used to resolve

issues in controversy without the need to resort to litigation. These
procedures may include, but are not limited to, assisted settlement
negotiations, conciliation, facilitation, mediation, fact-finding, mini-trials,
and arbitration.
Approval
A process for sanctioning a proposed course of action usually following

some form of review. It should involve the transfer of the necessary
supporting Authority and Responsibility with the expectation of Reliability
and Accountability.
Arbitration
A formalized system for dealing with grievances and administering

corrective justice as part of collective bargaining agreements.
As-built
Documentation
Drawings and diagrams that provide an accurate representation of how

the product or facility is actually built.
Award Letter
A letter sent in response to an offer that accepts that offer.
B
Bar Chart
A scheduling tool (also called a Gantt chart) in which the time span of
each activity is shown as a horizontal line, the ends of which correspond
to the start and finish of the activity as indicated by a date line at the
bottom of the chart.
xiii
Volume 11
DID MANUAL
TERM
DEFINITION
Baseline
Schedule
A fixed project schedule that is the standard by which project

performance is measured. The current schedule is copied into the baseline
schedule which remains frozen until it is reset. Resetting the baseline is
done when the scope of the project has been changed significantly, for
example after a negotiated change. At that point, the original or current
baseline becomes invalid and should not be compared with the current
schedule.
Benchmark
A standard by which something can be measured or judged.
Best Practices
Techniques that agencies may use to help detect problems in the

acquisition, management, and administration of service contracts. Best
practices are practical techniques gained from experience that have been
shown to produce best results.
Bid Documents
A set of documents issued for purposes of soliciting bids in the course of

the acquisition process.
Bond
A written instrument executed by a bidder or contractor (the principal),

and a second party (the surety or sureties), to assure fulfillment of the
principals obligations to a third party (the obligee or agent identified in
the bond. If the principals obligations are not met, the bond assures
payment, to the extent stipulated, of any loss sustained by the obligee.
Budget
When unqualified, usually refers to an estimate of funds planned to cover

a fiscal period. Also a planned allocation of resources.
Buildability
The practical ease with which parts can be put together to form a unified
whole.
C
Certification
A written testimony to certain facts. Used to satisfy regulatory bodies or

customers that a person's or thing's capability, qualities, performance, etc.
are up to specified standards.
Change Order
A unilateral written order to a contractor to modify a contractual

requirement within the scope of contract and consistent with the terms of
that contract.
Checklist
A list of items to help in the process of checking.
Claim
The assertion of one of the contracting parties against the other seeking
financial adjustment or interpretation with financial implications of an
existing contract, subject to the terms of the contract's dispute clause.
Clarification
As a contractual term, refers to communication between a buyer and a

seller to eliminate minor irregularities or apparent clerical errors in a
proposal.
Closeout
The completion of project work once the project has been implemented.
The phase at the end of the project lifecycle just before the operations
begin.
xiv
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
TERM
DEFINITION
Coding
The assignment and use of code numbers for each project activity to
facilitate control and reporting.
Commission
and Handover
The completion, testing and transfer of a facility to the "Care, custody and
control" of the operators.
Commissioning
Advancement of an installation from the stage of static completion to full

working order and achievement of the specified operational requirements.
Compatibility
The characteristic or ability of systems to coexist and function in the same

environment without mutual interference.
Competency
In project management, the measurement of both a person's knowledge

and their demonstrated capability in project management.
Concept Phase
The first phase of a project in which the need is examined, alternatives

are assessed, the goals and objectives of the project are established and a
sponsor is identified.
Conceptual
Design
An early stage in the life of a project that should result in the preparation
of a document containing a functional program, sketches and outline
drawings, a concept estimate and a set of design standards.
Concurrent
Delays
Two or more delays that take place or overlap during the same period,
either of which occurring alone would have affected the ultimate
completion date. In practice it can be difficult to apportion damages when
the concurrent delays are due to the owner and contractor respectively.
Conditions
The existence of, or setting of, certain requirements before agreement

can be reached or work can begin, etc.
Conflict
Resolution
To seek a solution to a problem, five methods in particular have been

proven through confrontation, compromise, smoothing, forcing and
withdrawal.
Consent
In project team decision-making, acquiescence or agreement to a course

of action commonly characterized by comfort with the general direction
though not necessarily with all the specific details. In project decisionmaking, consent is considered a more practical approach than consensus.
Consistency
The degree of uniformity, standardization, and freedom from contradiction

among the documents or parts of a system or component.
Constructability
The extent to which the design of a structure facilitates ease of

construction, subject to the overall requirements for the completed form.
Construction
All the work involved in assembling resources and putting together the
materials required to form a new or changed facility.
Construction
Cost
Any of the cost types (appropriations, commitment, expenditure or

estimate to complete) associated with the scope of the construction work.
xv
Volume 11
DID MANUAL
TERM
DEFINITION
Construction
Management
The process by which a potential owner of a capital facility engages a

professional agent, referred to as a construction manager, to coordinate,
communicate and direct the entire process of construction from the
project planning stage through design, procurement, construction and
startup, in terms of scope, quality, time and cost.
Construction
Stage
That part of a project life cycle during which the construction work is
carried out.
Consultant
One who provides some specialized service based on their special

qualifications, education or experience.
Contingencies
Specific provision(s) to mitigate random or unknown project risks from

causing project failure or frequent baseline changes.
Contract
A mutually binding agreement in which the contractor is obligated to

provide services or products and the buyer is obligated to provide
payment for them. Contracts fall into three categories: fixed price, cost
reimbursable or unit price.
Contract
Closeout
Contract closeout activities which assure that the contractor has fulfilled
all contractual obligations and has released all claims and liens in
connection with work performed.
Contract
Completion
Date
The date established in the contract documents for the completion of all
or specified portions of the work. This date may be expressed as a
calendar date or a number of work days from the issuance of the Notice
To Proceed. When time extensions are issued by the owner, this revised
contract completion date is referred to as the Adjusted Contract
Completion date.
Contract
Dispute
Disagreement between the parties. This may occur during contract

execution or at completion and may include misinterpretation of technical
requirements and any terms and conditions or due to changes not
anticipated at the time of contract award.
Contract Preaward Meetings
Meetings with prospective suppliers before final award determination to

aid ranking and/or finalize terms of agreement between parties.
Contract Terms
and Conditions
The stated legal, financial, and administrative aspects of a contract.
Contract Types
The various forms of contracts by which goods/services can be acquired.
Contractual
Conditions
Conditions that bind parties to a performance in exchange for payment

(lawful consideration.)
Coordination
The act of ensuring that work carried out by different organizations and in
different places fits together effectively. It involves technical matters,
time, content and cost in order to achieve the project objectives
effectively.
xvi
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
TERM
DEFINITION
Corrective
Action
Action for the purpose of adjusting for deviations from a project plan. In
Quality Management, Corrective Actions are those measures taken to
rectify conditions adverse to specified quality, and where necessary, to
preclude repetition.
Cost Analysis
The analysis of the cost elements of a proposal or on-going work. It

includes verification of cost data, evaluation of all elements of costs, and
projection of these data to determine the effect on price.
Cost Control
The work of ensuring that costs fall within budgeted estimates by

monitoring actual costs against control estimates, flagging actual or
potential deviation, preparing forecasts and recommending actions to be
taken to keep costs in line with target.
Cost Estimate
The expected costs to perform a task or to acquire an item. Cost

estimates may be a single value or a range of values.
Cost
Management
The effective financial control of the project through evaluating,

estimating, budgeting, monitoring, analyzing, forecasting and reporting
the cost information.
Cost Plan
A budget which shows the amounts and expected dates of incurring costs
on the project or on a contract.
Cost Reviews
Planned, systematic and rigorous reassessments of the estimated cost at

completion of the scope of work in a cost class. Every design review
should be accompanied by a reforecast of cost.
Criteria
A statement that provides objectives, guidelines. procedures, and

standards that are to be used to execute the development, design, and/or
implementation portions of a project.
Critical Activity
An activity that has zero or negative float. This activity has no allowance
for work slippage. It must be finished on time or the whole project will fall
behind schedule. (Non-critical activities have float or slack time and are
not on the critical path. Super-critical activities have negative float.)
Critical Path
The path (sequence) of activities which represent the longest total time
required to complete the project. A delay in any activity in the critical path
causes a delay in the completion of the project. There may be more than
one critical path depending on durations and work flow logic.
Critical Path
Analysis
Procedure for calculating the critical path and floats in a network.
Critical Path
Method
A technique used to predict project duration by analyzing which sequence

of activities has the least amount of scheduling flexibility. Early dates are
figured by a forward pass using a specific start date and late dates are
figured by using a backward pass starting from a completion date.
xvii
Volume 11
TERM
DID MANUAL
DEFINITION
D
Defect
Any condition or characteristic in any supplies or services furnished by the

Contractor under the contract that is not in compliance with the
requirements of the contract.
Defective
A unit of product which contains one or more defects.
Delay
An interruption or hindrance to planned progress.
Deliverables
End products of a project or the measurable results of intermediate

activities within the project organization
Note: Deliverables may be in the form of hardware, software, services,
processes, documents or any combination thereof.
Design
In construction, defining the construction requirement (including the

functional relationships and technical systems to be used, such as
architectural, environmental, structural, electrical, mechanical, and fire
protection), producing the technical specifications and drawings, and
preparing the construction cost estimate.
Design &
Development
Phase
The second phase in the generic project life cycle encompasses detailed
technical, commercial and organizational decisions. There is often
substantial opportunity to optimize these decisions without the
expenditure of significant resources. Modeling, prototyping and testing
may thus be effort well spent. Management approval gates will be
necessary where major decisions are to be made, for example, technical
and design or procurement and commercial. In some industries this phase
is dealt with as two separate phases with a management gate between
the two. This is to allow the design to be developed in further outline
before approval is given for significant resource expenditure on full
design/development. Equally, the gate may be required before major
procurement decisions and commitments are made after initial design but
prior to full design/development.
Design Brief
The design synopsis of a project, usually at the end of the feasibility

phase.
Design
Development
The process of identifying and verifying technical solutions to meet the

requirements of the Conceptual Design. It brings a Conceptual design to
the next level of detail, but not as detailed as the Detailed Design Stage.
Depending on the size and nature of the project, it may be a separate
Stage in the Project Life Cycle.
Design Review
A formal, documented, comprehensive and systematic examination of a

design to evaluate the design requirements and the capability of the
design to meet these requirements and to identify problems and propose
solutions
Detailed
Design Stage
That part of a project life cycle during which working drawings, standards,
specifications and tender documents are prepared.
xviii
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
TERM
DEFINITION
Detailed
Estimate
An estimate based on complete or nearly complete details of quantity,

specifications, conditions and the like. Suitable for major commitments,
cost tracking and control. Also known as Definitive Estimate, or "bottom
up estimate".
Dispute
Disagreements not settled by mutual consent which could be decided by

litigation or arbitration.
Disruption
A major interference with the orderly progress of a project or major

activity. Usually on the part of a group or individuals who are dissatisfied
with conditions as they are.
Document
Any official or authoritative paper containing instructions, information,

evidence, facts and the like.
Document
Control
A system for controlling and executing project documentation in a uniform

and orderly fashion.
Document
Management
The orderly and appropriate organization, distribution, storage and

retrieval of project documents.
Documentation
The collection of reports, user information and references for distribution

and retrieval, displays, back-up information and records pertaining to the
project.
Duration
The length of time needed to complete an activity.
E
Early Finish
The earliest calculated date on which an activity can end. It is based on

the activity's Early Start which depends on the finish of predecessor
activities and the activity's duration. Most PM software calculates early
dates with a forward pass from the beginning of the project to the end.
Early Start
The Early Start date is defined as the earliest calculated date on which an
activity can begin. It is dependent on when all predecessor activities finish.
Most PM software calculates early dates with a forward pass from the
beginning of the project to the end.
Endorsement
Written Approval. Endorsement signifies personal understanding and

acceptance of the thing endorsed, and recommends further endorsement
by higher levels of authority if necessary. Endorsement of commitment by
a person invested with appropriate authority signifies authorization.
Environmental
Requirements
Regulatory conditions that pertain to the natural environment that must

be met in the planning and execution of a project.
Estimate
The prediction of a quantitative result. It is usually applied to project

costs, resources and durations.
Estimated
Completion Date
The predicted date at which all requirements for a defined task will be
completed.
xix
Volume 11
DID MANUAL
TERM
DEFINITION
Estimated Cost
at Completion
Actual Direct Costs, plus all related indirect costs, plus the estimate of
costs, both direct and indirect for all the work remaining.
Evaluation
The process of determining satisfaction of requirements. Evaluations may

include methods such as analyses, inspections, reviews, and tests. For
acquisition, evaluations are conducted throughout the contract period of
performance.
Evaluation of
Progress
A careful assessment of the work completed to date as compared to the

baseline plan.
Expediting
Facilitating and accelerating progress by the removal of obstacles.
Expert
One who is skilled by virtue of learning and experience. One who has
acquired special knowledge, skill or mastery of something.
F
Fabrication
The making, building, construction, or assembly of parts into a whole.
Facilitating
Enabling activities to proceed or be completed through encouraging

compromise and acceptance and/or by removing obstacles or otherwise
making the activities easier.
Failure
A deficiency, defect, nonperformance or non-conformance with specified

requirements.
Fast Tracking
Compressing the project schedule by doing some or all of certain activities

in parallel that would normally be done in sequence (such as design and
construction).
Feasibility
Study
The methods and techniques used to examine technical and cost data to
determine the economic potential and the practicality of project
applications. It involves the use of techniques such as the time value of
money so that projects may be evaluated and compared on an equivalent
basis. Interest rates, present worth factors, capitalization costs, operating
costs, depreciation, etc., are all considered.
Field Inspection
An inspection at the site of the work or job site.
File
A group of records.
Final
Completion
When the entire work has been performed to the requirements of the
contract, except for those items arising from the provisions of warranty,
and is so certified.
Final Payment
Final settlement paid at contract completion of the contractually obligated

amount including retention.
Final Report
Post-implementation report. Normally a retrospective report that formally

closes the project having handed over the project deliverables for
operational use.
Note: The report should draw attention to experiences that may be of
benefit to future projects and may form part of the accountability of the
project team
xx
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
TERM
DEFINITION
Findings
The conclusions of an assessment, evaluation, audit, or review that

identify the most important issues, problems, or opportunities within the
area of investigation.
Float
The difference between the time available for performing a task and the
time required to complete it. If the total float for a task equals zero, then
that task is on the critical path.
Functional
Management
The standard departments of a business organization that represent

individual disciplines eg. engineering, marketing, purchasing, accounting,
etc.
G
Gantt Chart
A Gantt chart is a time-phased graphic display of activity durations. It is

also referred to as a bar chart. Activities are listed with other tabular
information on the left side with time intervals over the bars. Activity
durations are shown in the form of horizontal bars.
General
Provisions
The mandatory clauses (by law or regulation) for contracts of a type.

Unique clauses are called Special Provisions.
General
Requirements
Non-technical specifications defining the scope of work, payments,

procedures. implementation constraints, etc. pertaining to the contract,
Government
Regulations and
Requirements
Those laws, regulations, rules, policies, and administrative requirements

imposed upon organizations by government agencies.
Guideline
A recommended or customary method of working to accomplish an

objective. A guideline is not enforced but is generally followed.
H
Hand-Over
A process of transfer of responsibility for all or part of a project or its

deliverables. Typically, this takes place at the end of a project or a major
part thereof.
Hand-Over
Phase
The phase in the generic project life cycle covers completion of the project
to the satisfaction of the sponsor. It includes management of the
introduction of the product or service being delivered by the project.
During Hand-Over, project records together with an audit trail
documentation include any operations and maintenance plans, are
completed and delivered to the sponsor.
Holdback or
Retention
A sum of money withheld from a construction contractor is payment

according to the terms of its contract, and/or statutory obligation to
ensure protection against valid third party claims.
I
Implementation
That part of the project life-cycle during which working drawings,

specifications and contract documents are prepared, contracts are
tendered and awarded, and the construction work undertaken.
Implementation
Phase
The project phase that develops the chosen solution into a completed
deliverable.
xxi
Volume 11
DID MANUAL
TERM
DEFINITION
Independent
Verification and
Validation
The process of proving compliance to a specification by using personnel

that are technically competent and managerially separate from the
development group.
Inexcusable
Delays
Project delays that are attributable to negligence on the part of the

contractor which lead in many cases to penalty payments.
Inspection
Activities such as measuring, examining, testing, gauging one or more

characteristics of a product or service and comparing these with specified
requirements to determine conformity.
Inspection
Record
Recorded data concerning the results of inspection action.
Instrumentation
The application of instruments for observation, measurement, or control.
Integration
The process of bringing people, activities and other things together to

perform effectively.
Interface
The functional and physical characteristics required to exist at a common

boundary or connection between persons, or between systems, or
between persons and systems.
Invitation to Bid
The invitation issued to prospective suppliers to submit a bid/quotation/

proposal for the supply of goods/ services.
J
Jurisdiction
The extent of territory over which legal or other power extends, e.g.
authority to interpret and apply the law.
K
Kick-Off
Meeting
A meeting of representatives of all groups (stakeholders) involved in the

project execution, to come to a common understanding of the project
responsibilities, scope of work and safety program.
L
Late Finish
The latest dates by which an activity can finish to avoid causing delays in
the project. Many PM software packages calculate late dates with a
backward pass from the end of the project to the beginning.
Lead Time
The time required by one task before another task can begin.
Lessons Learned
The capture of what went well as well as past errors of judgment resulting
in material failures, wrong timing or other mistakes, all for the purposes of
improving future performance.
Letter of Intent
A type of letter sometimes issued to a contractor to confirm the award of

a contract and pending the signing of formal contract documents. It is a
commitment document. It allows the contractor to prepare for
mobilization. Permitting work to start on site before the contract is signed
is not recommended as the Owner is without full protection at that point
until the construction contract is signed.
xxii
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
TERM
DEFINITION
Limits of
Authority
A corporate policy that provides guidelines for issuing proposals and

bidding in the interest of risk detection and evaluation.
Liquidated
Damages
A stipulation in a contract of a monetary amount that must be paid by the

contractor if the contractor fails to deliver supplies or perform services as
specified in the contract or any subsequent modification. Payments are in
lieu of actual damages related to the failure.
Long Lead Items
Those components of a system or piece of equipment for which the times

to design and fabricate are the longest and for which an early
commitment of funds may be desirable or necessary in order to meet the
earliest possible date of system completion.
M
Maintenance
Upkeep of property, equipment, or conditions (such as working

conditions.)
Major Defect
A defect other than critical, that is likely to result in failure, or to reduce

materially the usability of the unit of product for its intended purpose.
Manuals
Books of reference providing standard operating management or technical

information.
Master Plan
Plan showing the main project structure
Methodology
A documented process for management of projects that contains

procedures, definitions and roles and responsibilities.
Milestone
A point in time representing a key or important intermediate event in the

life of a project. A milestone should be capable of validation by meeting all
of the items prescribed in a defining checklist as agreed with the
stakeholders.
A defect that is not likely to reduce materially the usability of the unit of
product for its intended purpose, or is a departure from established
standards having little bearing on the effective use or operation of the
unit.
Minor Defect
Mitigation
Working to lessen risk by lowering its chances of occurring or by reducing

its effect if it does occur.
Mobilization
Organizing people, resources, etc. for starting up a project or an activity.
Mock-up
A physical demonstration model, built to scale, to verify proposed design

fit, critical clearances, and operator interfaces.
Module
A self-contained unit of code that accomplishes a particular process

network diagram. A scheduling tool in which activities or events are
displayed as arrows and nodes in which the logical precedence conditions
between the activities or events are shown.
Multi-Disciplined
Activity or project involving several professions.
xxiii
Volume 11
TERM
DID MANUAL
DEFINITION
N
Negligence
In legal terms, the omission to do something which a reasonable person,

guided by those ordinary considerations, which ordinarily regulate human
affairs, would do, or the doing of something that a reasonable and
prudent person would not do.
Negotiation
A bargaining process between two or more parties seeking to reach a

mutually satisfying agreement.
NonConformance
A deficiency in characteristics, documentation or procedure that renders

the quality of material/service unacceptable or indeterminate.
Nonconformity
The non-fulfillment of specified requirements.
Non-Destructive
Testing
A method of testing which does not destroy or alter the item being tested.
O
Obligation
A duty to make a future payment of money. The duty is incurred as soon

as an order is placed, or a contract is awarded for the delivery of goods
and/or the performance of services. The placement of an order is
sufficient. An Obligation legally encumbers a specified sum of money
which will require outlay(s) or expenditures in the future.
Obsolete
No longer current.
Off the Shelf

Item
An item produced and placed in stock by a contractor, or stocked by a

distributor, before receiving orders or contracts for its sale.
Offsite
Fabrication
The assembly of materials, components, systems and parts away from the
site of the project. For example, the parts of fixed furnishings for a
building may be pre-assembled in a manufacturing plant.
On-site
Assembly
The assembly of materials, components, systems and parts on the site

rather than offsite.
On-the-job
Training
Training by acquiring direct experience in the job environment. Usually

implemented by a team or mentor approach
Operations and
Maintenance
Operations and
Maintenance
Manual
Usually covers field operations, training, repair, logistics support,

upgrades, and related items.
A document that describes the required operations and maintenance
procedures for an entity or a system.
Overhead
Costs arising from management and supervision, office expenses, interestduring-construction, and any other general costs associated with the
project not directly attributable to design or construction.
xxiv
DID MANUAL
TERM
Volume 11
DEFINITION
P
Parameters
Any of a set of physical properties whose values determine the

characteristics or behavior of something. In project work, typically refers
to the range or limits within which the item must work.
Penalties
Sums to be forfeited to which the organization has agreed to be subjected

in case of non-fulfillment of requirements. Typically, sums forfeited under
contract for late delivery or non-performance or both.
Performance
Bond
A bond that secures performance and fulfillment of the contractor is

obligations under the contract.
Phase
The time between two major project milestones, during which a welldefined set of objectives is met, artifacts are completed, and decisions are
made to move or not move into the next phase.
Post Project
Review
A formal review of the project that examines the lessons that may be
learned and used for the benefit of future projects.
Practice
The usual, traditional, or commonly recommended way of doing things.
Pre Award
Meetings
Meetings to aid ranking of prospective suppliers before final award

determination and to examine their facilities or capabilities.
Pre
Commissioning
That work which is carried out prior to commissioning in order to

demonstrate that commissioning may be safely undertaken.
Precedence
When one task must be completed before another task can be started,
the first task is said to have precedence over the other.
Precedence
Diagramming
An activity oriented system in which activities are displayed in uniform

boxes complete with activity number, start duration and finish dates. The
logical relation between activity boxes is shown by logic connector lines.
Lead and lag times can also be shown. The display is more effective than
Arrow Diagramming and is also easier to revise, update, and program on
computer.
Preliminary
Something that precedes or is introductory or preparatory. Coming before

and usually forming a necessary prelude to something else.
Preliminary
Design
The design prepared in the planning stage of a project and submitted as

part of the project brief. The drawings and specifications that comprise
the Preliminary Design should be clearly specified as a matter of policy
and provide the basis for the Appropriation estimate.
Prequalification
An assessment of capabilities, current capacity, etc. as an initial part of a

selection process. Used to narrow the number of bidders when inviting
tenders for contract work and thereby reduce the amount of work for both
those bidders unlikely to be successful on these grounds as well as the
amount of work in reviewing the submissions and making a final selection
for award.
xxv
Volume 11
DID MANUAL
TERM
DEFINITION
Preventive
Maintenance
All actions performed in an attempt to retain an item in specified condition

by providing systematic inspection, detection, and prevention of incipient
failures.
Problem
Resolution
The interaction between the project manager and an individual team

member with the goal of finding a solution to a technical or personal
problem that affects project accomplishment.
Procedure
A prescribed method for performing specified work.
Procedures
Manual
A book of reference describing standard project procedures.
Process
A set of interrelated work activities in which value is added to the inputs

to provide specific outputs.
Procurement
A process for establishing contractual relationships to accomplish project

objectives. The assembly, tendering and award of contracts or
commitment documents. Specific procedures should be established for the
Procurement Process.
Procurement
Strategy
A macro view of the manner or approach to securing the necessary

resources for carrying out the work of the project. Procurement strategy
should be established early on in the project planning phase, since
procurement strategy decisions will affect the design of the work
breakdown structure. Procurement strategy may range from completing
all of the work in-house, or a single complete contract to a number of
separate trade contracts under the direction of a coordinating (e.g.
construction) manager.
Product
Liability
A generic term used to describe the onus on a producer or others to make

restitution for loss related to personal injury, property damage or other
harm caused by a product or service.
Progress
Milestones
Those project milestones identified as the basis for making Progress

Payments.
Project Brief
Statement that describes the purpose, cost, time and performance

requirements/constraints for a project.
Project
Completion
The point at which the results are handed over to the client, and the
project group disbanded.
Project Control
A project management function that involves comparing actual

performance with planned performance and taking corrective action (or
directing or motivating others to do so) to yield the desired outcome when
significant differences exist.
Communication linking various areas of a project to ensure the transfer of
information or hardware at interface points at the appropriate times and
identification of any further necessary resources.
Project
Coordination
Project Hand
Over
xxvi
The acceptance of the facility by the facility operators for occupancy and
training even though construction may not be fully completed.
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
TERM
DEFINITION
Project Life Cycle
The four sequential major time periods through which any project passes,
namely:
1. Concept
2. Definition
3. Execution (Implementation or Development)
4. Finishing (Commissioning or Close Out)
Each period may be identified as a Phase and further broken down into
stages that typically reflect the area of project management application
and the size and complexity of the specific project.
Project
Management
The planning, monitoring and control of all aspects of a project and the
motivation of all those involved in it to achieve the project objectives on
time and to specified cost, quality and performance.
Project
Management
Team
The members of the project team who are directly involved in project
management activities. On some smaller projects, the project
management team may include virtually all of the project team members.
Project Milestone
An important or key event in the project plan.
Project
Stakeholders
People or organizations who have a vested interest in the environment,

performance and/or outcome of the project.
Project Startup
The complex sequence of activities that are required to start the project,
mobilize the team, initiate the project definition process, obtain
agreement to the project's objectives and plan to deliver them.
Project Team
The central management group headed by a project manager and

responsible for the management and successful outcome of the project.
Project Team
Members
The people who report either directly or indirectly to the project manager.
Punch List
A list made near to the completion of a project showing the items of work
remaining in order to complete the project scope.
Q
Qualitative
Quality
Subjective opinion of quality based on judgment and not on quantitative

measurement.
The composite of all attributes or characteristics, including performance,
of an item or product required to satisfy stated or implied needs.
Conformance to requirements.
Quality
Assurance
All those planned and systematic actions necessary to provide adequate

confidence that a product or service will satisfy given requirements for
quality.
Quality
Assurance
All those planned and systematic actions necessary to provide adequate

confidence that a product or service will satisfy given requirements for
quality.
Quality
Assurance Plan
A plan that guarantees a quality approach and conformance to all

customer requirements for all activities in a project.
xxvii
Volume 11
DID MANUAL
TERM
DEFINITION
Quality Audit
A systematic and independent examination to determine whether quality

activities and related results comply with planned arrangements and
whether these arrangements are implemented effectively and are suitable
to achieve objectives.
Quality Control
The process of monitoring specific project results to determine if they

comply with relevant standards and identifying ways to eliminate causes
of unsatisfactory performance.
Quality
Management
The function required to determine and implement quality policy

throughout the project life cycle. Quality management encompasses the
sub-functions of Quality Assurance and Quality Control.
Project Quality
Plan
A document setting out the specific quality practices, resources and

sequence of activities relevant to a particular product, service, contract or
project.
Quality Policy
The overall quality intentions and direction of an organization as regards

quality, as formally expressed by top management.
R
Record
Retention
The necessity to retain records for reference for a specified period after
contract closeout, in case they are needed.
Records
The collection of related items of information assembled during the course

of a project.
Records
Management
The effective and efficient receipt, processing, storage and retrieval of all
project records, in whatever form (hardcopy, electronic, etc.) A good
Records Management program should:
1. Encompass all records having a bearing on the project's activities
including procurement and technical aspects
2. Establish policies for standardizing required forms, reports,
procedures and manuals
3. Ensure smooth and consistent distribution of information throughout
the project organization on a need-to-know basis
4. Expedite all required or outstanding information
5. Ensure security of vital records
6. Provide necessary retention for historical purposes
7. Meet legal retention requirements
8. Withdraw and destroy obsolete duplicates
Every project large and small is involved in records management to a
greater or lesser degree whether recognized or not. A conscious effort in
this area can greatly reduce the time and effort required to trace
information or to avoid duplication of work in the field due to oversight or
misplaced information.
Recovery
Schedule
A special schedule showing special efforts to recover time lost compared

to the master schedule.
Regulations
Rules or orders issued by an executive authority or regulatory agency of a

government and having the force of law.
The ability of an item to perform a required function under stated
conditions for a stated period of time.
Reliability
xxviii
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
TERM
DEFINITION
Request for
Change
A buyer or seller request to spend contract funds on an engineering

change proposal for a change. The request states the technical or
contractual issue being addressed, the impact on or benefit to the project,
and an assessment of the cost and schedule impact.
Request for
Information
A formal inquiry in the market place for information, typically concerning

"Expressions of Interest", capacity, capability and availability of
contractors to undertake and bid on work described in the solicitation.
Request for
Proposal
A document issued by one organization to another organization (or to several

other organizations) describing work that the issuer wishes to have undertaken by
the recipient(s) and inviting the recipient(s) to respond with a proposal.
Request for
Quotation
A formal invitation to submit a price for goods and/or services as

specified.
Resource
Any personnel, material or equipment required for the performance of an

activity.
Note: - Time is not a resource. It is the measure of the duration for which
a resource is needed or used. Also, money is better not thought of as a
resource, except in financing. It is better seen as the basis of evaluation
of the resources used by an activity or task.
Resource
Management
The planning, allocating and scheduling of resources to tasks, generally

including manpower, machine (plant and equipment), money, and
materials. Resource Management typically covers resource allocation and
its impact on schedules and budgets, as well as resource leveling and
smoothing.
Retention
A sum of money retained by the customer from each stage payment

which is paid at the end of the project when the end product is accepted.
Risk
Management
An organized assessment and control of project risks.
S
S Curve
Safety
A display of cumulative costs, labor hours or other quantities plotted

against time.
Note: The name derives from the S-like shape of the curve, flatter at the
beginning and end and steeper in the middle, which is typical of most
activities (and whole project). The beginning represents a slow, deliberate
but accelerating start, while the end represents a deceleration as the work
runs out.
The condition of being safe from undergoing or causing hurt, injury, or
loss. Protection against failure, breakage, or accident.
Sample
One or more units of product drawn from a lot or batch, the units of the
sample being selected at random without regard to their quality.
Sampling
The technique of selecting a representative part of a population for the

purpose of determining parameters or characteristics of the whole
population. A small part selected as a sample for inspection or analysis
Satisfaction
Fulfillment of a need or want; acceptability.
xxix
Volume 11
DID MANUAL
TERM
DEFINITION
Schedule
A time sequence of activities and events that represent an operating

timetable. The schedule specifies the relative beginning and ending times
of activities and the occurrence times of events. A schedule may be
presented on a calendar framework or on an elapsed time scale.
Schedule
Development
Developing a project schedule based on activity sequences, activity

durations and resource requirements.
Schedule
Management
The management or rearrangement of the activities in a project schedule

to improve the outcome based on the latest available information.
Scope
The definition that describes the project's product deliverables.
Shop Drawings
Drawings submitted by the construction contractor or a subcontractor

showing in detail:
1. The proposed fabrication and assembly of structural elements
2. The installation (i.e., form, fit, and attachment details) of
materials or equipment, or
3. Both
Sign-Off
The formal acceptance of a planned or proposed course of action,

constituting authority for the planner or proposer to proceed with the
action. Key sign-offs in the project life-cycle, by Owner and User, occur at
the conclusion of the concept and planning phases.
Specialist
One who specializes in a particular occupation, practice, or branch of

learning.
Specification
The document that prescribes the requirements with which the product or
services has to conform.
Stakeholders
Specific people or groups who have a stake in the outcome of the project.
Normally stakeholders are from within the company, and could include
internal customers, management, employees, administrators, etc. A
project may also have external stakeholders, including suppliers,
investors, community groups and government organization.
Stand Alone
A system which performs its function requiring little or no assistance from

interfacing systems.
Standard
A specific statement of the rules and constraints governing the naming,

contents, and operations of deliverables. The rules and constraints are
designed to support specific objectives.
Standard
Procedure
Prescribes that a certain kind of work be done in the same way wherever
it is performed.
Status
The comparison of actual progress against the plan to determine variance

and corrective action.
Stop Work Order
Request for interim stoppage of work due to non-conformance, or funding

or technical limitations
xxx
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
TERM
DEFINITION
System
Specification
Defines the system baseline in terms of system description, functional

requirements, quantitative technical parameters, design constraints and
the criteria for acceptance. It must be formulated in terms that are
quantifiable and verifiable.
System
Verification
Proof of compliance with system specifications. Verification may be

determined by test, analysis, inspection, or demonstration.
T
Tender and
Award Stage
That part of the project life-cycle during which contractors are invited to
prepare and submit bids, a selection is made and contracts are awarded.
Termination
The discontinuation of a project, project phase, stage, activity, or person.
Terms of
Reference
A specification of a team member's responsibilities and authorities within

the project.
Test
Any procedure designed to obtain, verify, or provide data for the

evaluation of a system, service or product.
Test Criteria
Standards by which test results and outcomes are judged.
Test Plan
A description of the tests needed to complete a project properly. A

document that describes the approach to all development, integration,
qualification, and acceptance testing.
Time Extension
An increase in the time allowed for completion of the project, usually

through the issuance of a Change Order.
Time Line
A Schedule line showing key dates and planned events.
Total Float
The maximum number of work periods by which an activity can be

delayed without delaying project completion or violating a target finish
date.
Traceability
The ability to trace the history, application or location of an item or

activity, or similar items or activities, by means of recorded identification.
Tracking
Collecting actual time, cost and resource information and feeding them
back into the project plan.
Turnkey
A form of contract in which a facility or equipment is to be designed, built,

supplied, or installed complete and ready for operation.
V
Validation
As in Project Validation, the process of providing evidence that a system

meets the needs of the user, i.e. "Are we building the 'Right Thing'?"
Value
Engineering
The structured approach to optimizing project value through examination

of the project's design. It is concerned with optimizing the design,
engineering and configuration aspects of value.
xxxi
Volume 11
DID MANUAL
TERM
DEFINITION
Value
Management
This technique is a creative, organized approach designed to optimize the

total cost and/or performance of the project. Usually applied only to the
most significant elements of a project by analyzing their contribution and
identifying functionally acceptable substitution. VM often results in
improved performance and/or appearance and simplification at a payoff
many times the cost of the VM program. It is best applied in the earliest
stages of a project. VM is not popular because of its "real" front end cost
compared to "notional" downstream savings.
Variation
A change in scope or timing of work which a supplier is obliged to do

under a contract.
Variation Order
The term used in the construction industry for an approved technical

change to the project.
Vendor
A supplier of material or services offered from a catalog or price list and

purchased with a purchase order.
Verification
Proof of compliance with specification performance requirements.

Verification may be determined by test, analysis, inspection, or
demonstration.
W
Waiver
Buyer action that grants contract relief from achieving specified

performance. Usually applied when the required performance is not worth
the cost and/or schedule to achieve full compliance.
Working
Drawings
The detailed graphical representations resulting from the detailed design

effort and which are necessary for the proper construction, assembly or
creation of the thing designed.
Workmanship
The art and skills of the operative performing the work and the resulting
style and character of the work performed.
Workshops
A usually brief and intensive program for a relatively small group of

people that focuses especially on techniques and skills in a particular field,
e.g. a training workshop. Unlike a briefing or lecture, a workshop format
encourages interaction and creative participation. Workshops are
especially useful at the commencement of a project to "educate and
motivate" team members by examining the project's goals, objectives,
organization, etc. and promotes team building through development of
schedules, coordination and problem solving activities.
Z
Zero Float
xxxii
A condition where there is no excess time between activities. An activity

with zero float is considered a critical activity. If the duration of any
critical activity is increased the project finish date will slip.
DID MANUAL VOLUME 11

PART I : INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION TO VOLUME 11
Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION TO VOLUME 11
Table of Contents
Table of Contents..........1-i
1.1
INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 1-1
1.2
SCOPE OF VOLUME 11................................................................................................ 1-1
1.3
AUTHORISED PARTY AND LIMITS OF AUTHORITY ....................................................... 1-1

1.3.1 Chapter 4 of Volume 10 - Superintending Officer (SO)/ Project Director (PD)....... 1-1
1.3.2 Chapter 5 of Volume 10 Authorised Party ....................................................... 1-1
1.4
DOCUMENT STRUCTURE AND CONTENTS.................................................................... 1-2

1.4.1 Structure Procedures And Appendices ............................................................ 1-2
1.4.2 Contents.......................................................................................................... 1-2
1.4.3 Samples/Pro-Forma.......................................................................................... 1-3
1.5
DOCUMENT UPDATES & CHANGE CONTROL/APPROVAL ............................................... 1-3
Appendix 1A Document Change Control / Approval .......1A- 1

Appendix 1B Amendments Record Sheet 1A- 2
1-i
1-ii
1 INTRODUCTION TO VOLUME 11
1.1
INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides:
1.2
An overview of the scope, document structure and contents of Volume 11.
Procedures on updating the document.
SCOPE OF VOLUME 11
Volume 11 covers the general procedures and practices pertaining to construction
management, commencing from the award of contract stage until the completion of
defects liability stage.
It aims to be the first point of reference for matters pertaining to the construction
management procedures of the Department of Irrigation and Drainage (DID), for
example:
1.3
1.
The construction start-up processes and liaison with other Government agencies
and service providers;
2.
The Quality Assurance (QA) documents and Quality Control (QC) procedures;
3.
Project schedule and cost control;
4.
Project monitoring records, reports and Health, Safety and Environmental

protection (HSE) concerns;
5.
Training, Testing and Commissioning (T&C) and hand over inspection and
deliverables; and
6.
Defects management during Defects Liability Period (DLP).
AUTHORISED PARTY AND LIMITS OF AUTHORITY

The officers who are empowered to exercise the relevant powers under the conditions of
contract on behalf of DID, with the corresponding limits of authority are set out in
Volume 10 as follows:
1.3.1
Chapter 4 of Volume 10 - Superintending Officer (SO)/ Project Director (PD)

The administration of the construction contract is the responsibility of the SO/PD duly
named in the contract. The appointment of the SO/PD depends on a number of factors,
including value of the works; whether the project is undertaken at HQ or State level and
the location of the works.
The supervision of the construction work is generally carried out by the SO/PD
Representative. The SO/PD may delegate powers to more than one officer to perform
different duties on his behalf.
1.3.2
Chapter 5 of Volume 10 Authorised Party

The DID complies with the procurement guidelines set under the current relevant
Treasury Instructions. Accordingly, only the person who is duly authorized (Authorised
Party) may accept, approve, certify or otherwise act on behalf of the Government, in
matters of procurement or administration of contract, regardless who the SO/PD may be.
1-1
Such person may be an officer, by virtue of his office, or a board or committee duly
convened and comprising the relevant officers. The limit of authority is usually
dependent on the value or estimated value of the contract.
1.4
DOCUMENT STRUCTURE AND CONTENTS
1.4.1
Structure Procedures And Appendices

Where applicable, the information is presented in the following manner and order:
a)
Procedures
The procedures section describes the relevant work processes/activities. The
guidelines or guidance notes on salient processes within construction management
practices, if any, are included in the respective appendix.
b)
Appendices
The Appendices may include the following, as may be relevant to the chapter.
1.4.2
a.
Checklist of procedures
b.
Forms
c.
Pro forma documents
d.
Flow charts - provides an overview of a particular process set out within the
chapter, and the sequence and interrelationship between the processes.
e.
Guidelines
Contents
The chapters within the Volume 11 are grouped into 4 parts, covering the following
subjects:
a)
Part I : Introduction
Part I gives a description on the structure and components of Volume 11. It also
provides a brief description of the overall process involved in the implementation of
construction management.
b)
Part II : Construction Stage

Construction management can be defined as the coordination of actions required
for the performance of site construction activities including procedures and
elements of control and monitoring necessary to assure that all contractual
obligations under construction stage are fulfilled by the parties to the contract.
Part II covers the general construction management process from the award of
construction contract to the Contractor, up to the stage prior to initiation of the
issuance of Certificate of Practical Completion (CPC).
It also includes guidelines, explanatory notes, checklists, flowcharts and sample
pro-forma on various construction management processes such as sample preconstruction meeting agenda; sample project quality plan (PQP) and work
inspection forms; management of work programme flowchart; guidelines on
testing and commissioning (T&C) administration and environmental compliance
audit checklist.
1-2
c)
Part III : Completion And Hand Over Stage

Part III covers the general management process on works completed by the
Contractor to be handed over to DID. The procedures provide elements of control
necessary to assure that all contractual obligations are fulfilled by the parties to the
contract, before the issuance of CPC and hand over certificate.
It also includes guidelines, explanatory notes, checklists, flowcharts and sample
pro-forma on the processes involved such as sample defects list form; sample
training agenda; guideline for operation and maintenance (O&M) manual and asbuilt drawings including the flowchart on review and approval cycle for test
records, O&M manual and as-built drawing; CPC and hand over certificate
checklist.
d)
Part IV : Defects Liability Stage

Part IV covers the general management process from the commencement of
defects liability period up to the stage of issuance of certificate of making good
defects (CMGD). The procedures provide elements of control necessary to assure
that all defects and/or outstanding works rectified or closed out before issuing
CMGD to the Contractor. Checklists for CMGD and final certificate are included.
Sample Project final (completion) report is included as a guide to the Project Team.
This document is prepared by Project Team involved. It serves to facilitate the
dissemination of knowledge gained from the projects undertaken by DID. It will
also serve as a guide to the Project Teams undertaking other projects in the
future.
1.4.3
Samples/Pro-Forma
Samples/Pro-forma are included for reference and ease of comprehension of the
procedures only. Users should exercise care in its use in accordance with the specific
requirements of the respective projects.
1.5
DOCUMENT UPDATES & CHANGE CONTROL/APPROVAL

Volume 11 is a live document and is to be updated from time to time. The document is
ring bound for this purpose.
An officer may propose changes to the contents or procedures set out in Volume 11, by
using the Document Change Control Form. The officer should state the proposed
amendments together with reasons for the amendments in the Amendment Record
Sheet. Refer to Appendix 1A and 1B respectively.
Upon approval, the superseded page or document shall be replaced by the new/updated
page/document. The changes must be recorded in the Registration of Amendments
sheet at the front of the Manual.
1-3
1-4
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Construction Management
Chapter 1
APPENDIX 1A
Document Change Control / Approval
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 1A
DOCUMENT CHANGE CONTROL/APPROVAL
TO :.
CHANGE REQUEST
DOCUMENT REFERENCE
PROPOSED AMENDMENT
...................................................................
[OFFICER]
........................................
Date
Name :
Designation:
Contact No :
APPROVAL RECORD
Approved for Implementation
Not Approved
Remarks :
.............................................................
[APPROVING OFFICER]
.....................................
Date
Name :
Designation:
Contact No :
1A- 1
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 1
APPENDIX 1B
Amendment Record Sheet for Revision
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 1B
AMENDMENTS RECORD SHEET FOR REVISION
AMENDMENT RECORD SHEET FOR REVISION : _______
TO:.
The amendment enclosed herewith is the revision to your DID Manual.
DOCUMENTS ISSUED
1.1
INSERT
REMOVE
AMENDMENT/
DOCUMENTED
PROCEDURE
REASON FOR
AMENDMENT/
DOCUMENTED
PROCEDURE
Volume 11, Chapter .

Page ____ to
Page ___, Rev.
___
Page ___ to
Page ___, Rev. ___
Attachment ___,
Page ___ to Page
___ , Rev. ___
Attachment ___,
Page ___ to Page
___ , Rev. ___
Volume 11, Chapter .

Page ____ to
Page ___, Rev.
___
Page ____ to
Page ___, Rev. ___
Attachment ___,
Page ___ to Page
___ , Rev. ___
Attachment ___,
Page ___ to Page
___ , Rev. ___
After Revision : ____ has been inserted, please complete the Registration of Amendments Sheet on
Page ___ of your Manual
1A- 2

PART I : INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER 2
- OVERVIEW
Chapter 2 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT - OVERVIEW
Table of Contents
Table of Contents..2-i
List of Figures.2-ii
2.1
INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 2-1
2.2
FUNCTION OF CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT ............................................................ 2-2
2.3
CONSTRUCTION STAGE.............................................................................................. 2-2

2.3.1
Construction Start-Up ..................................................................................... 2-2
2.3.2
Quality Assurance and Quality Control ............................................................. 2-3
2.3.3
Project Monitoring Inspection and Supervision............................................... 2-3
2.3.4
Time Control .................................................................................................. 2-3
2.3.5
Cost Control ................................................................................................... 2-4
2.3.6
Health, Safety and Environmental.................................................................... 2-4
2.3.7
Liaison with Other Government Agencies and Service Providers......................... 2-5
2.3.8
Progress Report.............................................................................................. 2-5
2.3.9
Records, Drawings and Documentation ............................................................ 2-5
2.3.10 Testing and Commissioning............................................................................. 2-5

2.4
2.5
COMPLETION AND HAND OVER .................................................................................. 2-6

2.4.1
Final Inspection and Defects/Outstanding Works .............................................. 2-6
2.4.2
Hand Over of Records, Documents and Drawings ............................................. 2-6
2.4.3
Training ......................................................................................................... 2-6
2.4.4
Hand Over Certificate and Certificate of Practical Completion ............................ 2-7
DEFECTS LIABILITY STAGE......................................................................................... 2-7

2.5.1
Defective Works During Defects Liability Period ................................................ 2-7
2.5.2
Certificate of Making Good Defects .................................................................. 2-7
2.5.3
Final Certificate .............................................................................................. 2-7
2.5.4
Final (Completion) Report ............................................................................... 2-7
2-i
List of Figures
Figure 2.1
Project Life Cycle Flow Chart.......2-1
Figure 2.2
Construction Management Methodology....2-2
2-ii
2 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT - OVERVIEW

2.1
INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides an overview of the processes involved in the following three stages
of a project life cycle:
i.
ii.
iii.
Construction stage
Completion and Hand-Over stage
Defects Liabilities stage
Figure 2.1 indicates these stages with respect to the overall project life cycle.
START
TENDER STAGE
Volume 11
Construction
Management
PROJECT INITIATION STAGE
CONSTRUCTION STAGE
PROJECT PLANNING STAGE
CONCEPT DESIGN STAGE
SCHEMATIC DESIGN STAGE
COMPLETION AND
HAND OVER
DEFECTS LIABILITY STAGE
DETAILED DESIGN
DEVELOPMENT STAGE
END
Figure 2.1 PROJECT LIFE CYCLE FLOW CHART (Outline)

2-1
The overview provides a quick reference of the procedures within the Construction
Management module. Refer to Figure 2.2 for the flowchart on the Construction
Management methodology (Please see attachment Figure 2.2).
This procedure is written in anticipation that events would unfold in a chronological order
(although it is not always possible) in the management of a project. There are activities
that run through the entire phase of the project rather than in stages.
In general, the following procedures address the common approaches to both
conventional and design and build type of contracting method. In the case of
conventional type of contracting method, there can be projects whereby supervision is
fully undertaken by DID and also projects where consultants assume supervisory roles.
Where there are exceptions or departures from the conventional contracting, specific
mention is made in the procedure in reference to design and build practice.
2.2
FUNCTION OF CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

The function of construction management is to provide overall procedures and describe
the major tasks and elements of control in construction management, from the award of
construction contract to the stage of issuing the Certificate of Practical Completion to the
Contractor. This volume also covers procedures in handing over completed works and
defects management during the defects liability/maintenance period.
The Project Team administers and monitors the Consultants services and the
Contractors progress on site with respect to time, quality, cost, environment, safety and
health.
Relevant procedures are stipulated in Chapters 3 to 17 of this volume and where
applicable, cross-referred to corresponding procedure on contract administration in
Volume 10 of the Manual.
2.3
CONSTRUCTION STAGE
2.3.1
Construction Start-Up
Chapter 3 provides the procedures and elements of control from the award of the
construction contract to the commencement of works on site. The procedure is read
together with Chapter 5, 8 and 20 of Volume 10 on contract administration for Limit of
Authority; Tender Evaluation and Acceptance and Nominated Sub-contract, respectively.
Upon the issuance of Letter of Award, such as Surat SetujuTerima Tender, JKR 203D
(Pind. 6/2005), a Pre-construction or kick off meeting is conducted to inform local leaders
and the public about the development. The first site meeting with the Contractor is held
before the commencement of work on site, to address contractual deliverables and other
standard requirements with respect to site operations. A sample of the agenda in such
meetings is provided.
The Project Team should ensure that the site is ready for handover to the Contractor and
that the Consultants have secured the necessary Authority approvals before the
commencement of works on site. If no approvals are obtained, the Authorized Person will
decide whether to commence with the works or otherwise.
2-2
Issue letter of Acceptance /

Award to Contractor.
Issue to Contractor, letter of

Employers delegation of powers
and its authority.
Agenda for Contractors preconstruction meeting advise on

procedure to be used.
DID brief Contractor on

specific procedures. (i.e.: Drawings
Management, Programming, NCR,
Testing, Commissioning, Reporting
etc.).
Ensure acceptance of Contractors

work programme and project quality
plan.
Contractors Development of Request

for Information and Request for
Inspection Proforma based on its
Inspection & Test Plan.
Implement cost and contract

management procedure.
Prepare, bind and sign off construction

contract documents.
Contract Award
Contractor Organisation & Program Submittals

Organisation Chart
Site Office requirements
Materials Approvals
Work Programme
Drawings Management
Product Technical Information
QA/QC, Safety, Health, Logistic, Environmental
Requirements
Statutory Permits
Temporary Structures
Tower Crane
Project Signage
Temporary Utility Supply
Pre Construction Meeting
Minutes of Meeting ( Consultant )
Mobilisation
DID
Review & Approval
Comments
Construction Survey ( Contractor ):
Setting out based on Land Surveyor
Demarcation Plan
Establish control points from given TBM
Comments
Review and Approval of Contractors

Submissions ( Consultant )
Comments /
Status C
DID Final Approval
Contract Administration
Ongoing Contract Correspondence
Client Information & Project Files

Project Meetings
Contract Variation Request ( EI / VO )

Contractor EOT & IPC.
Contractor Submittals
Shop Drawings
Work Method Statements
Manufacturing Programs
Updated / Revised Work Programme
Testing Programs and Results
Mock-Up / Sample / Cut Sheet / Catalog
Comments
Consultant Review & Approval
Comments
Final Approval
( DID )
Consultants Review & Recommendations
Approval and Recommendations

( DID )
Comments
Construction Mechanical,
Electrical & Special Systems
Progress Reports
Monthly
Quarterly
Construction Civil & Structures,

Architectural, ID.
Manufacture Equipment
Factory Witness Testing of Equipment

( Consultant, DID, Client )
Client Endorsement of Claims & Interim

Payment Certificate
( Client )
Quality Assurance / Control

( Contractor )
Draft O & M Manuals
Temporary Works / Mockups

( Contractor )
No
DID ensures continuous

update of Contractors work
programme and Inspection & Test
Plan.
Contractors development of
procedures and acceptance by
Consultant.
DID develops handing over

procedures to owner / operator.
DID develops procedures to

ensure safe keeping of contract
end records :
CPC
CMGD Certificate
Operation & Maintenance
Manual
Asbuilt drawings
Warranty Certificates
Contract Documents
Final Certificate
The flow chart is also applicable to

infrastructure works with modification
of elements referred i.e. Omission of
ID, Architectural and Special Systems.
Owners appointment of Building

Maintenance Operator.
Operator O & M training.
Closure of all NCRs.
Closure of EOT and Loss and

Expense claim.
Contractor prepare Draft Final

Account.
Ensure all defects corrected before

issuance of Certificate of Making
Good Defects.
Secure Certificate of Fitness for

Occupation/Certificate of Completion
and Compliance ( Could be Consultant
or Contractors role depending on
types of construction contract ).
Closure of all Consultants and

Contractors contract.
Owner taking Operational Insurance.
Construction Activities
( Contractor )
Pass Testing
Yes
No
Plant Performance Verification

( Consultant )
Testing, QC
Site Supervision of
Works
( Consultant )
Delivery to Site
Inspect Equipment
Storage on Site
Repair Procedures
( Contractor )
Yes
Element Acceptance
( Consultant )
Site Installation
( Contractor )
Civil & Building Complete
As Built Drawings
( Contractor )
Field Validation Testing

( Contractor )
As Built Drawings
( Contractor )
Final O & M Manuals

(Consultant Approval)
Civil & Building Inspection

( Consultant )
Site Witness Testing of Equipment

( Consultant & DID )
Correct Defects
( Contractor )
Defects List
( Consultant )
No
Pass Testing
O & M Training
Recommendation for Practical Completion
( Consultant )
Yes
Equipment Inspection
( Consultant )
Correct Defects
( Contractor )
Defects List
( Consultant )
Equipment, Warranty
Certificates Acceptance
( Consultant , DID )
Commissioning
( Contractor )
Issuance of Certificate of Practical

Completion ( Client, DID )

( Contractor )
Certificate of Making Good Defects

( Client, DID, Consultant )
Final Certificate
( Client, DID , Consultant )
Handing Over to DID
2-2
Revision 0 : October 2008
Figure 2.2 Construction Management Methodology
2.3.2
Quality Assurance and Quality Control

The quality procedures and controls to ascertain that the works comply with the design
and specifications, and confirm the required standards of work and materials quality are
attained are described in Chapter 4.
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to formulate the quality procedures and controls
for the works, and submit the quality assurance documents meeting the specifications
and other quality requirements in the contract, for review and approval of the Project
Team. Quality is assured using the Contractors Project Quality Plan (PQP) and Inspection
and Test Plan (ITP).
On-site Quality control on works performed by the Contractor is supervised by the
Consultant with the Project Team carrying out random checks to verify that such controls
are in place.
Inspections of works on site use the appropriate inspection forms before allowing the
next stage of physical works to proceed. Rejections of works are indicated in the
inspection forms or through a Construction Non Conformance Report (NCR).
2.3.3
Project Monitoring Inspection and Supervision

Chapter 5 describes the quality procedures and controls for monitoring of project and is
read together with Chapter 4.
The Contractor and its subcontractors and suppliers are responsible to comply with the
quality procedures and quality controls set out in the Contractors quality assurance
documents. The Consultants and the Project Team monitors such compliance by the
Contractor to the approved quality assurance documents and in carrying out the
inspection and supervision throughout the project period as required by the construction
contract.
The PQP, ITP or other relevant document submitted by the Contractor and approved by
the Consultant forms the basis for inspection and testing during construction. A sample
of Quality Audit of the Consultants/Supervisory Team is provided to help determine the
effectiveness of the project monitoring.
2.3.4
Time Control
Chapter 6 provides the procedure in the management and control of time to meet the
Clients requirement. The procedure is read together with Chapter 13, 15 and 16 of
Volume 10 on contract administration for Extension of Time; Loss and Expense and
Determination of contract, respectively.
The Project Team evaluates the Contractors submitted work programme and approves
the necessary baseline or revised programme.
The Project Team ascertains whether the Contractor is ahead or behind approved work
programme by evaluating and monitoring the physical works on site. Assessment on the
schedule is based on physical observation and through the Contractors submitted
progress report. The Project Team evaluates any entitlement for extension of time (EOT)
and recommends to the Authorized Person in a timely manner or in accordance with the
contract provisions.
2-3
2.3.5
Cost Control
Chapter 7 provides the procedure in the management and control of cost to ensure the
overall management and control of cost is within the approved budget and Clients
requirement. The procedure is read together with Chapter 11, 12 and 19 of Volume 10
for related procedure on contract administration for Variations, Adjustment of Contract
Sum and Final Accounts and Final Certificate, respectively.
This procedure covers the preparation of cost report and control of cost during
construction stage until final account. It also recommends steps to minimize variations
based on a research1 conducted amongst government officers, consultants and
contractors involved in DIDs projects.
A cost report is produced periodically to advise DID on actual cost incurred, anticipated
cost and future commitments against the cost plan/budget approved.
Instructions to the Contractor involving Variations or Expenditure of Provisional Sums and
P.C. Sums items are issued in accordance with the construction contract and formalized
by the Authorized Person depending on the type of construction contract. Such SOs
Instruction is based on JKRs Contract Administration standard form, Arahan Pegawai
Penguasa, JKR 203U/82-Pin.1/92.
Procedures to manage Progress Payment and Claims are also included.
2.3.6
Health, Safety and Environmental

Chapter 8 describes the procedure for the management of health, safety and
environmental aspects of projects as required by statutory regulation of Occupational
Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 1994 (Act 514), Factories and Machinery Act 1967 (Act
139) and the Environmental Quality Act 1974 (Act 127).
It aims to reduce occupational and environmental risks in construction to an acceptable
level and covers the conduct of site safety, health and environmental disciplines. The
relevant standards for water quality, air quality and noise level is included for
comparison.
Samples of Safety and Health Daily Report, Observation Report and Audit Checklist as
well as Environmental Compliance Audit Checklist and Soil Erosion and Sediment Control
Regulations are included for reference.
Checklist for Worksite Safety and sample of Accident/Incident Reporting procedure is also
included.
2-4
2.3.7
Liaison with Other Government Agencies and Service Providers

Chapter 9 describes the procedures and elements of control in dealing and working with
government agencies and service providers at construction phase of a project.
The Consultant will assist the Project Team in applying for the planning, building, or
other approvals such as land matters; and in obtaining clearance and approval from the
relevant authorities as well as make payments for the respective fees or charges.
Consultant shall liaise with Utility Providers/ Concessionaires on any diversion of existing
utilities infrastructure i.e. electric and telecommunication cables, fiber optic, water and
gas pipes before start of construction.
The consultants prepare reports, certificates and other documents of the project as
required by the relevant authorities, and applies and obtains approvals and any other
permission required by any authority having jurisdiction over the project, for and on
behalf of DID.
2.3.8
Progress Report
The Contractor prepares and submits the project progress report to the Project Team
with a copy of the report submitted to the Client and Consultants. The interval and
timing of submission is as agreed by the Client or as per the requirement of construction
contract.
The project progress report contains information on the overall status of the project with
respect to time, quality, cost, financial, physical progress and other pertinent issues. A
sample project progress report is included in Chapter 10.
2.3.9
Records, Drawings and Documentation

Chapter 11 outlines the fundamentals in the management of records, drawings and
documents. Proper administration of project records, drawings and documents is
essential to aid retrieval of information throughout the duration of the project as well as
for future reference.
A tracking system is established so that only the latest information or drawings are used.
These records, drawings and documents are properly maintained and stored for purpose
of hand over to DID or other beneficiary at the completion of the project.
2.3.10

Chapter 12 describes the procedure and elements of control in the administration and
implementation of testing and commissioning (T&C) activities by the Contractor,
Consultant and Project Team. The procedure is read together with Chapter 17 and 18 of
Volume 10 on contract administration for Pre-Completion Inspection and Defects
Management respectively.
For a successful T&C, the Contractor is required to thoroughly plan, organize, schedule
and implement the testing and commissioning activities. The Project Team needs to
review and approve the Contractors submitted T&C plans and procedure prior to its
commencement. The Project team confirms the schedule and ensures attendance of key
personnel from all relevant parties for the respective T&C activity.
2-5
2.4
COMPLETION AND HAND OVER
2.4.1
Final Inspection and Defects/Outstanding Works

Chapter 15 provides the procedure and elements of control in the implementation of final
inspection, review and acceptance of the construction works and deliverables up to the
stage of issuance of Hand Over Certificate to the Contractor. The procedure is read
together with Chapter 17 and 18 of Volume 10 on contract administration for PreCompletion Inspection and Defects Management respectively. This procedure is also read
in conjunction with Chapter 12 (T&C), 13 (As-built and O&M) and 14 (Training) of the
Manual.
Final inspection of the completed works is jointly carried by representatives from the
Client, the Project Team, the Consultants and the Contractor to determine defects and
acceptable outstanding works (if any). The Client may include departments/agencies
under Ministry of National Resources and Environment, Ministry of Agriculture and
others.
The Contractor prepares and submits the list of defects, acceptable outstanding works (if
any) and the programme in remedying the defects and the outstanding works for a
review and acceptance by the Consultants and the Project Team.
2.4.2
Hand Over of Records, Documents and Drawings

Chapter 13 covers the relevant documents to be handed over to DID and/or rightful
beneficiary by the Contractor prior to the issuance of certificate of practical completion.
The procedure is also read together with Chapter 17 and 18 of Volume 10 on contract
administration for Pre-Completion Inspection and Defects Management respectively.
In general, there is a requirement for the Contractor to hand over relevant documents
such as As-built drawings, Operation and Maintenance manual (O&M), test records and
warranties to DID and other rightful beneficiary. Sufficient copies are made for
distribution to all the beneficiaries.
For Design and Build type of contract, the Contractors Consultants are to prepare and
submit the recommendation report, the Defects List and list of acceptable works (if any)
through the Contractor to the Project Team for checking and validation.
2.4.3
Training
Chapter 14 describes the procedure and guideline on the requirement of training for the
DIDs operational personnel before hand over. The procedure is read together with
Chapter 17 of Volume 10 on contract administration for Pre-Completion Inspection.
Training is crucial to ensure DIDs operational personnel are fully trained with adequate
knowledge, information and skills so as to have the ability to operate and maintain the
facility handed over by the Contractor to DID.
2-6
2.4.4
Hand Over Certificate and Certificate of Practical Completion

The Project Team ensures the Contractor meets the prerequisites as per the construction
contract (or such allowable provisions in the construction contract) before the issuance of
the Hand Over Certificate or Certificate of Practical Completion (CPC).
The Hand Over Certificate and CPC are only issued to the Contractor upon acceptance of
Consultants and Project Teams recommendations by the Authorized Person. The
procedure is read together with Chapter 17 and 18 of Volume 10 - Pre-Completion
Inspection and Defects Management respectively as well as the 3 preceding chapters,
Chapter 12 (T&C), 13 (As-built and O&M) and 14 (Training) of the Manual.
The Defects Liability Period starts from the date of issuance of the Certificate of Practical
Completion.
2.5
DEFECTS LIABILITY STAGE
2.5.1
Defective Works During Defects Liability Period

Chapter 16 describes the procedure and elements of control in the maintenance and
management of defects from the period of the initiation of Certificate of Practical
Completion up to the issuance of Final Certificate to the Contractor. The procedure is
read together with Chapter 18 and 19 of Volume 10 on contract administration for
Defects Management and Final Account and Final Certificate, respectively.
The Project Team ensures that all defective works and acceptable outstanding works (if
any) are monitored, rectified and properly closed out before the expiry of the Defects
Liability Period.
2.5.2
Certificate of Making Good Defects

Upon the expiry of the Defects Liability Period, the Schedule of Defects is established and
the Contractor is required to rectify the defects in the instructed period of time.
Certificate of Making Good Defects will then be issued upon acceptance of the
Consultants and Project Teams recommendations by the Authorized Person. Refer to
Chapter 16 for detailed procedure.
2.5.3
Final Certificate
The issuance of the Final Certificate to the Contractor is detailed in Chapter 19 (Final
Accounts and Final Certificate) of Volume 10.
2.5.4

The final Chapter 17 of Volume 11 sets out the format and guidelines in preparing
project final (completion) report. This procedure is read in conjunction with Chapter 11
(Records, Drawings and Documentation) and Chapter 15 (Final Inspection and Hand
over) of the Manual.
The project final report is prepared by the Project Team at the completion of the project.
This document facilitates the dissemination of knowledge gained from the projects
undertaken by DID. It will also serves as a guide to the Project Teams undertaking other
projects in the future.
2-7
2-8

PART II : CONSTRUCTION STAGE
CHAPTER 3
PROJECT CONSTRUCTION START-UP
Chapter 3 PROJECT CONSTRUCTION START-UP
Table of Contents
Table of Contents..3-i
3.1
INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 3-1
3.2
SCOPE ....................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.3
PROCEDURE............................................................................................................... 3-1
3.3.1
General.......................................................................................................... 3-1
3.3.2
Delegation of Power ....................................................................................... 3-1
3.3.3
Commencement of Works ............................................................................... 3-2
3.3.4
Appointment Of Nominated Sub-Contractor/Supplier......................................... 3-3
Appendix 3A Sample Pre-Construction Meeting Agenda.....3A- 1

Appendix 3B Sample 1st Site Meeting Agenda......3A- 2
3-i
3-ii
3 PROJECT CONSTRUCTION START-UP

3.1
INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides an overall procedures and elements of control in the
implementation of construction management from the award of the construction contract
to the commencement of works on site. Refer to Chapter 8 of Volume 10 for the
procedure on tender/award of contract.
3.2
SCOPE
The procedure covers both the conventional, and design and build type of contracting.
Any specific requirements of a Project shall be addressed in the Project Quality Plan or
the Construction Contract.
3.3
PROCEDURE
3.3.1
General
3.3.2
Delegation of Power
It is to be noted that under certain contracts, delegation of powers in administering the
contract can be as follows:
1. Superintending Officer (SO) as in JKR form of Contract JKR 203D(Pind. 6/2005)
2. Project Director (PD) as in JKR Design and Build form of Contract ie. PWD Form
DB/T-A2002.
3. Engineer as in FIDIC form of Contract.
Assignment of limited powers in Item (1) as Superintending Officers representative, item
(2) as Project Directors representative and item (3) requires DID's internal approval.
Refer also to Chapter 5 of Volume 10 for the limit of Authority.
3-1
3.3.3
Commencement of Works
The Project Team ensures that the required Letter of Award, such as Surat SetujuTerima
Tender, JKR 203D (Pind. 6/2005) or other accepted (latest) form is issued to the
Contractor prior to the site possession. The Letter of Award outlining the terms of
agreement is endorsed and returned by the Contractor to the contract administrator
within a certain specified period (generally stated in the Letter of Award/Acceptance).
Upon the receipt of Letter of Award/Acceptance returned by the Contractor, the contract
administrator proceeds to execute the compilation of Contract Documents. The
compilation of contract documents will need to be completed within a certain specified
period (generally stated in the Letter of Award/Acceptance). Upon compilation, the
Contract Document is issued to the Contractor for acceptance and endorsement.
Pre-construction or kick off meeting is conducted to inform local leaders and the public
on reasons for the development, the time frame, type of building, benefit to the
community as well as the Consultants and Contractors involved. A sample of the agenda
in such meetings is as per Appendix 3A.
The first site meeting with the Contractor is held before or on site possession date (or
such other practicable time) before the commencement of work on site, to address
contractual deliverables and other standard requirements with respect to site operations.
The purpose of the meeting is to set the framework for the overall monitoring and
coordination of the construction stage until the end. This may includes the following:
1. Performance bond, insurances, CIDB and SOCSO
2. QA/QC policy and procedures
3. Work Programme submission and approval
4. Contractors work force approval
5. Environment, safety and health regulations
6. Local authority and other related agencies regulations
7. Logistic plan and site services
8. Document and drawings submission and approval guidelines
9. Contractors Project Quality Plan (PQP) submission guidelines.
10. Inspection and Test Plan (ITP)
11. Lines of communication
A sample of the agenda used for the meeting with Contractor is as per Appendix 3B.
For Design and Build contract, the following (where applicable) is also addressed:
1. Guarantee Bond (Design Warranty Bond)
2. Approval procedures for Contractors drawings developed during the detailed design
carried out by Contractors consultant.
3. Various submissions for authority approval e.g. building plans, Bombas approval,
Certificate of Fitness for Occupancy (CF)/Certificate of Completion and Compliance
(CCC) or other such provisions addressed in the construction contract.
4. Approval procedures for Contractors material
5. Samples to be used in construction
6. Site inspection/Joint site inspection procedure and documentation/reporting
3-2
Project Team ensures that the Consultant has secured the necessary authority approvals
prior to commencement of works on site. If no such approval has been obtained, the
Authorized Person will decide whether to commence the work.
Project Team also ensures that the Contractor comply with the relevant CIDB
requirements.
3.3.4
Appointment Of Nominated Sub-Contractor/Supplier

The Client can nominate sub-contractors and/or suppliers to the main Contractor. In such
instance, the Project Team needs to notify the main Contractor accordingly. An example
of such letter of nomination is the Surat Pemberitahuan Penamaan kepada Subkontraktor, JKR 203N 6/88 for Nominated Sub-Contractor and Surat Pemberitahuan
Penamaan kepada Pembekal Dinamakan, JKR 203P 6/88 for Nominated Supplier.
Refer to Chapter 20 of Volume 10 for procedure on Nominated Sub-contract.
3-3
3-4
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 3
Project Construction Start-Up
APPENDIX 3A
Sample Pre-Construction
Meeting Agenda
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 3A
SAMPLE PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING AGENDA
(PROJECT NAME)
PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
(DATE)
(VENUE)
AGENDA:
1.
Opening speech by S.O or S.O representative.

Attendees include representatives from DID, Consultants, Contractors, relevant Authorities
and Agencies, local community and leaders as well as other relevant stakeholder.
2.
General Briefing
a)
b)
c)
The development e.g. type of building, works, etc.

Purpose and benefit
Timeline
3.
Discussion, requests, comments and other issues related to the contract works.
4.
Action to be taken / follow ups
5.
Conclusion
3A- 1
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 3
Project Construction Start-Up
APPENDIX 3B
Sample 1st Site Meeting Agenda
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 3B
SAMPLE 1ST SITE MEETING AGENDA

(PROJECT NAME)
(PROJECT NO.)
1ST SITE MEETING
(DATE)
(VENUE)
Authority
Client
Project Team
Consultant/s
:
:
:
:
Contractor
Kerajaan Malaysia
Jabatan Pengairan dan Saliran
AGENDA
1.
Opening speech by S.O or S.O representative.

Attendees include representatives from DID, Consultants, Contractors as well as from
relevant Authorities and Agencies BOMBA, TNB etc.
2.
Deliverable
a.
Letter of Acceptance
b.
Performance Bond
c.
Design Warranty Bond (for Design and Build type of Contract)
d.
Insurance
e.
CIDB levy / requirement
f.
Registration of Works under SOCSO
g.
Site Possession
h.
Environment, Safety & Security Policy, Rules & Regulation
i.
QA/QC Policy
j
k.
Temporary Building (site office) & Logistic Plan

Nomination of Licensed Surveyor
l.
Project Signboard
m.
Contractor's Project Team

i.
Organization Chart and Contact No.
ii.
Detailed CVs
n.
Logistic & Site Services (underground services, soil investigation, etc)
3A- 2
o.
p.
Planning & Scheduling

i.
Submission and Approval
ii.
Initial Works & Two Month Look Ahead Schedule
iii.
Work Summary Schedule
iv.
v.
Labour Histogram
vi.
Machinery Histogram
vii.
Detailed Works Schedule
viii.
Detailed Works Method Statement
Reports
i.
Site Report (daily)
ii.
Weekly Report
iii.
Monthly Report
iv
Progress Photographs (before, during & after construction

progressively)
v.
Monthly Safety Report
vi.
Monthly Sub-letting Report on Bumiputra Participation

(as per Contract requirements)
q.
r.
vii.
Monthly Status Report on Sub-Contract Works
viii.
Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Monthly Report
Line of Communication & Correspondence

i.
Reference used on correspondence and drawings
ii.
Limit of Authority of Designated Personnel
iii.
Named personnel for Contract communication
Document & Drawing Submission and Approval

i.
Reference used on drawings and documents submission
ii.
Approval cycles and copies required
iii.
Approval procedures for Contractor's drawings

(for Design and Build type of Contract)
iv.
3.
Approval procedures for Contractor's material samples to be used in

construction. (for Design and Build type of Contract)
s.
Contractor's Project Quality Plan Submission and Approval
t.
Contractor's Inspection and Test Plan
u.
Interim Payment Applications and Progress Payments
v.
Facilities for Project Director / Superintending officer / Project Team e.g. site office,
vehicles, boats, computers, etc.
Local Authorities and Other Related Agencies Regulation

Various Contractor's submissions for Authority approval e.g. building plans, Bomba's
approval, diversion for Permanent Utilities, Certificate of Completion and Compliance or
other such provisions addressed in construction contract.
3A- 3
4.
5.
6.
Project Controls
a.
Site Meeting
b.
Coordination Meeting
c.
Senior Management Meeting
Contract Inputs
(Relevant Documents/Drawings listed to be issued to the Contractor and selected from the
followings according to each project Contract requirements)
a.
Drawings for Construction
b.
Survey Control Point Layout & Coordinates
c.
Logistic Plan
d.
Guidelines on Road & Street Works Safety
e.
Guidelines on Progress Report
f.
Subcontractor / Supplier Registration Form
g.
Contractor's Project Quality Plan Submission Guidelines
h.
Contractor's Inspection and Test Plan Submission Guidelines
i.
Request for Information Guidelines
j.
Documents & Drawings Submission Guidelines
k.
Environment, Safety, Security and Health Regulations
Provisional Sum Items
3A- 4

CHAPTER 4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
AND QUALITY CONTROL
Chapter 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL
Table of Contents
Table of Contents .................................................................................................................... 4-i
4.1
INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 4-1
4.2
SCOPE .................................................................................................................... 4-1
4.3
PROCEDURE............................................................................................................... 4-1
4.3.1
4.3.2
Quality Assurance ........................................................................................... 4-1

4.3.1.1
Work Method Statement (WMS) ....................................................... 4-2
4.3.1.2
Project Quality Plan (PQP)................................................................ 4-2
4.3.1.3
Inspection & Test Plan (ITP) ............................................................ 4-2
4.3.1.4
Testing & Commissioning (T&C) Manual............................................ 4-2
4.3.1.5
Training Manual............................................................................... 4-3
QUALITY CONTROL (QC) ................................................................................ 4-3
Appendix 4A
Contractors PQP Document Guideline........4A- 1
Appendix 4B
ITP Document Guideline....4A- 18
Appendix 4C
Sample of Non Compliance Report4A- 42
Appendix 4D
Sample of WMS.....4A- 43
4-i
4-ii
4 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

4.1
INTRODUCTION
This chapter of Construction Management deals mainly with overall procedures and
elements of control in managing construction activities from the award of construction
contract to Contractor up to stage prior to the issuance of Certificate of Practical
Completion (CPC).
4.2
SCOPE
The Procedure addresses the common approaches to both conventional and design and
build type of contracting method. Where there are exceptions or departures from the
conventional contracting, specific mention is made in the Procedures in reference to
design and build practices.
The Procedure applies to all projects undertaken by DID. All specific requirements of a
particular Project are addressed in the project quality plan or the construction contract.
4.3
PROCEDURE
4.3.1
Quality Assurance
The quality procedures and controls ascertain that the works comply with the design and
specifications, and confirm the required standards of work and materials quality are
attained.
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to formulate the quality procedures and controls
for the works, and submit the quality assurance documents meeting the specifications
and other quality requirements in the contract.
The Contractors Quality Assurance documents may include but not limited to the
following items:
Method statement covering specific construction and installation method on site.
Contractors Project Quality Plan (PQP)
Contractors Inspection and Test Plan (ITP)
Clients Inspection and Test Plan (if used)
Testing and Commissioning (T&C) manual
Training manual
The Contractors Quality Assurance documents include the type and extent of the
independent quality auditing, timing of the inspections and procedures of signing for the
completed work.
4-1
The Project Team ensures proper management of review and approvals are carried out
together with the Consultants on the various Quality Assurance documents submitted by
the Contractor. This ensures relevant matters are in conformance with the specifications
and other requirements of the construction contract and aid the next stage of quality
control.
The Project Team, together with the Consultants, reviews and approves the quality
procedures and controls set out in the Contractors Quality Assurance documents. The
review and approval process cycle of these documents is included in the respective
document guideline.
For design and build contract, some Quality Assurance documents may require
endorsement from the Contractors consultant before submission to the Project Team.
Specific requirements are as per the construction contract.
The Project Team and the Consultants will conduct proper monitoring to ensure
adherence upon acceptance of the Contractors Quality Assurance documents.
4.3.1.1
Work Method Statement (WMS)

A WMS describes the job to be completed, outlines the steps involved, the hazards
identified (to the contractors and all relevant parties) and the controls to be implemented
to ensure the work is completed efficiently and safely. Refer to Appendix 4D for sample
work method statement.
4.3.1.2
Project Quality Plan (PQP)

PQP sets the specific tasks and requirements necessary for the execution of the project.
The PQP is used in conjunction with the Quality Manual and Standard Operation
Procedure of the organization to ensure consistency in the overall implementation of
quality management.
Guideline on the preparation and submission of Contractor's PQP is included in Appendix
4A, Attachment 1. The review and approval process cycle of this document is as per
Appendix 4A, Attachment 2.
4.3.1.3
Inspection & Test Plan (ITP)

The ITP sets out the framework of the various inspections and testing to be carried out
(and responsibilities of) the relevant parties.
Guideline on the preparation and submission of Contractor's ITP is included in Appendix
4B. The review and approval process cycle of this document is as per Appendix 4B,
Attachment 5.
4.3.1.4
Testing & Commissioning (T&C) Manual

The T&C manual provides a common framework of standards and the Client's
expectations of the project. It does not substitute the individual project specification
requirements. It is, however, a minimum standard that all Contractors must recognize as
complementing the construction contract specifications, providing a framework for facility
completion and the Client's acceptance.
Refer to Chapter 12 - TESTING & COMMISSIONING/ FINAL INSPECTION for guideline on
T&C manual.
4-2
4.3.1.5
Training Manual
Training Manual defines the scope and content of the training required for the operations
personnel prior to handing over of equipment or systems by the Contractor. It spells out
the necessary training in order to meet the requirements of the contract and the
Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 1994 (Act 514)
See Chapter 14 TRAINING for guideline on Training Manual.
4.3.2
QUALITY CONTROL (QC)

The Contractor and its subcontractors and suppliers are responsible for ensuring quality
procedures and controls set out in the Contractors Quality Assurance documents are
followed.
QC is implemented through on site inspection and supervision. The Project Team and
Consultants supervises quality control on works performed by the Contractor by carrying
out random checks to verify that such controls are in place. This ensures that the works
are in accordance with the requirements of the construction contract.
QC and inspection forms on site are developed by Contractor from the approved ITP
(following the guidelines provided by the Project Team) or other pertinent document
based on the specification required in the construction contract.
See Chapter 5 PROJECT MONITORING: INSPECTION AND SUPERVISION for the quality
control (where applicable) required during construction stage.
For design and build, the Contractor informs the Project Team when the relevant work is
ready for inspection. The Contractors Consultant will jointly inspect the works.
4-3
4-4
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 4
Quality Assurance and
Quality Control
APPENDIX 4A
Contractors Project Quality Plan

Document Guideline
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 4A
CONTRACTORS PROJECT QUALITY PLAN DOCUMENT

GUIDELINE
Content
1.0
General Overview
2.0
Document Control Principle
3.0
Document Format
4.0
Implementation Requirements
5.0
List of Attachment
Attachment 1 -
Contractor's Project Quality Plan Sample
Attachment 2 -
Contractor's Project Quality Plan Review And Approval Process Flowchart
4A- 1
1.0
General Overview
This document provides the general guideline to the preparation and submission of
documents pertaining to the Contractor's Project Quality Plan (PQP). This document also
includes the process flow for the submission and review of the Contractor's PQP.
2.0
Document Control Principle

All documents is prepared and issued in accordance with the approved procedures, format,
and coding structure (where applicable) as outlined in this document and the Document &
Drawing Submission Guideline.
The Contractor and Consultant are required to implement and maintain a full record of all
documents transmitted.
All document intended for submission to the Project Team is accordingly documented as
per procedure.
3.0
Document Format
3.1
Contractor's Project Quality Plan (PQP)
3.1.1
The document is prepared in white plain paper of A4 size and 70 to 80 gm paper type. The
document is to be properly bound.
3.1.2
Cover Page
The cover page is indicated with the following:
a. Name of Contractor
b. Title of Project with the Contract no.
c.
Title of quality document
d. The document reference no. , issue no. and revision no. and the associated dates.
e. Restriction/distribution of quality document
f.
Name and signatures of each person responsible for the document for the preparation,
review and approval.
Refer the sample of the Contractor's PQP cover in Attachment 1.

3.1.3
4A- 2
The title block is maintained on each page of the Contractor's PQP. The title block includes
the following:
a.
Name of Company
b.
Title of Document (eg. Project Quality Plan)
c.
Section title of Document
d.
Document reference no.
e.
Revision no.
f.
Issue no.
g.
Date of document.
h.
Page no.
3.1.4
PQP Contents
3.1.4.1 The PQP is divided into relevant sections but not limited to the following;
3.1.5
a.
Distribution List
b.
Project Description
c.
Project Organization
d.
Contractors Site Organization
e.
Project Administration
f.
Forms and Checklist
Distribution List
The section on the distribution list should indicate and include the key personnel of the
contractor for the project and may include the contractor's consultants in the case of a
"Design and Build " type of contract.
3.1.6
Project Description
The section on the project description includes the following items:
3.1.7
a.
Project brief
b.
Scope of work that includes the Contractor's responsibilities and the Sub Contractor's
responsibilities, and the Contractor's Consultants responsibilities (where applicable).
c.
Project particulars that include the date of commencement and date of completion.
d.
Programme/Schedule
e.
Contract Documents and Drawings that include the list of contract drawings.
Project Organization
The section on the project organization includes the particulars of the contact person,
office address, telephone and fax no. of the following:
a.
DID
b.
Project Manager
c.
Architect
a.
4 Civil and Structural Consultant
d.
Mechanical and Electrical Consultant
e.
Quantity Surveyor Consultant
f.
Nominated Sub-Contractors (where applicable)
g.
Sub Contractors
h.
Key Material Suppliers
4A- 3
3.1.8
Contractors Site Organization

The section on the site organization includes the following:
3.1.9
a.
Site organization chart for the project. The organization chart includes the staff/
personnel by appointment and name. Contact (handphone) number of Contractors
personnel are included in the organization chart (as a minimum to include from the
Construction manager and Project manager to the Foreman and Supervisor level).
Please refer to the sample in the Attachment 1.
b.
Responsibilities is outlined for all the identified staff/ personnel in the organization
chart.
Project Administration/ Quality System

The section on the project administration includes the following:
a.
Quality procedures on Preparation, Design and Change Control, Construction and

Quality Control.
b.
Quality procedures on Control of Documents and Drawings.
c.
Quality procedures on Quality Records for survey drawings, inspection and approval
for concreting, rectification of defective works, tests on materials, manufacturer's
certificates, etc.
d.
Quality procedures on Quality Audits.
3.1.10 Forms and Checklist

The section on the Forms and Checklist includes the list of identified forms and checklist to
be used for the project under the major disciplines but not limited to the following:
4A- 4
a.
Civil Works
b.
Structural Works
c.
Architectural Works
d.
Electrical Works
e.
Mechanical Works
f.
g.
Landscape Works
4.0
Implementation Requirements
4.1
The overall Contractor's PQP submission implementation flow is illustrated in the process
flowchart in Attachment 2.
4.2
PQP Review and Approval
4.2.1
The PQP Document Guidelines is issued to the Contractor and also distributed to the
related Consultants.
4.2.2
The Contractor shall prepare the PQP for submission and review based upon the PQP
Document Guidelines.
4.2.3
The Contractor submits the completed documents for review. The submission and review
process flow is as shown in Attachment 2.
4.2.4
Should the documents be rejected then the Contractor is required to correct and revise the
documents in accordance to the review comments and resubmit for review.
4.2.5
Upon approval, the Contractor is required to implement the Contractor's PQP in the project.
5.0
List of Attachment
Attachment 1 -
Contractor's Project Quality Plan Sample
Attachment 2 -
Contractor's Project Quality Plan Review and Approval Process Flowchart
4A- 5
APPENDIX 4A

GUIDELINE
SAMPLE OF CONTRACTORS PROJECT QUALITY PLAN - ATTACHMENT 1

(Name of Company)
Issue No:
Issue date:
(Name of Doc. ie. Project

Quality Plan)
(Title of Project)
Revision no.
Page No.
(NAME OF COMPANY)
(TITLE OF DOCUMENT)
(TITLE OF PROJECT)
4A- 6
SAMPLE OF CONTRACTORS PROJECT QUALITY PLAN ATTACHMENT 1

(Name of Company)
Issue No:
Issue date:
(Title of Project)
Revision no.
Page No.
CONTENTS
1.
DISTRIBUTION LIST
2.
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
3.
PROJECT ORGANIZATION
4.
SITE ORGANIZATION
5.
PROJECT ADMINISTRATION/ QUALITY SYSTEM
6.
FORMS AND CHECKLIST
4A- 7

(Name of Company)
Issue No:
Issue date:
(Title of Project)
Revision no.
Page No.
DISTRIBUTION
The Project Quality Plan (PQP) should be distributed to the key officers in the project. As the
project quality plan, the key decisions are live and there must be a system of updating the plans.
In most projects, the KEY or MASTER COPY is kept by the Project Team who transmits the new
information to the holders of the other copies.
A typical distribution list would include:
Contracts manager,
Project engineers,
Main sub contractors.
4A- 8

(Name of Company)
Issue No:
Issue date:
(Title of Project)
Revision no.
Page No.
PROJECT DESCRIPTION (eg. below)

Project Brief
The proposed secondary school includes the following buildings:
1.
Block A:Administration (3 storeys)
2.
Block B:Classrooms (5 storeys)
3.
External works
Scope of Works
The company is responsible for the construction of the secondary school buildings administration offices and staff rooms, classrooms, laboratories, extra curricular activities
rooms, auditorium and canteen - and external works.
The following works are executed by nominated sub contractors:
1.
2.
Mechanical and electrical installations,

Supply and installation of laboratory equipment, etc.
Project particulars
Date of commencement:
Date of completion:
Programme
See attached programme/schedule.
Contract Documents and Drawings
The Contractor is required to identify the drawing list or refer to the location of the current
drawings.
4A- 9

(Name of Company)
Issue No:
Issue date:
(Title of Project)
Revision no.
Page No.
PROJECT ORGANIZATION
DID/ Project Team/ Consultants/ Authorities
DID:
Address:
Contact person:
Tel:
Fax:
Project Team:
Address:
Contact person:
Tel:
Fax:
Architect
Address:
Contact person:
Tel:
Fax:
C&S Engineer
Address:
Contact person:
Tel:
Fax:
M&E Engineer
Address:
Contact person:
Tel:
Fax:
Quantity surveyor
Address:
Contact person:
Tel:
Fax:
4A- 10

(Name of Company)
Issue No:
Issue date:
(Title of Project)
Revision no.
Page No.
Nominated Sub contractor

Electrical Subcontractor
Address:
Contact person:
Tel:
Fax:
Air conditioning subcontractor
Address:
Contact person:
Tel:
Fax:
Sub-contractors
Carpenter
Address:
Contact person:
Tel:
Fax:
Concretor
Address:
Contact person:
Tel:
Fax:
Others
4A- 11

(Name of Company)
Issue No:
Issue date:
(Title of Project)
Revision no.
Page No.
Key Material Suppliers

Ready mixed concrete
Address:
Contact person:
Tel:
Fax:
Cement
Address:
Contact person:
Tel:
Fax:
Sand
Address:
Contact person:
Tel:
Fax:
Steel bars
Address:
Contact person:
Tel:
Fax:
Roofing Sheets
Others
4A- 12

(Name of Company)
Issue No:
Issue date:
(Title of Project)
Revision no.
Page No.
SITE ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Site Organization
The site organization should reflect the company's organization at the site with the
responsibilities of each staff clearly stated. The organization chart should be attached and
includes the staff by appointment and by name.
Responsibilities
The responsibilities outlined in this section should include all the staff indicated in the
organization chart.
4A- 13

(Name of Company)
Issue No:
Issue date:
(Title of Project)
Revision no.
Page No.
PROJECT ADMINISTRATION/ QUALITY SYSTEM

The following Quality Procedures are to be observed:
Preparation (below are examples only)
QPS-PEP-01
QPS-PEP-02
QPS-PEP-03
QPS-PEP-04
QPS-PEP-05
Site possession and mobilization

Planning and scheduling
Site organization
Health Safety, security, & Environment
Material Procurement
Construction (below are examples only)

QPS-CON-01
QPS-CON-02
QPS-CON-03
QPS-CON-04
QPS-CON-05
QPS-CON-06
QPS-CON-07
QPS-CON-08
QPS-CON-09
Handling and Storage

DID supplied materials
Product identification and traceability
Maintenance of plant and machinery
Meetings with DID and Consultants
Reports
Claims
Payment for work and materials
Final Inspection and Handing over
Quality Control (below are examples only)

QPS-QAC-01
QPS-QAC-02
QPS-QAC-03
QPS-QAC-04
QPS-QAC-05
QPS-QAC-06
QPS-QAC-07
QPS-QAC-08
4A- 14
Project Quality Plans

Work Instructions
Inspection and Test Plans
Sub Contractor Quality Plans
Inspection of subcontractor's works
Maintenance of inspection and test equipment
Non conformance control
Corrective Action and Preventive Action

(Name of Company)
Issue No:
Issue date:
(Title of Project)
Revision no.
Page No.
Control of Documents and Drawings

All correspondence is to be registered by the site clerk and signed by the project manager of his
assigned staff.
All drawings are to be registered with the site clerk and the master copies are to be kept at the
head office.
Method Statements
Contractor defines the structure and organization of the associated work method statement
documents.
Quality Records
The following are classified as quality records for the project and should be kept and maintained as
in Quality Procedure
1.
Survey drawings
2.
Records of inspection and approval
3.
Rrecords of rectification of defective work
4.
Records of tests on batches of material
5.
Manufacturer's certificates
6.
Others
Quality Audits
The internal quality audits on the project will be carried out periodically as in the approved internal
audit schedule. The procedures for conducting internal quality audits will be observed.
4A- 15

(Name of Company)
Issue No:
Issue date:
(Title of Project)
Revision no.
Page No.
LIST OF FORMS AND CHECKLISTS

Contractor to list:
4A- 16
APPENDIX 4A

GUIDELINE
ATTACHMENT 2 - PROJECT QUALITY PLAN REVIEW AND APPROVAL CYCLE

Process Flowchart
Description
Issue Guidelines
The Project Quality Plan (PQP)

Document Guidelines to be
issued to the Contractor
Contractor prepare
Documents
Contractor submission
Project Team/Consultants
Check and review of submission
NO
Action By
Project Team
The Contractor prepares the

Contractor
PQP documents, based on the
PQP Document Guidelines
Contractors submission of
the Completed PQP documents
Contractor
Project Team / Consultants

check and review of the
submission
Project Team /
Consultants
Contractor to implement the
Contractor
Approve
YES
Contractor to implement
Approved PQP documents
4A- 17
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 4
Quality Control
APPENDIX 4B

Document Guideline
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 4B INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN DOCUMENT GUIDELINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.
GENERAL OVERVIEW
2.
DOCUMENT CONTROL PRINCIPLE
3.
DOCUMENT FORMAT
4.
5.
3.1
3.2
Request for Work Inspection
3.3
Inspection Forms
IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
4.1
Stage 1 - Inspection and Test Plan
4.2
Stage 2 - Request for Work Inspection
4.3
Stage 3 - Inspection Forms
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
Attachment 1 - Sample Inspection and Test Plan Cover
Attachment 2 - Sample Inspection and Test Plan
Attachment 3 - Sample Request for Work Inspection
Attachment 4 - Sample Inspection Forms
Attachment 5 - Process Flowchart
4A- 18
1.
GENERAL OVERVIEW
This document provides the general guidelines for the preparation and submission of
documents pertaining to the Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) inclusive of the Request for
Inspections (RFI), and sample Inspection Forms. This document also includes the
process flow for the submission and review of the ITP and the document process flow for
the RFI and the Inspection Forms.
2.

All documents are prepared and issued in accordance with the approved procedures,
format, and coding structure (where applicable) as outlined in the Document & Drawing
Submission Guidelines.
The Contractor and Consultant are required to implement and maintain a full record of all
documents transmitted.
All document intended for submission to the Project Team must be sent through the
Project Clerk.
3.
DOCUMENT FORMAT
3.1
INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN
3.1.1
The document is prepared in white plain paper of A4 size and 70 to 80 gm paper type.
The document is to be properly bound.
3.1.2
Cover Page
The cover page is indicated with the following:
a. Name of Contractor
b. Title of project with the Contract no.
c.
Title of quality document
d. The document reference no., issue no. and revision no. and the associated dates.
e. Restriction/distribution of quality document
f.
Name and signatures of each person responsible for the document for the
preparation, review and approval.
Refer the sample of the ITP cover in Attachment 1.
4A- 19
3.1.3
ITP Schedule
3.1.3.1
The ITP is divided into sections of main trades but not limited to the following;
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
3.1.3.2
The title block is maintained on each page of the ITP. The title block includes the
following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
3.1.3.3
Civil Works
Structural Works
Architectural Works
Mechanical Works
Electrical Works
Landscape Works
Final Inspection and Testing
Certificate of Practical Completion
Handover
Name of Company
Title of Document (ie. Inspection and Test Plan)
Section title of Document
Revision no.
Issue no.
Date of document.
Page no.
The fields of the ITP consist of the following:

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Description of Work
Reference to Specifications
Frequency of Inspection
Point of Inspection/ Test
Responsibility (Contractor's Personnel)
Acceptance Criteria and Test Forms
Verifying Documents
Action by
1. NSC/ Sub Contractor
2. Contractor
3. Consultant
4. Project Team/ DID
Refer to the sample of the ITP in Attachment 2.
4A- 20
3.1.3.4
For the Design & Build type contract, the detailed topics of the following design control
should be included for all main trades and systems into the ITP. The design control
requirements are as listed below but not be limited to the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Concept Design Report/Proposal

Concept Design Schematic
Option Studies
Design Calculations
Design Drawings
The detailed topics of the main trades to be included into the ITP for conventional Build
type contract and Design & Build type contract are as listed below but not be limited to
the following:
a. Civil Works
1. Approval of Specialist Sub contractors
2. Material and Technical data Submission
3. Calculations Submission
4. Shop drawings
5. Method Statements Submission
6. Bricks
i.
Receiving Inspection
ii.
Installation Inspection
7. Box Culverts
i.
ii.
8. Cement Lined MS Pipes
i.
ii.
iii.
Mirror Test
iv.
Pressure Test
9. Backfill Material
i.
Grading Test
10. VCP Pipes
i.
ii.
iii.
Mirror Test
iv.
Pressure Test
11. Pavement
i.
Field Density Test
ii.
Sand Placement test
iii.
Crusher-run Sieve Analysis
iv.
Grading & Binder Content of Mix
v.
Marshall Test
vi.
Cores Test
vii. In-process installation inspection
12. Earthwork
i.
CBR Test
4A- 21
3.1.3.4 (contd)
b. Structural Works
4. Shop drawings
6. Ready Mixed Concrete
i.
Slump Test
ii.
Concrete Cube Test
7. Steel Bars
i.
ii.
Bend Test
iii.
Tensile Test
8. BRC Mesh
i.
Tensile Test
ii.
Weld Strength Test
9. Form & Reinforcement
i.
Pre-concreting Inspection
10. Reinforced Concrete
i.
Pre-concreting Inspection
ii.
Floor hardener Inspection
c.
Architectural Works
3. Manufacturing Drawings
4. Shop drawings
6. Sample submission
7. Mock-up inspections
8. Material/Equipment delivery inspections
9. Bricks
i.
ii.
10. Door Frame
i.
2. Installation Inspection
11. Window Frame
i.
ii.
12. Ironmongery & Fittings
i.
ii.
13. Light Weight Blocks
i.
ii.
14. Tiles
i.
ii.
15. Waterproofing System
i.
ii.
ii.
Ponding test
4A- 22
3.1.3.4 (contd)
c.
Architectural Works (cont'd)

16. Railing Works
i.
ii.
17. Skim Coating
i.
ii.
18. Stones/ Granite
i.
ii.
19. Roller Shutter
i.
ii.
20. Sanitary Wares & Fittings
i.
ii.
21. Paints
i.
ii.
22. Cement Mortar (Walls and Floors)
i.
Inspection of Plastering Works
ii.
Inspection of Screeding Works
d. Mechanical Works
4. Manufacturing Drawings
5. Shop drawings
6. Combined services drawings
8. Sample submission
9. Mock-up inspections
10. Equipment delivery inspections
11. Air conditioning
i.
Internal chilled water piping
Welding Inspection
Pressure test
Pump test
Chilled water balancing
ii.
Ducting
Pressure Test
Air balancing
iii.
AHU/FCU
Equipment test
iv.
Control System
Equipment test
Fire alarm interface
BCS interface
4A- 23
3.1.3.4 (contd)
d. Mechanical Works (cont'd)
v.
Overall System
Chilled water balancing and measurement
Air balancing and measurement
Temperature measurement
Noise measurement
12. Mechanical Ventilation

i.
Ducting
Installation inspection
Pressure test
ii.
Fans
Equipment test
iii.
Overall System
Smoke extract interface test
Control system test
BCS interface
13. Fire Fighting System
i.
Fire Alarm system
Fire alarm device test
Main control testing
Output interface testing
BCS and other system interface
ii.
CO2 System
CO2 system test
Fire alarm system interface test
Hose Reel System
o Installation Inspection
o Pipe pressure test
o System test including pump test
o Fire alarm interface
iii.
Wet Riser
Pipe pressure test
Pipe flushing
System test including pump test
iv.
Sprinkler System
Pipe pressure test
Pipe flushing
System test including pump test
4A- 24
3.1.3.4 (contd)
d. Mechanical Works (cont'd)
v.
Firemen Intercom System

Cable continuity test
Cable termination
Equipment test
Numbering, identification & verification
Interface to Bomba
14. Sanitary Plumbing/ Sewerage

i.
ii.
Leak/ Level test
iii.
System test
e. Electrical Works
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Approval of Specialist Sub contractors

Material and Technical data Submission
Calculations Submission
Manufacturing Drawings
Shop drawings
Combined services drawings
Method Statements Submission
Sample submission
Mock-up inspections
Equipment delivery inspections
HT switchgear
i.
Factory Acceptance testing
ii.
iii.
CT and VT test
iv.
OC & EF Relay test
v.
Primary Injection test
vi.
Secondary Injection test
vii. Insulation test
viii. Pressure test
ix.
Functional test
12 HT cables
i.
ii.
Phasing check
iii.
Insulation test
iv.
Pressure test
13 Transformers
i.
ii.
iii.
Insulation test
iv.
Ratio check
v.
Pressure test
vi.
Functional test
vii. Noise Level test
4A- 25
3.1.3.4 (contd)
e. Electrical Works (cont'd)
14. Generator Sets
i.
ii.
iii.
Load test
iv.
Droop test
v.
safety devices test
vi.
AMF panel test
vii. Fuel pump and discharge fan inspection
viii. Acoustic treatment inspection and sound measurement
15. LV main switchboards
i.
ii.
iii.
OC & EF Relay test
iv.
v.
vi.
Insulation test
vii. Pressure test
viii. Functional test
16. LV sub-boards
i.
ii.
iii.
OC and EF Relay test
iv.
v.
vi.
Insulation test
vii. Pressure test
viii. Functional test
17. LV mains/Busduct
i.
ii.
Phase check
iii.
Insulation test
iv.
Pressure test
18. Power points and Lighting Points/Fittings
i.
ii.
Insulation test
iii.
Polarity test
iv.
Earthing test
v.
Fault discrimination test
vi.
Light switching zone check
vii. Lux measurement
19. UPS
i.
ii.
iii.
Equipment Test
20. Earthing
i.
ii.
Earthing resistance test
21. Lightning Protection System
i.
ii.
Earthing resistance test
4A- 26
3.1.3.4 (contd)
f.
Landscape Works
i. Approval of Specialist Sub contractors
ii. Material and Technical data Submission
iii. Shop drawings
iv. Method Statements Submission
v. Nursery Visit/ Inspection
vi. Planting Media preparation Inspection
vii. Mock-up inspection
viii. Setting out inspection
ix. Planting Works Inspection
x. Turfing Works Inspection
xi. Pre-maintenance inspection prior to CF/CCC
xii. Maintenance Works Inspection
g. Testing and Commissioning

i. Civil Works
ii. Structural Works
iii. Architectural Works
iv. Mechanical Works
v. Electrical Works
h. Certificate of Practical Completion
i. Civil Works
v. Electrical Works
4A- 27
i.
Authorities Inspection (Before Hand Over)

i. Water Supply
- JBA/SPAN
ii. Electrical Power Supply
- TNB and JBE
iii. Telephone Service
- TMB
iv. Sewerage Reticulation
- SPAN
v. Building and Fire Fighting System
- Bomba
vi. Gas Reticulation
- Gas Malaysia
vii. Overall Project
- Majlis Daerah/ Perbandaran/ Perbadanan
j.
Handover
i. Civil Works
v. Electrical Works
3.2
REQUEST FOR WORK INSPECTION (RFI)
3.2.1
The format of the RFI forms should have a title block. The title block includes the
following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
3.2.2
Name of Company
Title of Document (eg. Inspection and Test Plan)
Revision no.
Page no.
Other information required to be indicated into the request for work inspection forms are
as follows:
a.
Project name and reference no.
b. Attention and distribution list. The distribution list for the RFI shall be as below:
i. Consultants
ii. Other Consultants (if applicable)
iii. Project Team
iv. DID
c. Inspection no.
d. Requested date and time of inspection
e. Details of the Work
i. Discipline/Trade
ii. Description of Work to be inspected (Schematic of system to be attached
together with the form.)
iii. Location of works to be inspected. (Location and layout plan to be attached

with form.)
iv. Specific inspection and test forms to be attached.
Signatures with designations and date of parties requesting the inspection as follows:
i. NSC
ii. Sub Contractor
iii. Contractor
g. Acknowledgment of receipt by the Consultant.
h. Acknowledgment response by the Consultant.
i. Inspection comments and response by the approver. (Consultant)
j. Reference no of the corresponding inspection and test forms/ records
k. Inspection signatures as follows:
i. NSC
ii. Sub Contractor
iii. Contractor
iv. Consultant
v. Project Team
vi. DID
f.
Refer to the sample of the RFI Form in Attachment 3.

3.2.3
As a general rule, only one (1) set of RFI forms may be used for a particular test for each
discipline.
4A- 28
3.3
INSPECTION FORMS/ RECORDS
3.3.1
The document is prepared in white plain paper of A4 size and 70 to 80 gm paper type.
3.3.2
The format of the Inspection forms/ records should have a title block. The title block
includes the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
3.3.3
Name of Company
Title of Document (eg. Inspection Form)
Date of document.
Page no.
Other information required to be indicated into the request for work inspection forms are
as follows: (Refer to the sample of the Inspection Form in Attachment 4)
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Project name and Contract package no.

Reference of previous Inspection reference no.
Reference no. of the corresponding Request for Work Inspection forms
Date and time of inspection
Details of the Work
Discipline/Trade
i. Description of Work to be inspected (Schematic of system to be attached
together with the form.)
ii Location of works to be inspected. (Location and layout plan to be attached with
form.)
a. Acceptance criteria
b. Inspection comments and remarks by the approver. (Consultant)
c. Inspection status ie. pass or fail
d. Inspection signatures and dates for the following:
i. NSC
ii. Sub Contractor
iii. Contractor
iv. Consultant (as "Approver")
v. Project Team (as "Witness").
vi. DID
4A- 29
4.
IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
4.1
The overall ITP implementation flow is illustrated in the process flowchart in the
Attachment E and is indicated as Stages 1 to 3.
a. Stage 1 - ITP, RFI Form and Sample Inspection Form Submission Review
b. Stage 2 - RFI
c. Stage 3 - Inspection Records
4.2
Stage 1 - ITP
4.2.1
The ITP Document Guidelines is issued to the Contractor and also distributed to the
related Consultants.
4.2.2
The Contractor shall prepare the ITP, RFI Form and sample Inspection Records for
submission and review based upon the ITP Document Guidelines.
4.2.3
The Contractor submits the completed documents/forms for review. The submission and
review process flow is as shown in Attachment 5.
4.2.4
Should the documents/forms be rejected then the Contractor is required to correct and
revise the documents/forms in accordance to the review comments and resubmit for
review.
4.2.5
Upon approval, the Contractor is required to implement the ITP with the approved
formats of the RFI forms and the Inspection Records.
4.3
Stage 2 - RFI
4.3.1
For the identified stages of the inspections and tests in the ITP, the Contractor is
required to submit the properly completed RFI forms as in the process flowchart in
Attachment 5.
4.3.2
The Project Team (or Lead Consultant, where applicable according to the type of
contract) checks the completeness of the submitted RFI forms. If the RFI forms are in
order, the Project Team shall sign both the original and the copy of the RFI forms for the
acknowledgment of the inspection date and return the copy of the acknowledgment
signed RFI form to the Contractor. If the submission of the RFI is incomplete, the RFI is
rejected and returned to the Contractor.
4.3.3
Should the Project Team reject and return the RFI, the Contractor is required to resubmit
a revised, corrected and complete RFI form.
4.3.4
Should the RFI be acceptable then the Contractor begins the preparation of the works for
inspection.
4.4
Stage 3 - Inspection Forms
4.4.1
The inspection is to be carried out in the presence of the Project Team and the
Contractors with the accepted RFI forms and the correct Inspection forms.
4.4.2
Upon completion of the inspection and the associated testing, the Project Team complete
the original inspection forms and marked their comments, if any, and indicate the
inspection status of pass or fail onto the inspection form and to be verified by the SO
Representative.
4A- 30
4.4.3
The SO Representative includes comments, if any into the inspection form.
4.4.4
The Project Team sign and affix the overall status of the inspection, ie. Pass or Fail onto
the inspection form. The Project Team allows the witness of the inspection that includes
Client to sign the inspection form.
4.4.5
The Contractor collects the completed inspection forms immediately from the Project
Team and makes duplicate copies for submission to the SO Representative and DID for
their retention.
4.4.6
If the inspection receives a Fail status, the Contractor is required to make good and
correct the faults and non-compliance of the works/system and generate a new RFI
forms and Inspection forms for the re-inspection with the indication of the previous
reference no. of the RFI and the Inspection forms together with the new reference no.
4.4.7
It is to be noted that a Non Compliance Report (NCR) may be issued by the Consultants
or Project Team or SO Representative for the following:
a. Routine checks and inspection where defective and non-compliant items are found.
b. Inspections that needs rectification but was covered up.
c.
Lead-in tests. (ie. cube tests).
Refer to Appendix D of Chapter 5 on the guideline of closing the NCR.

5.
4A- 31
LIST OF ATTACHMENT
Attachment 1
Sample Inspection And Test Plan Cover
Attachment 2
Sample Inspection And Test Plan
Attachment 3
Sample Request For Work Inspection
Attachment 4
Sample Inspection Form
Attachment 5
Process Flowchart
APPENDIX 4B INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN DOCUMENT GUIDELINE - ATTACHMENT 1

INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN COVER
Contractors Company Name

Title of Project and Contract Package No.

Document Reference No.
Issue No.
Revision No.
Signature:
Name:
Date:
Signature:
Name:
Date
Signature:
Name:
Date
Signature:
Name:
Date
Signature:
Name:
Date
Signature:
Name:
Date
Signature:
Name:
Date
Signature:
Name:
Date
Signature:
Name:
Date
Prepared by
Review by
Approved by
Distribution
Controlled copy
Uncontrolled copy
4A- 32
APPENDIX 4B INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN DOCUMENT GUIDELINE ATTACHMENT 2

Page No.
Revision No.
Section Title (eg. Civil, Structure, etc.)
Date:
Description
Of Work
SAMPLE
HT
Switchgear
Reference
To
Specification
Frequency
Of
Inspection
Point of
Inspection/
Test
ResponsiBility
Acceptance
Criteria
and Test
Forms
Verifying
Documents
NSC/SubContractor
Contractor
Consultant
Project
Team/
Client/
ERA
Manufacturer
& Contractor
Approved
Shop
Drawings
and Test
Form 001,
Test Form
002, etc
Test
Records
Prepare
Prepare
Approver
Witness
Specification
Section
16415
Factory
Acceptance
Testing
Specification
Section
16415
Item 3.1.3
Prior to
delivery
Installation
Inspection
Specification
Section
16415
Item 3.1.4
Upon
completion
of
installation
Site
Specialist
Tester &
Contractor
Approved
Shop
Drawings
and Test
Form 101,
Test Form
102, etc
Test
Records
Prepare
Prepare
Approver
Witness
Visual
Inspection
Specification
Section
16420
Item 3.1.4
Upon
completion
of
Installation
Site
Specialist
Tester &
Contractor
Approved
Shop
Drawings
and Test
Form 101,
Test Form
102, etc
Test
Records
Prepare
Prepare
Approver
Witness
Insulation
Test
Specification
Section
16420
Item 3.1.4
Upon
completion
of
Installation
Site
Specialist
Tester &
Contractor
1000V and
Test Form
200
Test
Certificates
Prepare
Prepare
Approver
Witness
Pressure
test/Power
Frequency
Withstand
Voltage
Test
Specification
Section
16415
Item 3.1.4
Upon
completion
of
Installation
Site
Specialist
Tester &
Contractor
24,000V
for 1 min
and Test
Form 200
Test
Certificates
Prepare
Prepare
Approver
Witness
CT Tests
Specification
Section
16415
Item 3.1.4
Upon
completion
of
Installation
Site
Specialist
Tester &
Contractor
Shop
drawings
and Test
Form 300,
etc
Test
Certificates
Prepare
Prepare
Approver
Witness
VT Tests
Specification
Section
16415
Item 3.1.4
Upon
completion
of
Installation
Site
Specialist
Tester &
Contractor
Shop
drawings
and Test
Form 300,
etc
Test
Certificates
Prepare
Prepare
Approver
Witness
Primary
Injection
Test
Specification
Section
16420
Item 3.1.4
Upon
completion
of
Installation
Site
Specialist
Tester &
Contractor
Test Form
400, etc
Test
Certificates
Prepare
Prepare
Approver
Witness
4A- 33
Factory

Page No.
Revision No.
Section Title (eg. Civil, Structure, etc.)
Date:
Description
Of Work
Reference
To
Specification
Frequency
Of
Inspection
Point of
Inspection/
Test
ResponsiBility
Acceptance
Criteria
and Test
Forms
Verifying
Documents
NSC/SubContractor
Contractor
Primary
Injection
Test
Specification
Section
16420
Item 3.1.4
Upon
completion
of
Installation
Site
Specialist
Tester &
Contractor
Test Form
400, etc
Test
Certificates
Prepare
Secondary
Injection
test
Specification
Section
16420 Item
3.1.4
Upon
completion
of
Installation
Site
Specialist
Tester &
Contractor
Test Form
500, etc
Test
Certificates
Functional
Test
Specification
Section
16415
Item 3.1.4
Upon
completion
of
Installation
Site
Specialist
Tester &
Contractor
Test Form
600, etc
Mechanical
Operation
test
Specification
Section
16415
Item 3.1.4
Upon
completion
of
Installation
Site
Specialist
Tester &
Contractor
Calibration
and
Setting of
Protection
Devices
Specification
Section
16415
Item 3.1.4
Upon
completion
of
Installation
Site
Specialist
Tester &
Contractor
Consultant
Project
Team/
Client/
ERA
Prepare
Approver
Witness
Prepare
Prepare
Approver
Witness
Test
Records
Prepare
Prepare
Approver
Witness
Test Form
700, etc
Test
Records
Prepare
Prepare
Approver
Witness
Test Form
800, etc
Test
Records
Prepare
Prepare
Approver
Witness
4A- 34
REQUEST FOR WORK INSPECTION

Revision No
Page No.
Title of project with the Contract Package No.
Inspection No.
Attention to:
Consultant
Requested Inspection
Distribution List
Other consultants (if applicable)
Day
Project Team
Date
DID
Time
Details of Work:
Discipline/Trade:
Description of Works to be Inspected:
Attached Relevant Approved Construction Drawing:

Location of Works to be inspected:
Attached inspection Forms:
Inspection requested by
NSC (If applicable)
Sub-Contractor (if applicable)
Contractor
Signature
Signature
Signature
Name
Name
Name
Date
Date
Date
Acknowledgment response
Request for Inspection Incomplete resubmit request
for inspection
Inspection is postponed, resubmit request for
inspection
Received and Acknowledgment by

Consultant:
Signature
Name
Inspection date acknowledgment and distribution to

Project Team
DID
4A- 35
Date
REQUEST FOR WORK INSPECTION

Inspection response
Refer Test Forms:
Inspection passed. Work allowed to proceed.

Inspection failed. Remedial work and re-inspection
Required. New Request for Inspection to be submitted
Inspection failed. Rectification required. See NCR
New Request for Inspection to be submitted
Inspection postponed. New Request for Inspection to
be Submitted
Consultant
Witness
Project Team
Witness
Signature
Signature
Signature
Name
Name
Name
Date
Date
Date
DID

Title of project with the Contract Package No.
Revision No
Page No.
Inspection No.
Attention to:
Consultant
Requested Inspection
Distribution List
Day
Project Team
Date
DID
Time
Acknowledgment by
NSC (If applicable)
Contractor
Signature
Signature
Signature
Name
Name
Name
Date
Date
Date
4A- 36
INSPECTION FORM
Inspection Form
Project Name
Contract Package No.
Discipline/Trade
Description of Work to be inspected e.g. Piling Works

Reference no. of
Previous inspection Forms
Reference no. of
Associated Request
For Inspection Forms
Inspection date:
Inspection time:
Page No.
Attached Schematic
Location of Works to be Inspected:
A
1
2
3
4
DESCRIPTION
Prerequisite
Approved Material Submission
Approved Method of Statement
Endorsed Construction / Shop Drawings
Comply with Authority requirement
Acceptable
Yes
No.
DESCRIPTION OF INSPECTION / TEST (example for

Piling below)
Acceptance
Criteria
Test
Results
PILING
Indicate a number each on all the pile point layout

plan
Check and record the whole platform pile point level
Check Position of peg with Reference to Drawing
Check Whether Piles Are Pitched Accurately as Per

Drawing
Check Verticality of Piles Before Driving in
Check for Welded Joints with Reference to Drawings
Check for Final Set As Per Requirement
Pile Condition
i
Check the end plate of pile
ii
Check if any crack line on pile
iii
Check if the pile is straight
iv
Check if markings are at 300mm interval
4A- 37
Remarks
Pass or
Fail
Remarks
INSPECTION FORM
DESCRIPTION OF INSPECTION / TEST (example for
Piling below)
9
Check the test cube result from supplier
10
Pile frame condition

i
Check type of hammer used
ii
Check and measure each hammer ring from
the top of hammer
iii
Check and measure the top of hammer to the
top of casing after the
The hammer has been dropped in
iv
Compare the ram stroke height from the
details / specification given by the
subcontractor
v
Check the helmet condition (should not be
too loose to cap the pile head)
Acceptance
Criteria
Test
Results
Pass or
Fail
Remarks
Comments:
NSC (if applicable)
Contractor
Signature:
Signature:
Signature:
Name:
Name:
Name:
Time and Date
Time and Date:
Time and Date:
Approver
Witness
Witness
Consultant
Project Team
DID
Signature
Signature
Signature
Name
Name
Name
Time and Date
Time and Date
Time and Date
4A- 38
INSPECTION FORM
Inspection Form
Project Name

Reference no. of
Previous inspection Forms
Reference no. of
Associated Request
For Inspection Forms
Contract Package No.
Inspection date:
Inspection time:
Page No.
Discipline/Trade
Description of Work to be inspected eg. Cable ladder
for electrical sub mains
Cabling from main switchboard No. 1 to Sub-Board
No. 02
Attached Schematic
Location of Works to be Inspected:
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
1
DESCRIPTION
Prerequisite
Design concept / design brief
List / Register of Design Drawings
Relevant design drawings
Approved Material / Technical Data Submission
Approved Method of Statement
Approved Sample submission
Endorsed Construction / Shop Drawings
Material Delivery Inspection
Approved Mock up
Acceptable
Yes
DESCRIPTION OF INSPECTION / TEST

(example for Cable below)
Acceptance
Criteria
1.1
PILING
Records / Attachment
Location
Attached shop drawing
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
General
Clearing of debris
Setting out / alignment
Painting and labeling
Fire slopping
4A- 39
Remarks
No.
Test Results
Pass or
Fail
Remarks
INSPECTION FORM
DESCRIPTION OF INSPECTION / TEST
(example for Cable below)
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
Acceptance
Criteria
Test Results
Pass or
Fail
Remarks
Specific Inspection
Inspect material and finish
Inspect size of cable tray
Inspect erection / installation in accordance to
method statement
Inspect erection / installation in accordance to
shop drawing
Inspect material and finish of accessories (tierods, hangers, etc)
Inspect earth links
Comments:
NSC (if applicable)
Contractor
Signature:
Signature:
Signature:
Name:
Name:
Name:
Time and Date
Time and Date:
Time and Date:
Approver
Consultant
Witness
Project Team
Witness
DID
Signature
Signature
Signature
Name
Name
Name
Time and Date
Time and Date
Time and Date
4A- 40

Stage 1 Inspection and Test Plan, Request for Work Inspection and
Sample Inspection Form Submission, Review Process Flow Chart
Process Flowchart
Issue of Guidelines
Contractor prepare
Project Team/Consultants/Site
Representative
NO
Description
Action By
The Inspection and

Test Plan Document
Guidelines to be issued
to the Contractor
Project Team
The Contractor prepares

Documents / forms the
Documents, Request fro
Work Inspection Forms
and the sample Inspection
forms based on the ITP
document guidelines
Contractor
Contractors submission
of the Completed ITP
documents. Request for
Work Inspection forms and
sample Inspection forms
Contractor
Project Team / Consultants /

Site Representative check
and review of the submission
Project Team /

approved ITP documents
Contractor
Consultants /
Site Representatives
Approve
YES
Contractor to implement
4A- 41
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 4
Quality Control
APPENDIX 4C
Sample of
Non Compliance Report
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 4C QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

SAMPLE OF NON COMPLIANCE REPORT
4.2.1
Form: F/NCR/01
PROJECT NAME
PROJECT REFERENCE NO.
Drafted By
Name
Company
Signature
Date
Location
Contractor /
Subcontractor
Activity
Non Compliances :
* Use separate sheet if necessary
PRELIMINARY COPY passed to:
Contractor
Name
Company
The Firm/Company
Signature
Date
Name
Company
Signature
Date
Name
NCR Ref.
Name
Company
Signature
Date
Signature
Date
Issued by
Name
Project Team/
Company
Consultant
Corrective / Preventive Actions :
Signature
Date
OFFICIAL COPY :
Registered by
QA/QC Dept
Issued to
Contractor

The Work is Now in Accordance with the Specifications
Complied by
Name
Contractor
Company
Verified By
Signature
Date
Name
Company
Signature
Date
Approved by
Consultant Rep.
(If applicable)
Accepted by
Project Team
Name
Company
Signature
Date
Name
Company
Signature
Date
Recorded & Filed

by
QA/QC Dept
Name
Signature
Company
Date
NCR Originator
4A- 42
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 4
Quality Control
APPENDIX 4D
Sample Work Method Statement
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 4D SAMPLE WORK METHOD STATEMENT

SAMPLE OF CONTRACTORS WORK METHOD STATEMENT
EARTHWORKS METHODOLOGY
(Name of Company)
(Title of Project)
Issue No:
Revision no.
Issue date:
Page No.
(NAME OF COMPANY)
(TITLE OF DOCUMENT)
(TITLE OF PROJECT)
4A- 43
SAMPLE OF CONTRACTORS WORK METHOD STATEMENT

EARTHWORKS METHODOLOGY
(Name of Company)

Earthworks Methodology
Issue No:
Issue date:
(Title of Project)
Revision no.
Page No.
CONTENTS
1.1
PURPOSE
1.2
REFERENCES
1.3
SCOPE OF WORKS
1.4
1.5
1.3.1
Pre-Construction Activities
1.3.2
Site clearing and earthworks activities including testing
PROCEDURES
1.4.1
Mobilization of Plant
1.4.2
Survey Works
1.4.3
Temporary Access
1.4.4
Pre-Earthworks Drainage
SITE CLEARING AND EARTHWORKS ACTIVITIES

1.5.1
Site Clearing
1. Clearing
2. Grubbing
3. Stripping topsoil
1.6
1.7
1.5.2
Earthworks
1.5.3
Earthwork Bulk Cut and Fill Procedures
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND CONTROL MEASURE

1.6.1
General
1.6.2
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
QUALITY OF WORKS
1.7.1
Inspection
1.7.2
Testing
1.8
COMPLETION OF EARTHWORKS FOR BUILDING AND ROADWORKS
1.9
List of Attachment
4A- 44
WORK METHOD STATEMENT EARTHWORKS METHODOLOGY

1.1
PURPOSE
The procedure outlines the process of site clearing, survey works, temporary works,
earthwork and environmental control measure at the beginning stage of earthworks.
The method statement give guidelines to site personnel in the performance of the
earthworks activity. The method also serves to inform the client that the contractor has
studied the requirement and is capable of undertaking scope of works.
1.2
REFERENCES
a.
b.
c.
1.3
BS1377 : Part 1 to Part 9:1990 Method of test for soil for Civil Engineering
Purposes
BS 6031 Code Practice for Earthworks
Approved Environmental Management Compliance Plan
SCOPE OF WORKS
The scope of earthworks activities shall follow the following works stages:-
1.3.1
Pre-Construction Activities
a.
b.
c.
d.
Mobilization of equipment and plant

Survey work
Temporary Access
Environmental Control measure. (Silt trap, earth drain, earth bund silt fence,
water browser and wash trough)
1.3.2
Site clearing and earthworks activities including testing.
1.4
PROCEDURES
1.4.1
Mobilization of Plant
Prior to the start of earthwork the appropriate plant will be mobilized to the site.
Examples of initial plant being used.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Bulldozer
Backhoe
Excavator
Tipper trucks / lorries and equipment
Breakers if required
The list of plant and equipment shall be added as the site clearance and earthwork
progress increase. The numbers of plant will depend on the actual amount of work to be
done at each stages of earthworks activities.
1.4.2
Survey Works
Survey Information: Survey Control point shall be given by the consultant or S.O. in
order to establish the control survey information on site.
Setting-out shall be done by the Surveyor prior to commencement of works.
4A- 45
1.4.3
Temporary Access
Temporary access roads shall follows as per approved Logistic Plan.
The access road shall be maintained to facilitate vehicular movement during the
construction period. Access road shall be make good on completion of the project.
1.4.4
Pre-Earthworks Drainage
Several temporary earth drain or catch drain will be constructed to drain surface run-off
during the construction stage. These drains are aligned and directed to the existing
drainage or water body. Sand bags, silt fence or rock fence will be used to filter surface
runoff within the working area before being discharge to existing drainage.
All temporary perimeter earth drains shall be maintained regularly especially during
monsoon season.
The silt trap is located at strategic areas to cater the overflow water prior to channel out
to the existing drainage.
In addition to this, earth bund, sandbag or gabion will be constructed where and when
necessary to control the surface run-off from the working area and also to prevent
flooding. The bund also shall direct all silt detritus to the existing earth drain and silt
fence.
1.5
SITE CLEARING AND EARTHWORKS ACTIVITIES
1.5.1
Site Clearing
Site clearing shall be done in stages.
The site clearing consist of clearing, grubbing and stripping topsoil in the areas
designated in the construction drawing and/or directed by the S.O.
a. Clearing
Clearing shall consist of cutting and taking down, removal and disposal of everything
above ground level. The clearing also include objects overhanging the areas such as
tree, branches, except such trees, vegetation, structures or parts of structures, and
other things specified or as directed by S.O.
b. Grubbing
Grubbing consist of removal the surface vegetation, bases of stumps, roots, the
underground parts of structures or other obstructions to a depth at least 0.50 meter
below the ground level.
c. Stripping topsoil
Stripping topsoil consist of the removal of topsoil to an average of at least 100mm
below ground level and all the suitable earth shall be transported within the site for
the turfing works.
4A- 46
1.5.2
Earthworks
Construction Methodology
Major bulk earthwork activities will be started as per following priority areas:Pre-Construction activities Preparation of Earthworks for the Logistic Road, site office
and temporary works (Hoarding, silt trap and earth drain)
activities.
Construction stage
1.5.3
- Earthworks at building platform and along proposed roads

alignment
Earthwork Bulk Cut and Fill Procedures

The earthworks cut and fill works generally shall be applied as follows.
All cuttings for stockpiling or embankment fill shall be monitored closely by experienced
supervisors and surveyors to avoid over excavation horizontally or vertically. The
excavation work comprises:
a.
Excavation either horizontal or vertical shall be performed only when the area to be
excavated has been set out and marked by competent Surveyor.
b.
Steel bars of 600mm long shall be utilized for the surveyor for marking purposes.
c.
The steel bars shall be offset 2-3m away from the excavation area and shall be
located along the perimeter of the excavation.
d.
All the relevant information such depth of excavation, chainage, offset etc. shall be
noted on a masking tape and shall be wrapped around the steel bars.
e.
For the depth of the excavation, the surveyors shall indicate a level about at least
300mm to 500mm above the actual excavation level to avoid over-excavation.
f.
Supervisors shall monitor closely on all final excavation to the required excavation
level with the assistance of Surveyors.
Only suitable excavated material shall be used as fill material. Suitable fill material shall
be testing for suitability before any backfilling can proceed. Compaction shall be done of
each layer of 300mm and shall be tested and witnessed by the Project Team.
Only fill material shall be placed in layers not exceeding 300mm loose depth and
thoroughly compacted by mechanical rolling machine.
4A- 47
1.6
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND CONTROL MEASURE
1.6.1
General
During the construction stage, environmental polluting activities that may have adverse
impacts on the environment are site clearance, land reclamation and construction
activity.
Silt screen / fence will be provided at the perimeter boundary to prevent overflow of
siltation.
The completed working platform shall not be left uncompacted or bare and exposed to
erosion at any time.
1.6.2
Erosion and Sedimentation Control

The following mitigation measures are undertaken as when necessary to control and
minimize soil erosion during earthwork phase and other construction activities:a.
Protect disturbed areas against runoff from the site by intercepting the area with
diversion channels and diverted runoff around the works.
b.
Retain sediment on the site by providing silt fences (membrane silt fences or sand
beg or rock fence).
c.
Stabilise/backfill disturbed area quickly, once land construction activities have

finished.
d.
Inspect control measures once every fortnight and particularly after heavy rainfall.
All drainage channels and silt fences will be monitored and maintained-desilt regularly.
The discharged water quality standard from the Project Site shall meet the specified limit.
1.7
QUALITY OF WORKS
1.7.1
Inspection
In general the earthworks do not allow excess pore water pressure during construction.
The backfilling placed in layers and subject to suitable compaction, together with the
high quality fill material will result in good quality earthwork.
The works shall follow the approved ITP for Earthworks. During the works, the checklist
for earthwork shall be provided together with the request for inspection for verification.
Please refer to earthworks checklist and inspection request form.
4A- 48
1.7.2
Testing
Samples of fill material shall be tested for suitability by means of laboratory testing
before any backfilling can proceed. Field Density Test shall monitor compaction of each
layer of 300mm.
Only fill material shall be placed in layers not exceeding 300mm loose depth and
thoroughly compacted by mechanical rolling machine to a specific dry density as
specified in the technical specification.
Only suitable excavated material shall be used as fill material.
All testing shall be witnessed and the results shall be endorsed and approved by the
Project Team.
1.8
COMPLETION OF EARTHWORKS FOR BUILDING AND ROADWORKS

Trimming of formation shall be to the required line and level as per instruction and
approval of Project Team. Level are adjusted according to the site condition and
satisfaction of Project Team. As Built drawing shall be produced upon completion of this
project.
1.9
List of Attachment
Attachment 1 -
Request Form and Earthworks Checklist
Attachment 2 -
Inspection and Test Plan for Earthworks
4A- 49
APPENDIX 4D SAMPLE WORK METHOD STATEMENT ATTACHMENT 1
REQUEST FORM and EARTHWORK CHECKLIST

LOCATION:
NATURE OF INSPECTION:
DATE & TIME INSPECTION REQUIRED:

Date:
Time:
(pm/am)
ATTACHMENT
Checklist
Photos
Layout / Detail
Others . (Please specify)

REQUESTED BY
RECEIVED BY
.
Contractor
..
Consultant / S.O.s Representative
Name:
Designation:
Date:
Name:
Designation:
Date:
COMMENT AFTER INSPECTION
The inspection is satisfactory and works may proceed to

the next stage
.
Site Agent
Not approved due to .

COMMENT AFTER RE-INSPECTION
The inspection is satisfactory and works may proceed to
the next stage
.
Site Agent
Not approved due to .
4A- 50
EARTHWORKS CHECKLIST
Drawing No:
Location:
No.
ITEM / DESCRIPTION
Acceptability
Yes
Setting Out
Ensure Accuracy of TBM
Excavation
Backfilling
Compaction
Field Density Test
Mackintosh Probes (JKR Probes)
Final Level
Joint Survey with Consultant
10
Plotting of As-Built
N/A
REMARKS
No
COMMENTS:
Checked by:
Verified By:
..
Contractor
Project Team
Name:
Name:
Position:
Position:
Date:
Date:
4A- 51

INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN EARTHWORK
Item/
Activity
Description
Time To
Perform
Inspection
Verifying
excavated /
imported
material
Inspection
Contractor
Action Signature
Verifying
Document
Spec
Acceptance
Criteria
Frequency
Prior to
Backfilling
Operations
BS1377
Moisture
content
liquid limit
< 80%
Plastic
limit<55%
Tabulated
results
Each
source of
material
TR
W2
AI
Inspection
Request
Form Lab
Report
Bulk
sampling of
cut ground
Prior to
store and
use of
the
material
BS5930
Moisture
contact
Liquid
content
<80%
Plastic Limit
<55%
Particle SI
and
Distribution
Soil
Compaction
Test
Each new
identified
TR
W2
AI
Lab Report
Trial
Compaction
(If Required)
Before
Backfill
Compaction
BS1377
To obtain the
required
passes to
achieve
specified field
density test
requirements
Each soil
class
TR
W2
AI
Lab Report
Field density
Tests
After soil
compactio
n/
each lift
BS1377
Sand
replacement
method
95% of
M.D.D. (final
300mm)
90% of
M.D.D.
where a %
of
settlement is
not critical
Tabulated
results
Test for
each
300mm
layer
TR
W2
AI
Lab Report
Hardcore
Prior to
depositing
AI
Inspection
Report
Joint Survey
Inspection
Prior to
the
foundation
works or
building
works
HP
AI
Inspection
Report
Legend:
HP - Holding Point
TR - test Required
4-52
Clean hard
stone/appro
ved inert
material.
Pass through
63mm ring
at 150mm
layers
M - Monitor
WI - Witness 10%
Sub-Contractor
Action Signature
I - Inspection
AI - Approved Upon Inspection
Project Team
Action Signature
S - Surveillance
W2 - Witness 100%

CHAPTER 5
PROJECT MONITORING
INSPECTION AND SUPERVISION
Chapter 5 PROJECT MONITORING INSPECTION & SUPERVISION
Table of Contents
5.1
INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 5-1
5.2
SCOPE ....................................................................................................................... 5-1
5.3
PROCEDURES............................................................................................................. 5-1
Appendix 5A
Review and Approval Cycle Inspection & Test Plan / Request for Works
Inspection Forms & Materials Samples Inspection Form..5A- 1
Appendix 5B
List of Forms (JPS Format) and Sample of Inspection Forms...5A- 2
Appendix 5C
Request for Inspection Process Flow Chart...5A- 36
Appendix 5D
The Control of Non Conforming Products/Works/Services....5A- 37
Appendix 5E
Sample of Quality Audit...5A- 40
5-i
5-ii
5 PROJECT MONITORING - INSPECTION & SUPERVISION

5.1
INTRODUCTION
This chapter deals mainly with overall procedures and elements of control in the
implementation of quality control from the commencement of construction works until
the issuance of the certificate of practical completion.
The Procedure is written in anticipation of events unfolding in a chronological order
(although it is not always possible) in the implementation of project management. There
are activities that run through the entire phase of the project rather than in stages.
5.2
SCOPE
For design and build contracts, Project Teams are responsible to ensure the Contractor
complies with the requirements of the contract.
All specific requirements of a particular project are addressed in the Project Quality Plan
(PQP). Refer to Chapter 4 on Contractors PQP document guideline.
5.3
PROCEDURES
The quality procedures and controls ascertain that the works comply with the design and
specifications, and conform to the required standards of work and materials quality.
The Contractor and its subcontractors and suppliers are responsible to comply with the
quality procedures and quality controls set out in the Contractors quality assurance
documents. The Consultants and the Project Team monitor such compliance by the
Contractor to the approved quality assurance documents.
The Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) or other relevant document submitted by the
Contractor (following the guidelines provided by Project Team) forms the basis for
inspection and testing during construction.
Quality control is implemented through on site inspection and supervision on works
performed by the Contractor. The Consultants and the Project team shall carry out
random checks on site to verify that such control is in place. This is to ensure that the
works are in accordance with the requirements of the construction contract.
Inspection forms on site are developed by Contractor from the approved ITP (following
the guidelines provided by the Project Team) or other pertinent document based on the
specification required in the construction contract.
5-1
The quality control (where applicable) required during construction stage includes:
a. The inspection of temporary works and test plan shall be proposed by the Contractor
and reviewed for acceptance by the Consultant/Project Team. The review and
approval cycle is shown in Appendix 5A.
b. Inspection forms used cover the Contractors ITP.
c. The pro-forma of the inspection forms includes parties from Consultant/ Project
Team and Contractor. A sample is included in Appendix 5B.
d. Request for Inspection (RFI) by Contractor is activated with the submission of RFI
forms in advance, to inform the Consultant/Project Team before the inspection is
carried out on site. The RFI process flow is shown in Appendix 5C.
e. During inspection, appropriate reference is made to specification or the approved
inspection and test plan. Site photographs are taken when the need arises.
f.
Any works that are found to be non compliant against the specification or other
specific requirements, will be issued a Non Compliance Report (NCR) or commented
inspection form showing disapproval and action required to rectify. Guidelines and
process flow chart on the control of non conforming works/products/services process
is included in Appendix 5D Attachment 1 & 2 respectively. Sample of the construction
non compliance report is as per Appendix 5D Attachment 3.
g. All inspection forms shall be properly signed off by relevant parties and kept by
Consultant with a copy to be retained by Project Team in identifiable file for purpose
of traceability.
See Chapter 4: Quality Assurance and Quality Control Procedure for guidelines on ITP.
For design and build contract, the Contractor informs the Consultants when the relevant
works are ready for inspection. The works are jointly inspected with the Project Team.
Sample of Quality Audit of the Consultants/Supervisory Team is as per Appendix 5E and
help determine the effectiveness of the project monitoring.
5-2
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 5
Project Monitoring
Inspection and Supervision
APPENDIX 5A
Review and Approval Cycle

- Inspection and Test Plan (ITP)
Request for
Works Inspection (RFI) Forms and
Materials Sample Inspection Forms
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 5A
REVIEW & APPROVAL CYCLE INSPECTION & TEST PLAN (ITP)

REQUEST FOR WORKS INSPECTION (RFI) FORMS & MATERIALS
SAMPLES INSPECTION FORMS
Process Flowchart
Description
Action By
The ITP Document

Guidelines to be issued
to the Contractor
Project Team
Contractor Prepares
The Contractor prepares

the ITP Document,
Contractor
Documents / Forms
RFI Forms and the
Issue of Guidelines
Contractors Submission
Check and Review Submission
Material Sample inspection

forms based on the ITP
document guidelines
Of the Completed ITP
Document. RFI forms
and Material Sample
Inspection forms
Contractor
Project Team /
Consultants check
and review the submission
Project Team /
Consultants

Approved ITP document,
RFI forms and
Material Sample Inspection
forms
Contractor
NO
Approve
YES
Contractor to Implement
5A- 1
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 5
Project Monitoring
APPENDIX 5B
List of Forms (JPS Format)
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 5B
LIST OF FORMS (JPS FORMAT)
1.
Borang Site Diary
2.
Borang Semakan Data Ukur [BSDU]
3.
Borang Pemberitahuan Kerja [BPK]
4.
Borang Permohonan Kerja (Pembinaan Struktur T.C.G) [BPK-TCG]
5.
Borang Semak Kerja Sementara [BSKS]
6.
Borang Pemeriksaan Kerja Tanah [BPKT]
7.
Borang Semak Kualiti Batu Baur [BSKBB]
8.
Rekod Penanaman Cerucuk [RPC]
9.
Borang Pemeriksaan Tetulang Keluli [BPTK]
10.
Borang Kerja-Kerja Konkrit [BKK]
11.
Borang Konkrit Siap Bancuh [BKSB]
12.
Borang Ujian Kiub [BUK]
13.
Borang Ujian Penurunan (Slum Test) [BUP]
14.
Borang Pengawetan (Curing) [BP-C]
15.
Borang Keputusan Ujian Kiub Konkrit [BKUK]
16.
Borang Permohonan Kebenaran Menanggal Kekotak (Formworks) [BPKMK]
17.
Pemeriksaan Permukaan Konkrit [PPK]
18.
Borang Pemeriksaan Siap Kerja Untuk Struktur [BPSKS]
19.
Borang Rekod Struktur Binaan [BRSB]
20.
Borang Semak Pembinaan Struktur [BSPS]
21.
Borang Semak Taliair /Parit Konkrit [BSTPK]
22.
Brickwork Inspection Form
23.
Plaster Inspection Form
24.
Screed Inspection Form
25.
Floor Tiling Inspection Form
5A- 2
BORANG SITE DIARY
KERAJAAN MALAYSIA
JABATAN PENGAIRAN DAN SALIRAN
MALAYSIA
BUKU HARIAN
TAPAK BINA
UNTUK
KERJA KERJA KONTRAK
NOMBOR KONTRAK:
NAMA PROJEK:
BILANGAN:
TARIKH: Dari
5A- 3
Hingga
BORANG SEMAKAN DATA UKUR (BSDU)
1.
Nama Projek
: .
2.
No. Kontrak
: .
3.
Tajuk Kontrak
: .
4.
Nama Kontraktor : ..
Semakan Data Ukur untuk Kerja Ukur
Tarikh
Mula
5.
Siap
Catatan
1. Ukur Pra Pembinaan

2. Ukur Interim
3. Pengukuran Akhir
6.
Data-data yang perlu disemak

i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
x.
Catatan
Blok Judul
Skala
Jarak keratan
Butiran keratan
TBM.
Aras sediada
Aras rekabentuk
Aras akhir
Data pembukuan
Fail Lukisan Auto Cad
Disemak oleh:
Disahkan oleh:
Tandatangan:....
Tandatangan :.
Nama : ..
Nama : ...
Jawatan : .
Jawatan : ..
5A- 4
BORANG PEMBERITAHUAN KERJA (BPK)

Jurutera Projek
..
..
Kontrak No
Nama Kontraktor
Tajuk Kontrak
: .
: ...
: ...
:
:
Tuan,
i. Kerja-kerja berikut sedia untuk diperiksa pada hari mulai jam pagi /
petang
Butir Butir Kerja :
..
..
ii. Kerja-kerja berikut akan dibuat pada .hari mulai jam pagi /
petang
Butir-Butir Kerja :
.
.
Tandatangan Kontraktor / Wakil Tapak

Nama : ..
Kegunaan Jabatan:
Diterima pada : pagi / petang pada ..
Tandatangan Penerima .
Ulasan : *Jurutera Projek / Jurutera / Pembantu Teknik /Juruteknik Kanan:
.
5A- 5
BORONG PERMOHONAN KERJA (PEMBINAAN STRUKTUR T.C.G) BPK-TCG
Jurutera Projek
Kontrak No
Tajuk Kontrak : ...
Nama Kontraktor:.........
Tuan,
Permohonan kerja adalah seperti berikut :
Jenis Struktur : ____________________________ Lokasi : ________________
Keputusan Permohonan :
LULUS
TIDAK LULUS
Catatan: ____________________________________________
T.Tangan
Nama/Cop
(JP/J)
5A- 6
Perlaksanaan Aktiviti Kerja akan dijalankan seperti berikut:

Bil.
Aktiviti Kerja
Kontraktor
Tarikh
Tanda
Permohonan
Tangan
1.
Setting out / kerja-kerja

sementara
2.
Pembinaan ampangan
3.
Memacak cerucuk perintis
4.
Menjalankan Ujian Beban
5.
Menentukan aras lantai U.S / D.S
6.
Memacak cerucuk-cerucuk
7.
Pengorekan tapak
8.
9.
Memacak cerucuk `Steel Sheet

Piles
Konkrit `screeding
10.
Pemeriksaan besi tetulang
Wakil Jabatan
Tarikh
Tanda
Sebenar
Tangan
- Key-wall / base slab

- U/S wing wall
- D/S wing wall
- Side wall / excavator bridge
- Operating platform
11.
Penuangan Konkrit
- Key-wall / base slab
- U/S wing wall
- D/S wing wall
- Side wall / excavator bridge
- Operating platform
12.
5A- 7
Membuka pampan
Bil.
Aktiviti Kerja
13.
Pemeriksaan permukaan konkrit
14.
Mengecat permukaan konkrit
15.
16.
Pemasangan pintu /alatan

mekanikal
Mengambus semula
17.
Membuka ampangan sementara
18.
Jayaguna
Kontraktor
Tarikh
Tanda
Permohonan
Tangan
Wakil Jabatan
Tarikh
Tanda
Sebenar
Tangan
Kegunaan Jabatan
Diperiksa Oleh:
Disahkan oleh:
T/Tangan
:.
T/Tangan :
Nama /Cop :..

Jawatan : JT/JTK/PT
Nama /Cop:.
Jawatan : J/PT
Nota : * Tanda / pada yang berkenaan
5A- 8
BORANG SEMAK KERJA SEMENTARA (BSKS)
No. Kontrak : Tarikh : ...

Nama Struktur : Lokasi Struktur : ..
Item
Keterangan
1.
Kerja sementara :
2.
Semakan
Kontraktor
Semakan
Jabatan
Catatan
Papan tanda amaran
Empangan sementara
Lencungan jalan
Lencungan saliran
Lencungan Taliair
Kemudahan awam yang terlibat :

* Tiang / Kabel E lektrik
* Tiang / Kabel Telekom
* Paip Bekalan Air /Paip Gas
*Jambatan / Titi / Pembetong
* Jalan sementara
..
Ulasan Pegawai Atasan :
Pemeriksaan Oleh :
Disemak Oleh :
T/ tangan : .
T/ tangan : .
Nama :..
Nama :
Jawatan : JT / JTK
Jawatan :
Nota :
* Potong yang tidak berkenaan
5A- 9
PT / J
x Ada / Tiada
BORANG PEMERIKSAAN KERJA TANAH (BPKT)
No. Kontrak
: _________________________
Tarikh
: ______________________
Jenis Struktur
: _________________________
Lokasi / Elemen : ___________________
No. Pelan Pembinaan : _______________________
Catatan
1.
Peg Jajaran
Ada
Tidak
2.
Kerja ukur keratan

Rentas (OGL) se
Belum kerja tamBakan/korekan
Bermula.
Ya
Tidak
3.
Jentera
a) Bilangan
Ya
Tidak
b) Kesesuaian
Ya
Tidak
Kerja pengorekan
ikut spesifikasi
Ya
Tidak
...
5.
Kerja penambakan
ikut spesifikasi
Ya
Tidak
...
6.
Tanah impot
mematuhi
Ya
Tidak
7.
Kerja pemadatan
ikut spesifikasi di
mana perlu)
Ya
Tidak
Semak aras bersama

Jurukur
pemborong
Ya
Tidak
..
9.
Langkah keselamatan telah

di ambil
Ya
Tidak
..
10.
Penyediaan pelan
siap
Ya
Tidak
..
4.
8.
Tidak
Ulasan : ____________________________________________________________________
: ____________________________________________________________________
5A- 10
Disediakan oleh :
Disahkan oleh :
.
(Juruteknik)
(Jurutera)
Nama
Nama
: __________________________
: _________________________
Jawatan : __________________________
Jawatan : _________________________
Tarikh
Tarikh
5A- 11
: __________________________
: _________________________
BORANG SEMAK KUALITI BATU BAUR (BSKBB)

Nama Projek
: _____________________________________________
: _____________________________________________
No. Kontrak
:______________________________________________
Nama Kontraktor : _____________________________________________

A)
AYAKAN / PENGGREDAN
a)
Ayakan Kering / Basah b) Berat kering sebelum diayak : _______ kg.

Saiz Ayak
(mm)
Berat
Tak Telus
(gm)
Peratus
Tak Telus
(%)
Peratus
Telus
(%)
Had Pengredan Piawai

Pasir
20
10
5
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.15
Pan
95 - 100
70 95
45 85
25 60
5 30
0 10
Agg. Kasar
100
25 - 55
0 - 10
Jumlah
B)
UJIAN KELODAK (KAEDAH-ENAPAN) Min. 3 Jam
1.
Ketebalan pasir dalam biker selepas enapan
(x) : ___________mm.
2.
Ketebalan kelodak diatas pasir selepas enapan
(y) : ___________ mm.
3.
Peratus Kelodak
y/x
: ___________%
KEPUTUSAN
a)
Tarikh Sample di hantar : _______________ Nama Makmal : __________________
b)
Ujian di jalankan oleh
: ___________________________
c)
Kandungan Kelodak
: ___________________________
d)
Keputusan
Pemeriksaan dijalankan oleh
Lulus / Gagal
: ___________________________________
(Nama)
: ___________________________________
(Jawatan)
Ulasan : ___________________________________________________________________
: ___________________________________________________________________
5A- 12
BORANG KONKRIT SIAP BANCUH (BKSB)

(READY MIXED)
No. Kontrak
Tarikh :.
Ruj. Kontraktor
Cuaca : .
: Ruj. Jabatan :
Lokasi dimana konkrit dijalankan :

Kadar Campuran / Gred : Kaedah Pemadatan : ..
Penerimaan dan Kegunaan (Gunakan Borang Ujian Kiub Konkrit)
Masa terima mula dari : ....
Batch
No.
Delivery
Ticket No.
Sump
Accepted (A)
Rejected (R)
(mm)
Jangka masa siap :
Time of
Discharge
Cube Cast
& Cube
Mark
Location
of
Placement
Remarks
Disahkan oleh :
Disaksikan oleh :
(Nama)
..
(Nama)
.
(Jawatan)
..
(Jawatan)
5A- 13
REKOD PENANAMAN CERUCUK (RPC)

PROJEK
TARIKH
LOKASI
CUACA
JENIS STRUKTUR
JENIS CERUCUK
SAIZ CERUCUK
KEDUDUKAN CERUCUK
PUKULAN MUKTAMAD
JUMLAH PANJANG CERUCUK
DITANAM
WAKTU PENANAMAN
CERUCUK
..........................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
JENTERA DIGUNAKAN
JENIS TUKUL
BERAT TUKUL
TINGGI KEJATUHAN TUKUL
RL DI ARAS BUMI
RL DI ARAS PEMBENTUKAN
RL DI ARAS PEMOTONGAN
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
KETELUS- BIL.
AN
PUKULAN
(M)
KETELUSAN BIL.
(M)
PUKULAN
KETELUSAN BIL.
(M)
PUKULAN
KETELUSAN BIL.
CATITAN
(M)
PUKULAN
0.0-0.3
0.3-0.6
0.6-0.9
0.9-1.2
1.2-1.5
1.5-1.8
1.8-2.1
2.1-2.4
2.4-2.7
2.7-3.0
3.0-3.3
3.3-3.6
3.6-3.9
3.9-4.2
4.2-4.5
4.5-4.8
4.8-5.1
5.1-5.4
5.4-5.7
7.5-7.8
7.8-8.1
8.1-8.4
8.4-8.7
8.7-9.0
9.0-9.3
9.3-9.6
9.6-9.9
9.9-10.2
10.2-10.5
10.5-10.8
10.8-11.1
11.1-11.4
11.4-11.7
11.7-12.0
12.0-12.3
12.3-12.6
12.6-12.9
12.9-13.2
15.0-15.3
15.3-15.6
15.6-15.9
15.9-16.2
16.2-16.5
16.5-16.8
16.8-17.1
17.1-17.4
17.4-17.7
17.7-18.0
18.0-18.3
18.3-18.6
18.6-18.9
18.9-19.2
19.2-19.5
19.5-19.8
19.8-20.1
20.1-20.4
20.4-20.7
22.5-22.8
22.8-23.1
23.1-23.4
23.4-23.7
23.7-24.0
24.0-24.3
24.3-24.6
24.6-24.9
24.9-25.2
25.2-25.5
25.5-25.8
25.8-26.1
26.1-26.4
26.4-26.7
26.7-27.0
27.0-27.3
27.3-27.6
27.6-27.9
27.9-28.2
5.7-6.0
6.0-6.3
6.3-6.6
6.6-6.9
6.9-7.2
7.2-7.5
13.2-13.5
13.5-13.8
13.8-14.1
14.1-14.4
14.4-14.7
14.7-15.0
20.7-21.0
21.0-21.3
21.3-21.6
21.6-21.9
21.9-22.2
22.2-22.5
28.2-28.5
28.5-28.8
28.8-29.1
29.1-29.4
29.4-29.7
29.7-30.0
Tandatangan
Wakil Pegawai
Penguasa
Tandatangan
Wakil
Kontraktor
Asal
MASA MULA
MASA BEHENTI
PUKULAN MUKT
AMAD
(10 PUKULAN)
PERTAMA:
KE 2 :
KE 3 :
KE 4 :
KE 5 :
Sambungan
No. 1
Sambungan
No 2
Sambungan
No 3
S/No Cerucuk
Nama:
Nama:
Tarikh dibuat
Panjang
5A- 14
BORANG PEMERIKSAAN TETULANG KELULI (BPTK)

: _______________________________________
Nama Projek
: ________________________________________________
: ________________________________________________
No. Kontrak
: ________________________________________________
Nama Struktur/
Lokasi
: ________________________________________________
Rujukan Lukisan
: ________________________________________________
Tarikh Pemeriksaan
: ________________________________________________
Perincian Tetulang Keluli Yang Diperiksa
Elemen /
Bahagian
Tanda
Bar
Panjang
Tindihan
Penutup
Konkrit
Jenis
saiz
Bilangan
Tetulang
(mm)
(mm)
(Y/R)
(mm)
No.
Panjang
(mm)
Jarak
antara
C/C
(mm)
Catatan
Diperiksa bersama oleh :-
-------------------------------------------Nama
:
Jawatan
:
(Pemborong) :
------------------------------------------------Nama
:
Jawatan :
(Jabatan) :
UNTUK KEGUNAAN JABATAN

Disahkan pemasangan tetulang mengikut / tidak mengikut Pelan :
Ulasan : ________________________________________
: ________________________________________
: ________________________________________
Tandatangan Pegawai Penguasa/ Wakil) : ___________________________________
5A- 15
BORANG KERJA-KERJA KONKRIT (BKK)

Nama Projek
: ___________________________________________________
: ___________________________________________________
Nombor Kontrak
: ___________________________________________________
Lokasi struktur /
Bahagian struktur
: ___________________________________________________
Tarikh
Kerja yang dijalankan
Gred
Konkrit
Invert
Level
Reinforcement
Catatan
Pemeriksaan dijalankan oleh : _________________________________________________

Tarikh :__________________
UNTUK KEGUNAAN PEJABAT

Disahkan kerja-kerja diatas telah mematuhi spesifikasi yang telah ditetapkan.
Tandatangan Wakil PP Ditapak : __________________________________
Nama
: __________________________________
Jawatan : __________________________________
Tarikh
: __________________________________
5A- 16
BORANG KONKRIT SIAP BANCUH (BKSB)

(READY MIXED)
No. Kontrak
Tarikh : ..
Ruj. Kontraktor
Cuaca : ..
: Ruj. Jabatan : ....
Lokasi dimana konkrit dijalankan : ....

Kadar Campuran / Gred : Kaedah Pemadatan :
Penerimaan dan Kegunaan (Gunakan Borang Ujian Kiub Konkrit)

Masa terima mula dari : ...
Batch
No.
Delivery
Ticket
No.
Sump
Accepted (A)
Rejected (R)
(mm)
Jangka masa siap :
Time of
Discharge
Cube
Cast &
Cube
Mark
Location of
Placement
Remarks
Disahkan oleh :
Disaksikan oleh :
..
(Nama)
(Nama)
..
(Jawatan)
(Jawatan)
5A- 17
BORANG UJIAN KIUB (BUK)
Nama Projek
:___________________________________________________
:___________________________________________________
No. Kontrak
:____________________________________________________
Nama Kontraktor
:____________________________________________________
Nama Struktur
:____________________________________________________
Lokasi
:____________________________________________________
Bahagian Struktur
:_____________________________
Tarikh di Hantar
:_____________________________
Bilangan Kiub
:_____________________________
Dihantar oleh
:_____________________________
(Nama)
:_____________________________
(Jawatan)
Diterima oleh
:_____________________________
(Nama)
:_____________________________
(Jawatan)
Makmal Penguji
Tanda Kiub
:_________________________________
Tarikh dibuat
Tarikh Ujian
perlu dijlankan
7 Hari
28 Hari
Saiz Kiub
Catatan
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
Nota : Sila kembalikan borang ini bersama-sama keputusan ujian.
5A- 18
Diuji Oleh:
Nama: ______________________________
Jawatan: ____________________________
Disahkan Oleh:
Nama: __________________________
Jawatan: ________________________
Ulasan: ______________________________________________________________________
: ______________________________________________________________________

DISAHKAN OLEH:
NAMA
: _____________________________________
JAWATAN
: _____________________________________
5A- 19
BORANG UJIAN PENURUNAN (SLUMP TEST)

Nama Projek
: ________________________________________________
: ________________________________________________
No. Kontrak
: ________________________________________________
Nama Kontrak
: ________________________________________________
Tarikh
: ___________________
Cuaca
Nisbah Air Simen
: ___________________
Gred Konkrit : 25 / 30/ 40
Bahagian Struktur
: ___________________
Jenis Konkrit : Mass / Rc: _______________
Bil.
Ujian
Waktu
Mula
Waktu
Siap
Pengkukuran
Susutan
(mm)
: Panas / Redup / Hujan
Jenis Penurunan
(Tandakan -/)
Benar
Riceh
Runtuh
Ujian dijalankan oleh: _____________________

(Nama)
Catatan
(Tandakan -/)
Lulus
Gagal
Disaksikan oleh: ______________________

(Nama)
: ______________________
(Jawatan)
: ______________________
(Jawatan)
: ______________________
(Kontraktor)
: ______________________
(Jabatan)
Ulasan : _______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________

DISAHKAN OLEH :
NAMA
: ________________________________________
JAWATAN
: ________________________________________
TARIKH
: ________________________________________
5A- 20
BORANG PENGAWETAN (CURING)-BP-C

Nama Projek
: _____________________________________________
: _____________________________________________
No. Kontrak
: _____________________________________________
Nama Kontraktor : _____________________________________________

Tarikh Siap Kerja : ________________________
Konkrit
Sila tandakan ( ) didalam petak-petak yang berkenaan.
KAEDAH-KAEDAH CURING YANG DIJALANKAN.
1.
Semburan air
5.
Ditenggelamkan dengan air
2.
Guni basah
6.
Bahan kimia
3.
Pasir basah
7.
Lain-lain kaedah
(Nyatakan)
4.
Kertas kalis
Hari
Masa
9.00
pagi
Cuaca
Masa
12.00
tgh.
Cuaca
Masa
3.00
ptg
Cuaca
Masa
6.00
ptg.
Cuaca
Catatan
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Nota : Catitkan cuaca
P Panas,
M Mendung,
H Hujan
Pemeriksaan di jalankan oleh
: ___________________________________
(Nama)
: ___________________________________
(Jawatan)
Ulasan: __________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
5A- 21

DISAHKAN OLEH:
NAMA
:_____________________________________________________
JAWATAN
:_____________________________________________________
TARIKH
:_____________________________________________________
5A- 22
BORANG KEPUTUSAN UJIAN KIUB KONKRIT (BKUK)

Bahagian Satu :
No. Kontrak : . Tarikh : ..
Nama Kontraktor : Cuaca : .
Ruj. Kontraktor : Ruj. Jabatan : ..
Lokasi dimana konkrit dijalankan : .
Kadar Campuran / Gred : Kaedah Pemadatan : .
Bahan yang digunakan :
Bahan
Jenis Bahan
digunakan
Sumber
Kuantiti per
kelompok
Pasir
Aggregat kasar
Simen
Air
Bahan tambah
Keterkerjaan yang dikehendaki (turun / faktor memadat) :
Kekuatan kiub minima yang dikehendaki pada : 7 hari..N / mm2 : 28 hari
N / mm2.
Tanda kiub
Tarikh di
tuang
Tarikh ujian
perlu
dijalankan
Kiub diserah oleh (Wakil P.P. Di Tapak
Saiz kiub
Keterkerjaan
(Turun / Faktor
Memadat)
Catatan
:______________________________
(Nama)
:______________________________
(Jawatan)
5A- 23
Bahagian Dua : (Perincian Keputusan yang di perlukan)

Tanda
Kiub
Tarikh
dituang
Tarikh
Ujian
perlu
dijalankan
Tarikh
di uji
Umur
pada
tarikh
di uji
(hari)
Berat
Kiub
(kg)
Ketumpatan
(kg / m2)
Beban
Mampat
(kN)
Kekuatan
Mampat
(N / mm2)
Catatan
Dijalankan oleh:
* Disaksikan oleh:
Disemak dan di sahkan oleh:
..
(Nama)
..
(Nama)
.
(Nama)
..
(Jawatan)
..
(Jawatan)
.
(Jawatan)
* Bagi Makmal di tapak sahaja
5A- 24
BORANG PERMOHONAN KEBENARAN MENANGGAL KEKOTAK (FORMWORKS)

BPKMK
Nama Projek
: ____________________________________________________
: ____________________________________________________
: ____________________________________________________
Nama Pemborong
: ____________________________________________________
Jenis Struktur /
Bahagian Binaan
: ____________________________________________________
Rujukan Lukisan
: ____________________________________________________
Jenis Struktur/
Bahagian/ Binaan
Bahagian
yang
akan
dibuka
Tarikh
mula
Konkrit
Tarikh mula
menanggal
acuan yang
ditetapkan
Jumlah
hari
(minima)
Tarikh
penanggalan
sebenar
Catatan
KAMI TELAH MEMERIKSA BAHAGIAN-BAHAGIAN ACUAN YANG AKAN DI TANGGALKAN / DIBUKA

DAN MAKLUMAT YANG DI BERIKAN ADALAH BENAR.
Tarikh :
.
(Tandatangan Pemborong/Wakil)
Cop Nama/ Jawatan
..
(Tandatangan Pegawai Penguasa/ wakil)
Cop Nama / Jawatan
UNTUK KEGUNAAN PEJABAT

PERMOHONAN KEBENARAN MEMBUKA / MENANGGAL FORMWORKS * DIBENARKAN / * TIDAK
DIBENARKAN BERDASARKAN SPESIFIKASI DOKUMEN KONTRAK.
(Tandatangan Pegawai Penguasa Wakil)

Cop Nama / Jawatan
* Potong mana yang tidak berkenaan
5A- 25
PEMERIKSAAN PERMUKAAN KONKRIT (PPK)

Nama Projek
: _________________________________________
: _________________________________________
No. Kontrak
: _________________________________________
Nama Kontraktor
: _________________________________________
Bahagian Struktutr /
Bahagian Binaan
: _________________________________________
Pemeriksaan Kecacatan
Bahagian
Pembaikan Kecacatan
Butiran Kecacatan
Cara Pembaikan
Ulasan
Disahkan semua kecacatan permukaan konkrit telah dibaiki dengan sempurna dan berkeadaan baik.
Tarikh : ______________
..
(Nama dan Tandatangan Pemborong / Wakil)

Pemeriksaan telah dibuat dan disahkan kecacatan telah dibaiki dengan sempurna.
Diperiksa dan Disahkan oleh :
Nama
: __________________________________
Jawatan : __________________________________
Tarikh
: __________________________________
5A- 26
BORANG PEMERIKSAAN SIAP KERJA UNTUK STRUKTUR (BPSKS)

No. Kontrak
: ___________________________________________________
Nama Kontrak
: ___________________________________________________
1) Nama Struktur : ___________________________________________________

2) Garisan
: ___________________________________________________
3) Rantaian
: ___________________________________________________
4) Pemeriksaan
: ___________________________________________________
PEMERIKSAAN I
PEMERIKSAAN II
Tarikh : ____________
Tarikh : _______________
Bil.
Perkara
1.
Honeycomb
2.
Keretakan
3.
Cat
4.
Greasing
5.
Perangkap Sampah
6.
M.S Grill
7.
Trash screen
8.
Penutup Papak
(Precast)
9.
Handrail
10
M.S. Ladder
Ulasan
Catatan
Catatan
: _______________________________________________________
: _______________________________________________________
Tandatangan : _____________________
Nama
: _____________________
Jawatan
: _____________________
Tarikh
: _____________________
5A- 27
BORANG REKOD STRUKTUR BINAAN (BRSB)
No. Kontrak : ____________________________
Kawasan : _______________________
1)
Nama Struktur
: ____________________
4) Saiz : ______________________
2)
Garisan
: ____________________
5) Panjang paip : ________________
3)
Invert Level
: ____________________
6) TBM
7) Kuantiti Penggalian (Excavation)

a) Paras aras tanah
b) Aras pengorekan
=
=
c) Kedalaman
Isipadu A
Isipadu B
Gambarajah
m
m
_________
m
_________
=
=
: ______________________
___________
Kuantiti Penggalian (meter padu)
___________
8) Kuantiti Penambakan (Backfilling)

Gambarajah
a) Paras aras tanah
b) Aras penambakan
Kedalaman
Isipadu A
Isipadu B
=
=
m
m
_________
=
m
_________
=
=
____________
Kuantiti Penambakan
Meter padu
____________
5A- 28
BORANG REKOD STRUKTUR BINAAN (BRSB)

9) Cerucuk
Bilangan Cerucuk
: __________________
Jenis Cerucuk : ______________________
Saiz & Panjang
: __________________
Catatan
Penetration
: __________________
: ______________________
Aras Cerucuk
(Pile Head Level)
: __________________
: ______________________
: ______________________
Jika cerucuk tidak boleh ditanam, sila rujuk kepada Jurutera)
10) Tetulang : 10 mm dan kebawah
11) Konkrit
: _________ kg.
: 12 mm keatas
: _________ kg.
: Mass konkrit
: _________ sq. m
: Gred 20
: _________ cu. m.
: Gred 25
: _________ cu. m.
: Gred 30
: _________ cu. m
: Lain-lain Gred : ____________________ cu. m

(Nyatakan)
12) Lain-lain : ____________________________________________________
13) Catatan
: ____________________________________________________
: ____________________________________________________
Disediakan oleh:...
(T.tangan/cop)
(JT/JTK)
Dipersetujui oleh:..
(T.tangan/cop)
( Kontraktor)
Disahkan oleh:..
(T.tangan/cop)
( PT/J)
5A- 29
BORANG SEMAK PEMBINAAN STRUKTUR (BSPS)

No. Kontrak : Tarikh : ...
Nama Struktur : Lokasi Struktur : ..
Item
Keterangan
1.
Kerja sementara:
2.
Semakan
Kontraktor
Semakan
Jabatan
Catatan
Papan tanda amaran
..
Empangan sementara
..
Lencungan jalan
..
Lencungan saliran
..
Lencungan Taliair
..
Kemudahan awam yang terlibat:

* Tiang / Kabel E lektrik
* Tiang / Kabel Telekom
* Paip Bekalan Air /Paip Gas
*Jambatan / Titi / Pembetong
* Jalan sementara
...
Ulasan:
Pemeriksaan Oleh:
Disahkan Oleh:
T/ tangan : ..
T/ tangan : .
Nama :
Nama :..
Jawatan : JT / JTK
Jawatan :
Nota:
* Potong yang tidak berkenaan
x Ada
PT / J
/ Tiada
5A- 30
BORANG SEMAK TALIAIR / PARIT KONKRIT (BSTPK)

No. Kontrak : ..
Tarikh :
Jenis Struktur : ..
Lokasi/Elemen : ..
No. Pelan Pembinaan: .
1.
Semak Jajaran
Betul
Salah
Catatan
..
2.
Semak aras
Betul
Salah
..
3.
Kesesuaian Jentera
Ya
Tidak
..
4.
U-Unit / L-Unit
Terima
Tolak
..
5.
Kekemaszan pemasangan
Baik
Tidak
..
6.
Sambungan antara unit
Sempurna
Tidak
..
7.
Pemasangan penapis
Ada
Tiada
..
8.
Capping Beam
Ada
Tiada
..
9.
Penimbus Sisi
Ada
Tiada
..
Ulasan :.
:.
:.
Disediakan oleh :
Disahkan oleh :
(Tandatangan)
(Tandatangan)
( Nama / Jawatan JT)
...
(Nama / Jawatan J/PTK/JTK)
Tarikh : ..
Tarikh : .
5A- 31
APPENDIX 5B SAMPLE OF INSPECTION FORM
BRICKWORK INSPECTION FORM

Contractor Name
Project Title
Ref. No.
Date:
ROOM NAME:
FLOOR LEVEL:
GRIDLINE:
Inspection Items:
Checked
and
Acceptable
Comments:
01
Setting out
Yes / No
Contractor
02
Check position of wall, door, openings and

wall column stiffeners after 1st course has
been laid.
Yes / No
Consultant
03
Brickwork reinforcement
Yes / No
Contractor
04
Column stiffener reinforcement
Yes / No
Consultant
05
True to line
Yes / No
Contractor
06
Plumb
Yes / No
Contractor
07
Lintel reinforcement
Yes / No
Consultant
08
Builders work opening
Yes / No
Consultant
09
Wall acceptable to receive plaster
Yes / No
Consultant
Contractor:
Inspected by:
Title:
Date:
Consultant:
Inspected by:
Title:
Date:
Consultant:
Approval to continue the works:
Signed:
Date:
5A- 32
PLASTER INSPECTION FORM

Contractor Name
Project Title
Ref. No.
Date:
ROOM NAME:
FLOOR LEVEL:
GRIDLINE:
Inspection Items:
Checked
and
Acceptable
Comments:
01
Temporary protection to surroundings
Yes / No
Contractor
02
All chases completed and filled
Yes / No
Contractor
03
Concrete / Brickwork surface

preparation
Yes / No
Consultant
04
E.M.L. fixed across different background
Yes / No
Contractor
05
Install plaster accessories (corner bead,

stop, etc.)
Yes / No
Contractor
06
Screed level installed
Yes / No
Contractor
07
Base coats application
Yes / No
Contractor
08
Final coat application
Yes / No
Contractor
09
Acceptable finish
Yes / No
Consultant
Contractor:
Inspected by:
Title:
Date:
Consultant:
Inspected by:
Title:
Date:
Consultant:
5A- 33
Signed:
Date:
SCREED INSPECTION FORM

Contractor Name
Project Title
Ref. No.
Date:
ROOM NAME:
FLOOR LEVEL:
GRIDLINE:
Inspection Items:
Checked
and
Acceptable
Comments:
01
Substrate preparation
Yes / No
Consultant
02
Floor screed bays set out/rooms, level

established
Yes / No
Contractor
03
Screed mix to correct ratio
Yes / No
Contractor
04
Floor hardener if required
Yes / No
Contractor
05
Acceptance of finished
Yes / No
Consultant
06
Curing carried out
Yes / No
Contractor
07
Protection of completed works
Yes / No
Contractor
Contractor:
Inspected by:
Title:
Date:
Consultant:
Inspected by:
Title:
Date:
Consultant:
Signed:
Date:
5A- 34
FLOOR TILING INSPECTION FORM

Contractor Name
Project Title
Ref. No.
Date:
ROOM NAME:
FLOOR LEVEL:
GRIDLINE:
Inspection Items:
Checked
and
Acceptable
Comments:
01
Substrate preparation
Yes / No
Consultant
02
Setting-out as per drawings
Yes / No
Consultant
03
Bonding material applied
Yes / No
Contractor
04
Tiles laid correctly
Yes / No
Contractor
05
Inspection of completed areas
Yes / No
Consultant
06
Protection of completed works
Yes / No
Contractor
Contractor:
Inspected by:
Title:
Date:
Consultant:
Inspected by:
Title:
Date:
Consultant:
5A- 35
Signed:
Date:
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 5
Project Monitoring
APPENDIX 5C
Request for Inspection Process

Flow Chart
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 5C
REQUEST FOR INSPECTION PROCESS FLOW CHART
Process Flowchart
Description
Action By
Contractor Implements
ITP Documents
The Contractor
Implements the ITP
documents
Contractor
of the Completed
RFI forms
Contractor
Project Team/
Lead Consultant
According to the
type of contract,
check and review
of the submission
Project Team /
Consultants
Contractor to prepare
the works/system
for inspection
Contractor

Check and Review Submission
NO
Approve
YES
Contractor To Implement
5A- 36
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 5
Project Monitoring
APPENDIX 5D
Guidelines on Control of
Non Conforming
Products / Works / Services
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 5D
GUIDELINES ON CONTROL OF NON CONFORMING PRODUCTS /

WORKS / SERVICES - ATTACHMENT 1
DID operates a system for identifying, recording, and tracking Non Conformances to ensure non
conforming works/products/services are controlled. The process is illustrated in the flow chart as
shown in Appendix 5D, Attachment 2. The following procedure applies:
1.
NCR is issued to non conforming products / works and services.
2.
NCR can be drafted (Preliminary NCR) by any representative of DID, Project Team or
Consultants. However, it is not officially issued to the Contractor until it has been confirmed
by Project Team.
3.
Project Team may disagree with the Preliminary NCR. In this case, he/she needs to discuss
the Preliminary NCR with the Originator and /or representative of DID. In the event of
disagreement, meeting among Project Team, Consultants and other related parties should be
arranged and resolved immediately.
4.
Project Team shall be responsible for the registration and notification to other affected
departments, before Official NCR is issued. All Official NCR shall bear an official registration
number.
REVIEW AND DISPOSITION

Project Team shall chair a meeting to discuss non-conformances in the presence of representatives
from Contractor, Consultants and other related party. The NCR shall be replied and closed out by
the Contractor within the agreed time frame. The meeting shall address at least the following
issues:
1.
Causes of the non conformance
2.
Corrective Action to be taken
3.
Expected time to commence Corrective Action
4.
Estimated time for the completion of Corrective Action
5.
Follow-up, Monitor and Close out the NCR
When a Corrective Action is approved, Project Team shall monitor and ensure the relevant
Corrective Action is done and completed within the time frame. If the NCR is not replied within the
time frame stated, Project Team shall extend the letter with a copy of NCR to the top management
of the company concerned, failing which the condition of contract will take precedence.
5A- 37
THE CONTROL OF NON CONFORMING WORKS/PRODUCTS/SERVICES PROCESS - FLOW CHART

ATTACHMENT 2
ACTION BY
Start
Identification of Non Conformance
Project Team
Consultants Representative
Preliminary NCR is Drafted
Project Team
Issue Preliminary NCR to Contractor
Project Team
The Draft NCR Goes

To Project team for
Confirmation
NO
Review
with NCR
Originator
Project Team
YES
Issue Official NCR to Contractor with
Copies to SO and Consultant
Representative
Contractor
NCR to be Replied & Submitted within
the Agreed Time Frame
Note:
Condition of
Contract
with take
Precedence
NO
Review and Evaluate
Corrective/Preventive Actions
Project Team
YES
Proceed with Corrective Action
NO
Inspect Corrective
Action
Returned to
Contractor for
Further Work
Project Team
YES
Project Team Approves
Close-out of NCR
Project Team
NCR is CLOSED and FILED
5A- 38
SAMPLE OF NON COMPLIANCE REPORT ATTACHMENT 3

4.2.1
Form: /NCR/01
PROJECT NAME
PROJECT REFERENCE NO.
Drafted By
Name
Company
Location
Contractor /
Sub-contractor
Activity
Non Compliances :
Signature
Date

PRELIMINARY COPY passed to:
Contractor
Name
Company
The
Name
Firm/Company
Company
OFFICIAL COPY :
Registered By
Name
NCR Ref.
DID
Issued to
Name
Company
Signature
Date
Signature
Date
Signature
Date
Signature
Date
Contractor
Issued by
Name
Project Team/
Company
Consultant
Corrective / Preventive Actions :
Signature
Date

The Work is Now in Accordance with the Specifications
Complied by
Contractor
Name
Company
Signature
Date
Verified By
NCR Originator
Name
Company
Signature
Date
Approved By
Consultant
Rep.
Name
Company
Signature
Date
Accepted by
Project Team /
PM
Recorded & Filed
By
Name
Signature
Name
Signature
Department
Date
DID
5A- 39
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 5
Project Monitoring
APPENDIX 5E
Sample of Quality Audit
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 5E SAMPLE OF QUALITY AUDIT

Consultant
Date
Project
Audit by: (Project Team)

Conformance
Item
1.0
DESCRIPTION
AC
Comments
Management System
i.
Does the organization possess quality

certification?
ii.
Does the organization have the quality

policy?
iii. Does the organization have a quality

representative responsible for establishment
and implementation of a quality system?
iv. Is the quality management system
established, documented, implemented and
maintained?
v.
Is the job description for staff available?
vi. Is the organization chart available?

vii. Has training programme provided for every
site supervision staff?
2.0
Quality Requirements
2.1
Work Method Statement (WMS) and Inspection

and Test Plan (ITP)
i.
Is the ITP and WMS documented and

distributed?
ii.
Has the method of construction follows that

provided in the WMS? If not, what is the
follow-up action?
iii. Are the inspection & test conducted

according to ITP provided in the method
statement?
iv. Has the method statement approved prior
to commencement of construction works?
Legend : S - Satisfactory
AC - Acceptable with Comment
O - Observation
5A- 40
Conformance
Item
2.2
2.3
DESCRIPTION
AC
Comments
Construction Material Sample Approval

i.
Is the product approval documented and

distributed?
ii.
Are the samples kept in a proper place?
In Progress Testing
i.
Are the in-progress testing results

documented and maintained?
ii.
How the in-progress testing results are

analyzed and monitored?
iii. How the instruction provided in site diary

are monitored? Has the Contractors staff
been informed of the instructions/comments
in the site diary?
iv. Is the inspection notice provided sufficient
information for inspection?
v.
Is the issue of inspection notice given

sufficient time for notice and to the relevant
officers?
vi. Are there off-site inspections for approved

products? How the off site inspection
conducted?
vii. Has all the in-progress inspection checklist
are filled and signed off?
5A- 41
O - Observation
Item
2.4
DESCRIPTION
Conformance
S
AC
Comments
In Progress Inspection
i.
Is the in-progress inspection checklist/site

inspection report documented and
maintained?
ii.
How the site diary is documented and

maintained?
iii. How the instruction provided in site diary

are monitored? Has the Contractors staff
been informed of the instructions/comments
in the site diary?
iv. Is the inspection notice provided sufficient

information for inspection?
v.
Is the issue of inspection notice given

sufficient time for notice and to the relevant
officers?
vi. Are there off-site inspections for approved

products? How the off site inspection
conducted?
vii. Has all the in-progress inspection checklist
are filled and signed off?
2.5
Material Delivery Inspection

i.
Is the material delivery inspection

ii.
Are the products delivered after the product

approval is granted?
iii. Are the materials delivered conforming to

the sample submitted earlier?
O - Observation
5A- 42
Item
2.6
2.7
DESCRIPTION
i.
Are the NCR documented and maintained?
ii.
How the Contractors non-conformance is

monitored? Are the preventative and
corrective measures proposed and approved
by the Consultant?
Comments
How the construction drawings are

Request for Information (RFI) form Contractor

Are the RFI forms documented and
maintained?
Contractors Progress Claims

i.
2.10
AC
Control of Construction Drawing
i.
2.9
Monitoring Contractors Non-Conformance

(NCR)
i.
2.8
Conformance
How the measurement sheets are

Monitoring of Design Change

i.
Are the design changes documented and

maintained?
ii.
How the Engineers instruction and variation

instruction documented and maintained?
iii. How the design changes are recorded in the

revision of construction drawings?
2.11
Contractors As-Built Submission

i.
3.0
How the as-built drawings are submitted

and documented?
Other Matters
5A- 43
O - Observation

CHAPTER 6
TIME CONTROL
Chapter 6 TIME CONTROL
Table of Contents
6.1
INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 6-1
6.2
SCOPE ....................................................................................................................... 6-1
6.3
PROCEDURE............................................................................................................... 6-1
6.3.1
General.......................................................................................................... 6-1
6.3.2
Development of Project Programme................................................................. 6-1
6.3.3
Construction Work Programme Review ............................................................ 6-2
6.3.4
Maintaining and monitoring work programme................................................... 6-2
6.3.5
Review of Application for EOT (where applicable) ............................................. 6-2
6.3.6
Delay in Projects............................................................................................. 6-3
Appendix 6A
Flow Chart of Management of Work Programme.6A- 1
Appendix 6B
Work Programme Review Checklist.6A- 4
Appendix 6C
Sample of Review of EOT.6A- 7
6-i
6-ii
6 TIME CONTROL
6.1
INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides the overall procedure on time control through the management of
project planning, scheduling, monitoring and maintaining of programme throughout the
duration of projects.
Refer also to Chapter 13 of Volume 10 for the procedure on contract administration for
Extension of Time (EOT).
6.2
SCOPE
It provides the overall procedure in the management and control of time from start until
completion to ensure the overall management and control of time meets the Clients
requirement.
6.3
PROCEDURE
6.3.1
General
In general, the following procedures address common approach in managing the work
programme, which may vary from project to project depending on requirement:
1.
Develop Project Programme
2.
Review Contractors Work Programme
3.
Maintain and Monitor Contractor's Work Programme
4.
Review of Application for EOT (where applicable)
Planning and Scheduling procedure is normally described in the tender documents. Any
specific requirement shall be addressed in the Project Quality Plan (PQP).
6.3.2
Development of Project Programme

The requirement for the timeline of the project is made known either through meetings,
a formal correspondence or even verbally towards development of the Project
Programme.
The Project Team or such assigned person affirms the requirements and develop the
needs in the form of chronological events or activities.
The project programme includes the following phases (where applicable):
a.
Initiation
b.
Design Development activities
c.
Pre-Qualification activities
d.
Tender and award activities
e.
Construction activities
f.
Testing and commissioning activities
g.
Project handing over activities
6-1
6.3.3
Construction Work Programme Review

The Project Team reviews and evaluates the Contractors submitted work programme in
terms of acceptability and workability, and recommends as baseline programme (where
applicable) for SO Representatives approval. Sequence of work programme review and
approval is shown in Appendix 6A.
Contractors Work Programme is prepared utilizing the Critical Path Method (CPM)
techniques developed from Precedence Diagramming Method and implemented using
approved project management software, to identify the critical path/critical paths of the
project.
For small scale projects, the Project Team may decide on the method of development of
the Work Programme.
The Project Team evaluates and monitors the Contractors physical works on site to
ascertain whether they are ahead or behind schedule. The Sample of checklist for work
programme review is as per Appendix 6B.
6.3.4
Maintaining and monitoring work programme

The approved work programme is used to monitor and report the contractors physical
works progress on site.
Site meetings are held on regular basis e.g. weekly, to monitor the works progress on
site. Assessment on the progress of work is based either on physical observation, or
analysis of work programme through the Contractors progress report. Refer to Chapter
10 for a sample Contractors progress report.
The Contractor is served written warnings in the event of delays. The Contractor is
required to submit a recovery work programme indicating project completion and course
of action. The Project Team reviews the recovery programme to understand how the
Contractor plans to complete the works and this does not necessarily lead to the
approval of an EOT.
The Project Team or such assigned person maintains pertinent reports and updated work
programme for ease of retrieval (for reference).
6.3.5
Review of Application for EOT (where applicable)

In the event of an application by the Contractor, the Project Team reviews the
application for EOT to ascertain its entitlement and validity in accordance with the
Construction Contract.
Refer also to Chapter 13 and 15 of Volume 10 for the procedure on contract
administration for EOT and Loss and Expense claim respectively.
The following documents (where applicable) are required during the assessment of
claim:
a. Work programme (i.e approved baseline programme, revised work programme,
updated programme)
b. Historical data and chronology of events
6-2
c.
Backup documents such as minutes of meetings, correspondence, site reports, site

diary, employers instructions and other evidence.
Final assessment and recommendation are made for the approval of necessary approving
authority.
Where EOT has been assessed within a contract construction period and in the event the
EOT is granted, the Contractor need to submit a revised programme showing the new
extended period. A sample of Review for EOT is shown in Appendix 6C.
The various Consultants support the Project Team with necessary assistance and
evaluation during the assessment process.
6.3.6
Delay in Projects
Where Contractors work progress exceeds the original contract period, Notice of NonCompletion is issued to the Contractor.
Certificate of Non-Completion (where contract has exceeded original period or allowable
extended period) is issued to the Contractor after carrying out an assessment of EOT.
Refer also to Chapter 16 of Volume 10 for related matter on the procedure on contract
administration for Determination of Contract.
6-3
6-4
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 6
Time Control
APPENDIX 6A
Management of Work Programme

Flow Chart
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 6A FLOWCHART OF MANAGEMENT OF WORK PROGRAMME

PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE
START
IDENTIFY CLIENT
REQUIREMENT / NEED
DEVELOP OVERALL
PROJECT PROGRAMME
OVERALL PROJECT
PROGRAMME REVIEW
NO
ACCEPT
YES
DEVELOP WORK
PACKAGE PROGRAMME
EVALUATION OF CONTRACTORS
WORK PROGRAMME DURING
TENDER
CONSTRUCTION STAGE
CONTRACTORS WORK
PROGRAMME REIVEW
NO
APPROVED BASELINE
PROGRAMME
YES
MAINTAINING + MONITORING
OF WORK PROGRAMME
A
6A- 1

CONSTRUCTION STAGE (contd)
A
NO
DELAY
YES
CONTRACTOR SUBMIT
RECOVERY WORK
PROGRAMME
YES
NOTE: This does not necessarily

mean an approval for EOT
See para 6.3.5 in the
Procedure
REVIEW
AND OBJECTION
NO
MAINTAINING + MONITORING
OF WORK PROGRAMME
NO
EXCEEDS
ORIGINAL CONTRACT
PERIOD?
YES
ISSUE NOTICE OF
NON-COMPLETION TO
CONTRACTOR
ASSESSMENT ON EOT
APPLICATION (WHERE
APPLICABLE)
NOTE:
Certain cases the

Assessment can
take place within
the original
Contract Period
REVISE CONTRACT
RECOMMENDATION
APPROVING AUTHORITY
ISSUE CNC
(WHERE APPLICABLE)
NOTE:
1 Recommendation
to Approving
Authority to
Formalise EOT
X
X
6A- 2
2 Issue CNC if
actual Delay is
beyond the
allowable period
(i.e. extended
period after
EOT given)

CONSTRUCTION STAGE (contd)
X
B
CONTRACTOR TO
SUBMIT REVISED
WORK PROGRAMME
REVIEW
AND ACCEPT
YES
MAINTAINING +
MONITORING OF
WORK PROGRAMME
NOTE:
1 Repeat Resubmission
of Revised Work
Programme as above
(if necessary)
2 Issue CNC and Impose
LAD (If required) if
time entitlement is
less than actual delay
COMPLETION OF
CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT
NOTE: Refer to maintenance/

defects management
Chapter 16 for related
contractual matter i.e.
Issuing CPC, CMGD &
Final certificate
END
6A- 3
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 6
Time Control
APPENDIX 6B
Schedule Checklist for

Work Programme Review
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 6B SCHEDULE CHECKLIST FOR WORK PROGRAMME REVIEW

Project Package
Contract No.
Contract Award Date

Contract Completion
date
Contractor Name
Contract duration
Contract Sum
RM
SCHEDULING CHECKLIST : REVIEW WORK PROGRAMME

Baseline Programme
Recovery Programme
Original submission
date
Submission No.
Overall Programme
Detailed Programme
A.
GENERAL REQUIREMENT
Submit both hard and softcopy of

the programme
Submit the supporting document including planning sheet,
productivity rate etc.
Conform with contractual milestone
dates
Using critical path method
2
3
4
5
6
Prepared using approved scheduling

software
Acceptable work programme
structure - WBS, trades breakdown
etc
SCHEDULING REQUIREMENT
Covers all key activities & trades
Sufficient level of activity details
Free of artificial critical path &

unnecessary constraint
Logical sequence of work within
trades
Logical interfacing between trades
4
5
6
File ID
COMPLIES TO
REQUIREMENTS
YES
NO
REMARKS
COMPLIES TO
REQUIREMENTS
YES
NO
REMARKS
Acceptable work programme

structure - WBS, trades breakdown
etc
6A- 4

C
SCHEDULING REQUIREMENT
Covers all key activities & trades
Sufficient level of activity details
Free of artificial critical path &

unnecessary constraint
Logical sequence of work within
trades
Logical interfacing between trades
4
5
6
COMPLIES TO
REQUIREMENTS
YES
NO
REMARKS
Logical interfacing with external

parties and work by others
6.1 Other contractors
6.2 Local Authority
6.3 Utility companies
6.4 Nominated suppliers
Reasonable estimate of activity

duration
7.1 Complete/sufficient productivity
rate document
7.2 Activity duration too
short/unrealistic
Correct calendar usage

8.1 Using working days
8.2 Using calendar days
8.3 Public holidays observed
Realistic critical path
10
Logical programmed produced
11
Work sequence / timing inline with

NSC schedule
6A- 5

OVERALL COMMENTS
STATUS
APPROVED
RESUBMIT
Reviewed by:
Verified by:
Planner/Scheduler
RE/RA
Project Team
Date:
Date:
Date:
6A- 6
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 6
Time Control
APPENDIX 6C
Review of Extension of Time
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 6C REVIEW OF EXTENSION OF TIME

GUIDELINES FOR THE ASSESSMENT AND APPROVAL OF EXTENSION OF TIME AND LOSS &
EXPENSE
INTRODUCTION
This guideline serves as explanatory notes as well as processes in assessing contractors extension
of time (EOT) and loss and expense (L&E). Although the format of the information provided in this
guideline appears to be separate and distinct two processes in evaluating EOT and L&E, in reality,
it is not mutually exclusive.
It is therefore important for the Project Team to be fully aware of the link between the two and
properly formulate a plan to conclude both the issues without jeopardising DIDs interests.
1.0
EXTENSION OF TIME (EOT)
1.1
Time for Assessment

In the event that the completion of the project appears to delayed beyond the date for
completion (whether original or revised) and the contractor has not submitted notice(s)
of delay, then the Project Team shall direct the contractor to submit application (if any)
so as to finalise any EOT the contractor may be entitled to and to fix a new completion
date if applicable.
Upon receipt of the contractors submission for EOT, the Project Team decides if the
documentation and/or information submitted is sufficient and sets a date for a
clarification meeting with the contractor to discuss the application for EOT. The Project
Team informs the contractor in detail as to which part or parts of his
application/submission is lacking, for example, the contractor has not shown in a
programme or otherwise the cause and effect of the alleged delay or failed to submit
documents in support of his application, and giving him time to compile such information
for resubmission and further discussion. During the meeting with the contractor, the
Project Team explains the basis and principles in the analysis and granting of EOT, i.e.
critical path method.
Upon the contractors resubmission, the Project Team re-assesses the submission for
sufficiency and meets with the contractor to discuss his re-submission. The discussion
should include the grounds of the contractors application and may be extended to
include detailed justification on the cause and effect of why they are entitled to the
number of days applied, i.e. the then accepted programme, the impact of the delay on
the then accepted programme and/or the updated programme (which can also be a
revised Programme) and effect of the delay on the progress, if any. The Project Team
may require the contractor to submit further information which may include CPM analysis
of the event giving rise to the delay. The information submitted by the contractor shall
then be verified for accuracy and veracity by the consultants and resident site staff with
the Project Team taking lead in the discussion with consultants. This will include
verification on the actual sequence, duration and productivity rate etc.
This part of the exercise should not take longer than two to four weeks depending on the
complexity of the EOT application.
6A- 7
1.2
Assessment of the Application

In assessing the contractors application, regard must be given to the appropriate EOT
clause in the contract, in particular the specific clauses invoked by the contractor. Where
the contractor is not entitled under the Contract, then the Project Team informs the
contractor that his application is rejected as he is not entitled to EOT on the basis to the
ground applied. Where the ground applied is provided for in the contract but the
contractor is not entitled to EOT by reason that the activity in delay was not in the critical
path or causes the critical path to change, then the Project Team also informs the
contractor accordingly.
Where the contractor is entitled to EOT, the Project Team assesses the duration for each
and every delaying event identified by the contractor. The results of the assessment are
summarised into a draft report together with all the duly completed proforma as referred
in Attachment 1.
The time taken to assess the application should not take longer than one to three weeks
from the date of the last discussion/meeting or submission of the additional information,
whichever is the later.
1.3
Review of the EOT Report by Client.

The Project Team briefs the Client on the EOT Report and if the final report is not
accepted by Client, then the procedure set out above is repeated and the Project Team
should be mindful of Clients comments and incorporate the same, if applicable.
Where the final report is accepted by Client, then the Project Team prepares a draft EOT
certificate for SO/SO Representative to issue to the contractor. This shall not take longer
then one to two weeks.
1.4
Where Contractor fails to submit Notice of Delay or Substantiation

The Contract imposes an independent obligation on the Project Team/SO to assess EOT
where it appears that the progress of the works is delayed. This can happen in two
ways:
(a)
If after the meeting with the contractor, the contractor fails to submit the information
required within 7 days; and/or
(b)
The Project Team is fully aware of Employer Risk Events that have caused the contractor
to be in delay
Then the Project Team proceeds to carry out the assessment accordingly based on the
available information, documents and records.
Failure by the contractor to submit notice of delay is a breach of contract by the
contractor which the Project Team takes note of, meaning that the contractor shall not
receive a greater extension than he would have received had the Project Team on notice
at the appropriate time been able to avoid or reduce the delay by some instruction.
6A- 8
2.0
LOSS AND EXPENSE (L&E)
2.1
Assessment of L&E
The Contractor is entitled to L&E under the Contract (depending on the version of
conditions of contract used), subject to the submission of the claim within the period(s)
stipulated in the contract. Generally, any payment of monies under this head of claim
is subject to strict proof, meaning that the contractor must submit the original receipts,
invoices and bills etc of expenses actually incurred. However, where the Contract allows
for it, the quantum of the L&E may be pro-rated from the running (recurring) cost from
the Preliminaries as stated in the Bills of Quantities.
Upon the contractors submission of a claim for L&E, the Project Team determines
whether or not the contractor is entitled, having regard to the actual time of the delaying
event or instruction issued.
For example, if the delay is caused by the late
issuance/nomination of sub-contractors, then the loss and/or expenses is assessed at the
time of the delaying event.
However, unlike the EOT, the contract does not impose an obligation on the Project
Team/SO to carry out an independent assessment of L&E, whether or not the contractor
submits a claim. Thus, under no circumstances should the contractor be prompted nor
reminded to submit such a claim.
2.2
Assessment of the Application.

Upon the contractors submission, the Project Team determines if the
information/documentation is sufficient and sets a date for a clarification meeting within
7 days from the contractors application to discuss the application for L&E. The team
shall at the meeting inform the contractor in detail as to which part or parts of his
application/submission is lacking, for example, the contractor has not shown the cause
and effect of the alleged L&E or failed to submit documents in support of their claim, and
shall give him 7 days to compile such information for resubmission and further
discussion.
The contractors re-submission shall then be verified by the consultants, in particular by
the consultant QS (if any). This process shall not take longer than two to four weeks.
In assessing the contractors application, regard must be given to the appropriate L&E
clause in the contract, in particular the specific ground raised by the contractor. Where
the contractor is not entitled under the Contract, then the Project Team informs the
contractor that his application is rejected as he is not entitled to L&E on the basis of the
ground applied. Where the ground applied is provided for in the contract but the
contractor is not entitled to L&E by reason that the activity in delay did not cause extra
cost to the contractor or is concurrent with his own delay, then the Project Team also
informs the contractor accordingly.
Where the contractor is entitled to L&E, the Project Team assess the quantum for each
and every delaying event identified by the contractor. The results of the assessment
shall be summarised into a draft report.
The time taken to assesses the application shall not take longer than two to eight weeks
from the date of the last discussion/meeting or submission of the additional information,
whichever is the later.
6A- 9
2.3
Review of the L&E Report by Client

The Project Team briefs the Client on the L&E Report and if the final report is not
accepted by Client, then the procedure set out above shall be repeated and the Project
Team should be mindful of Clients comments and incorporate the same, if applicable.
Where the final report is accepted by Client, then the Project Team prepares a draft
VO/IPC certificate for SO/SO Representative to issue to the contractor.
This shall not take longer than two to four weeks.
6A- 10
SAMPLE OF REVIEW OF EOT Attachment 1

Project Package
Contract No.
Contract Award date

Contract Completion date
Contractor Name
Type of Assessment
EOT
Contract duration
Contract Sum
Loss & Expense
Prospective Assessment
Assessment No.
Date of assessment
Retrospective Assessment
2
3
Contractors claim submission date

Assessment on:
1. Overall Project
Date used
2. Milestone Date
Working day
Public holiday observed
Calendar day
Notice of Delay issued
Yes
No
Date issued
Certificate of Non-completion issued
Yes
No
Date issued
Previous EOT
Certificate issued
Date issued
1
2
Record/Data used
Baseline Schedule (Approved)
Recovery Schedule
Monthly updated schedule
Contractors monthly progress report
Monthly photos
Site diary
Correspondence
(state specific key correspondence)
Contractors claim submission
(state dates)
Site actual productivity rate
8
9
Days entitled
Revised completion date
Remarks
6A- 11
Key issues/ Heads of claims (as per Contractors submission)
Duration
Claimed
(days)
1
2
3
Contractors request for EOT

(as per Contractors submission)
Assessment on Activity Duration

PM Fair Assessment
Classification
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
Key
Total Duration (days)
Consultants
Assessment
New completion date
Contractors proposed /
actual duration
Activity shift the then current critical path to a new critical path
Activity extend the duration of the then current critical path
Late information / instruction
Variation works (additional quantities)
Activity concurrent with the then critical path and does not delay completion
Activity concurrent with the then critical path and can affect the completion
Contractors delaying event occurred first
Employers delaying event occurred first
Activity / (Late information) has knock on effect on potential critical path
issues/ Heads of claims
A B C D E F G H I
Remarks/
Duration
entitlement
1
2
3
Project Team statement on overall assessment
Recommendation on EOT
Key issues/ Head of claims
6A- 12
Duration
claimed by
Contractor
Project
Team
Assessment
Remarks
Detail Assessment of EOT-Attachment 2

STAGE 1
Description of Key Issue / Head of Claim
Delaying event nature as claimed

1
Late information
2
Additional works (i.e. variations)
3
Late site possession
4
Delay of NSC
5
Others (Please state)
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
Assessment based on the following Clauses of C.O.C.
Main Clause
Sub-Clause
1
2
3
4
5
Description
Provisions of C.O.C. allows for next stage of assessment?
Yes
No
Yes
No
STAGE 2
A-i
Affected event/activity has float at the time delay occurs
A-ii
Float used up and create / shift to a new critical path
B-i
Delaying activity / event already on the critical path at the time delay
occurs
New works due to additional quantities
Assessment of new duration based on:
a. Previously planned (baseline/method statement) production rate
b. Actual cycle time / sequencing at site based on site records
(after discounting learning curve)
c. Contractors newly proposed duration
(in the event of prospective assessment)
d. Any change in the method of working at site
(i.e. sequencing, new equipment etc)
Delaying activity extend the duration of the then current critical path
B-ii
B-iii
6A- 13
C-i
C-ii
C-iii
D-i
E-i
E-ii
F-i
F-ii
G-i
G-ii
G-iii
G-iv
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Information requested by Contractor not too distant nor too near to

the future (i.e. the time information required)
Late information/instruction as integral part of VO works (ie late
issuance of VO)
Late information cause the then current critical path to change
New activities / variation works cause net additional works
(see also B-ii above)
Delaying event with its new date and duration were concurrent with
the then critical path, but does not delay the completion
Delaying event with its new date and duration still has float compared
to the then current critical path
Delaying event with its new date and duration were concurrent with
the then critical path, and affect the completion date.
Delaying event with its new date and duration has used up the float
and has caused itself to be on critical path or shift it to new critical
path.
There was a preceding delaying event caused by Contractor that has

caused the then critical path to shift
There was a preceding delaying event caused by Contactor that has
extended the duration of the then critical path
There was a preceding delaying event caused by Contractor and the
current delaying event (under review) does not change the critical
path
There was a preceding delaying event caused by Contractor and the
current delaying event (under review) has dependencies with respect
to work sequence to the activities that were already in delay.
State the key dependencies to the already delayed events if the
answer is yes.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
H-i
There was a preceding delaying event caused by Employer that has

caused the then critical path to shift
H-ii
There was a preceding delaying event caused by Employer that has

extended the duration of the then critical path
H-iii
There was a preceding delaying event caused by Employer and the

path
H-iv
There was a preceding delaying event caused by Employer and the

path
6A- 14
Yes
State the key dependencies to the already delayed events if the

answer is yes.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
Yes
I-i
No
For prospective assessment, will the current delaying event has key
dependencies in terms of work sequence to the remaining activities
that it can cause current critical path to shift.
State the key dependencies to the remaining activities if the answer is
yes.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
Conclusion on overall assessment (including duration)
6A- 15

CHAPTER 7
COST CONTROL
Chapter 7 COST CONTROL
Table of Contents
7.1
INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 7-1
7.2
SCOPE ....................................................................................................................... 7-1
7.3
PROCEDURE............................................................................................................... 7-1
7.3.1
General.......................................................................................................... 7-1
7.3.2
Cost Report .................................................................................................... 7-1
7.3.3
Variations....................................................................................................... 7-1
7.3.3.1
Minimizing Variations ....................................................................... 7-2
7.3.3.2
Instructions to Contractors ............................................................... 7-3
7.3.3.3
Variation Order To Contractor .......................................................... 7-4
7.3.4
Progress Payment........................................................................................... 7-4
7.3.5
Claims ........................................................................................................... 7-4
Appendix 7A Sample of As Tendered Detailed Abstract (ATDA)..7A- 1

Appendix 7B Sample of Cost Plan and Cost Analysis for Building Project7A- 5
Appendix 7C Instruction and VO Approval Flow Chart.7A- 13
7-i
7-ii
7 COST CONTROL
7.1
INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides the procedure in the management and control of cost during
construction stage until final account to ensure the overall management and control of
cost is within the approved budget and Clients requirement.
Refer also to Chapter 11, 12 and 19 of Volume 10 for related procedures for Variations,
Adjustment of Contract Sum and Final Account and Final Certificate, respectively.
7.2
SCOPE
This procedure covers the preparation of cost report and control of cost during
construction stage until final account. It also recommends steps to minimize variations.
7.3
PROCEDURE
7.3.1
General
The control and recording of funds for construction and managing changes to the work
that affect the cost of the project must be properly recorded. Such record must be neatly
maintained, current and accessible.
7.3.2
Cost Report
Cost report is produced periodically to advise DID on actual cost incurred, anticipated
cost and future commitments against the cost plan/budget approved.
Cost report shall include variation orders, expenditure of prime cost/provisional sums,
new works, actual cost for re-measured items in the Contract, estimated future
commitment and other applicable costs. See Appendix 7A for sample of As Tendered
Detailed Abstract (ATDA), a cost report prepared upon the award of construction
contract.
Other forms of cost report include Cost Plan and Cost Analysis, a cost database that are
used as reference for estimation of future Projects. See Appendix 7B for sample of Cost
Plan and Cost Analysis for Building project.
7.3.3
Variations
In any construction contract it is not possible to completely predict all the issues that will
arise in the field. During construction, unexpected events, contractors failures, incorrect
assumptions, public demands, even design deficiencies will require directives to the
contractor and payment for additional or changed work. The construction contract
documents will stipulate the conditions or circumstances that constitute changed
conditions and the procedures to be adopted to amend the contract to incorporate the
changed conditions.
7-1
7.3.3.1
Minimizing Variations
A research1 (1 Thalasiah, Mohd Saad (2007). A Study on Variation Order in Department of
Irrigation and Drainage Projects. MSc. Thesis, Universiti Teknologi MARA) conducted amongst
government officers, consultants and contractors recommends the following to minimize
variations:
a. Seek Approval from Local Authorities or Government Agencies.
The Project Team must ensure that Consultants obtained approval and abide to
guidelines or requirement of Government agencies/Local Authority. During the
construction stage, Project Team needs to ensure that Contractors liaise with the
local authorities and other government agencies in expediting the approval.
b. Check on Discrepancies Between Tender Documents and Drawings Before Calling
Tender.
The contract document comprises among others the drawings and the BQ. The BQ
is prepared based on respective drawings and any subsequent changes or additional
detailing in the design requires respective amendment of the BQ. Therefore, it is vital
to check discrepancies between BQ and drawings as any discrepancies may result in
variations.
c.
Adequate Soil Investigation (SI)

SI help identify the actual condition of the site and help to decide appropriate
construction methods in early stage. The specification of the SI is mostly prepared
by Consultant and needs to be vetted thoroughly by the Project Team. Even though
the SI is carried out by specialist contractors, the work needs to be supervised by
competent personnel from the Project Team.
d. Resolution of Land Issues

The timely completion of projects is often affected by land acquisition or land
alienation. It is a good practice to resolve land matters before site possession is
given to the contractors as the land acquisition is often long and tedious process.
e. Sufficient Time to Prepare Complete and Detailed Design.
Error in documentation due to misinterpretation of design intent is prevalent if
sufficient time is not given to the consultant to ensure proper and correct document
are produced prior to tendering.
f.
Adequate Site Inspection Prior to Design.

The Project Team needs to ensure that the latest survey plans are used for the
design. Available survey may become obsolete over time due to changes within the
site during the design stage. Any changes or error in the survey plan need to be
communicated to all parties involved to avoid variations. Additionally, Project team
should conduct site inspection to reveal useful additional information, such as
existing rock and water courses and identify any objects or structure which was not
pick up by the survey plan.
g. Sufficient Fund to Ensure Project Meet the Objectives.

The Project Team needs to ensure that fund allocations are sufficient to meet project
objectives. The practice of design according to budget tends to creates problem if
no contingency are allowed in the budget.
h. Experienced Designer.
The designs are mostly carried out by consultant engaged to carry out the service.
The practice of engaging the same (experienced) consultants will reduce variations
due to their familiarity with the requirements of DID.
7-2
7.3.3.2
i.
Check Material Availability.

It is good practice to ascertain the availability of material at the design stage prior to
specifying its use for construction so as to minimize variation.
j.
Sufficient Time to prepare Project Brief.

Lack of time might lead to things being over-looked. The Project Team needs to
establish at the planning stage, parameters of the project, budget, get key decisions
and obtain approval of the design proposal from the client. The Project Team needs
to have effective communications between client and designers to ensure that all
requirements are taken into consideration. The final design should be presented and
approved by the client.
k.
Experienced Supervision Team.

Assessment of potential changes and the resolution and processing of change
requests requires contractual skills, tact, diplomacy, and a thorough knowledge of
the site and contract conditions. The Project Team must be knowledgeable of the
terms of the contract in regards to changes and move swiftly to institute the
procedures as soon as a potential for change becomes apparent. An experienced
supervision team invariably will be more competent and more conversant on contract
administration to better manage the projects. With greater understanding of the
project, an experienced supervision will help to minimize variations.
l.
Experienced Contractors.
Contractors are responsible to complete works in accordance with specification and
time. The timely issuance of instructions and information will enable contractors to
accordingly plan. This is achievable for experienced contractors who are equipped
with proper programming tool for early identification of such situations to minimize
the overrun. Additionally, an experienced contractor can contribute in proposing
constructability of options to reduce variations.
Instructions to Contractors
Changes to a contract are dealt with by issuing and formalizing instructions and variation
orders for changes to the Contractors. This requirement is defined in the respective
Conditions of Contract. The overall process flow of Instructions and Variation Orders is
illustrated in Appendix 7C.
Instructions are reviewed to ensure that the contents are in order and that any cost
impact (if any) is reported in the Cost Report.
There are different categories of instructions. Instructions are prepared based on the
project specific format and requirements. The SOs Instruction is based on JKRs Contract
Administration standard form, Arahan Pegawai Penguasa, JKR 203U/82-Pin.1/92.
In general, instructions require a formal signing off by necessary approving authority or
committee to indicate approval/endorsement, before release to the Contractor. Related
JKRs forms in use are as follows:
a.
Arahan Perubahan Kerja, JKR-APK.
b.
Permohonan Untuk Mendapatkan Kelulusan Perubahan Kerja, JKR-KPK.
c.
Permohonan Untuk Kelulusan Kerja Tambahan Kuantiti Sementara, JKR-KKS.
7-3
The approved Instruction is issued to the Contractor who retains a copy and returns a
duly signed original to the Project team for preparation of Variations.
The Instructions and their associated cost and/or estimated cost are reported and
monitored through Cost Report.
7.3.3.3
Variation Order To Contractor

A Variation Order is prepared upon completion of the agreement/negotiation phase
between Contractor and Project team on the cost of works (Note that sometimes
Variation Order is closed at zero cost).
Refer to Chapter 11 of Volume 10 for related procedures for Variations.
The variations are reviewed to ensure the content is in order and that the valuation of
variations agreed is reasonable.
Based on the advice and recommendation of a committee, the Approving Authority
approves the formal Variation Order before releasing it to the Contractor.
The approved Variation Orders are issued to the Contractor who retains a copy and
returns the duly signed original to the Project Team to compile for preparation of the
final account.
The value of the Variation Order is then reported in the cost report (where applicable)
and monitored.
7.3.4
Progress Payment
Most contracts stipulate that the work will be paid for at regular intervals, usually
monthly, during the course of construction. The contract will stipulate the period for
payment; the timing of submission for payment; the required documentation and amount
of retention. The cut off date for quantities is the last day of each month unless
otherwise discussed and agreed to with the Contractor.
Please refer to Chapter 10 of Volume 10 for the contract administration procedure for
Payments.
7.3.5
Claims
A claim, in abroad legal context, generally includes making a demand for money or
services and alleging a right thereto. A claim is usually referenced as a request by a
Contractor or subcontractor for added compensation (money or time) for work performed
outside the scope of the contract or for work performed within the scope of the scope of
the contract but under conditions that were not anticipated.
Various clauses of the contract specifications allow for conditions which enable the
Contractor to request additional money or time, provided adequate notification and
backup are given. The Project Team should recognize any situation of potential claim
and, where possible, take steps to minimize impacts and ensure complete documentation
of before and after conditions.
Please refer to Chapter 21 of Volume 10 for the contract administration procedure on
Dispute Management and Resolution.
7-4
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 7
Cost Control
APPENDIX 7A
As Tendered Detailed Abstracts ATDA
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 7A AS TENDERED DETAILED ABSTRACT

AS TENDERED DETAILED ABSTRACT
FOR IRRIGATION AND
DRAINAGE WORKS
Project
Whole
This
Particulars
Project
Package
Project Name:
Package No.
Package Description:
Overall
Length of
river
Km
Nett Length
of river
Km
Area of
Bridges and
Interchange
m2
Contractor & Class:
JPS/JKR
Standard
Tender Amount: RM
Terrain
Type of Tender
Contractual Arrangement
Open Tender
Conventional
Head
Subhead
Year
Cost (RM)
1.
Preliminaries &
General Items
2.
Main Works
2a
Date Tender
Date Valid Till
Closed
Project Provision RM:
Approval Reference:
Contract Period
No. of Tenderers
Package Provision RM:
Weeks
Drawing Serial Nos.

Quantity
BQ
Unit
Unit Price
BQ Rate
Rate per
RM
km of River
As per tendered
Earthworks and
Channel Improvement
Works
General Clearance
Geotextile (1 layer)
Imported Material
(earth material)
Imported Material
(quarry dust)
Excavation and
Disposal
Filling (transfer from
stockpile, spread,
compact & trim)
Maintenance Access
(300mm crusher run)
2c
Provisional Sum
3.
4.
7A- 1

Cost (RM)
Package
No.
5
Miscellaneous
5a
Maintenance Depots
5b
Right of Way
Demarcation
5c
Land Acquisition
5d
Variation of Price
(Allow 5%)
5e
Documentation Fees
5f
Contingencies
5g
Departmental
Supervision
5h
Soil Investigation
(inclusive in 2c)
5i
Advertisement
5j
Survey
Professional Fees
Cost of Package
Unit Cost of Package

per Km/m2
Preliminary
Estimate
COST OF PROJECT & STATUS

As
Designed
Rate
Tendered
Estimate
Tendered
Cost
As
Completed
Cost
TOTAL:
Current Project Cost:
Unit Cost of project:
RM
RM
Per Km
Tandatangan & Jawatan
Bahagian Ukur Bahan dan Kontrak, Ibu Pejabat JPS Malaysia
Tarikh:
Superintending Officer (S.O.) / Project Director (P.D.)

Tarikh:
Pengarah Bahagian di Ibu Pejabat JPS Malaysia
Tarikh:
Note:
7A- 2
T
P.S.
P.Q.
- Tendered
- Provisional Sum
- Provisional Quantity
APPENDIX 7A
NOTES ON AS TENDERED DETAILED ABSTRACT
1.
The information on this Detailed Abstract is for Government use only.
2.
This Detailed Abstract shall be prepared upon receipt of tender for main works or on
completion of negotiation in case of negotiated tender.
3.
A schematic drawing showing the location and proposed packages shall be attached to this
Detailed Abstract.
4.
For projects with more than one proposed tender package, this Detailed Abstract shall be
prepared for each of the proposed tender packages.
5.
All project packages shall be identified by a number and expressed as a ratio of the total
number of packages e.g. 3/10 means package 3 of project with 10 packages.
6.
Type of Tender refers to whether it is open, international, confined to Bumiputera,

selected, negotiated etc.
7.
Contractual Arrangement refers to the contractual arrangements between the Government

and the Contractor such as Conventional, Turnkey, Cost-Plus etc.
8.
The unit for the various items of work shall be as follows:(a)
Site Clearance
Area of site cleared in hectare and in Km length of

road.
(b)
Earthwork
Volume of earth including rock in meter cube move

within, away from or into the site and Km length of
road.
(c)
Culvert
No. of culvert and Km length of road.
(d)
Drain
Km length of road
(e)
Turfing & Slope

Protection
Km length of road.
(f)
Pavement
Area of finished course in Meter Square and Km length

of road.
(g)
Road furniture
Km length of road.
(h)
Bridges
Interchange
Structure
Deck area in meter square, measurement being made

to outer edge of the deck slab.
&
The Km length of road above shall be the nett length excluding the bridges and
interchange structure along the road.
7A- 3
9.
(i)
The cost of gabions, retaining wall and similar slope protection works shall be
included in item 2(e) Turfing and slope protection.
(ii)
The cost of road marking, road signs, gantries, kerbs and guardrails delinators and
other items of road furniture shall be included under item 2(g) Road Furniture.
(iii)
Any items which are not listed in the form e.g. Street lighting, traffic signals,
landscaping etc shall be entered in the blank spaces provided.
10.
The Current Project Cost shall be the sum of latest estimate, or as tendered cost, or as
designed estimate as completed cost, as the case may be of every package of project,
including the cost of the package for which the Detailed Abstract is prepared.
11.
No portion of the form shall be left blank. Item not applicable in any particular case shall
have a dash inserted against them.
12.
No amendments or deletions of listed item are to be made in the form.
13.
Contingensies shall not exceed 10 percent of total of all items (excluding itself).
14.
Where a Quantity Surveyor is employed on the project, this Detailed Abstract shall be
prepared by him.
15.
This Detailed Abstract shall be submitted to Economic Planning Unit for the information or
approval of additional funds (if required).
7A- 4
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 7
Cost Control
APPENDIX 7B
Sample of Cost Plan
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 7B SAMPLE OF COST PLAN

Cost Plan No.
Detail Breakdown
For Phase
Description
Land
(Acre)
Qty
Unit
Rate
(RM)
Dated
Amount
(RM)
Sub-Total
(RM)
Total
(RM)
Modified
Cost Plan
(RM)
Remarks
Site Clearance
Soil Investigation
Earthworks
Building : Substructure &
Superstructure
Landscaping
Utilities & Infrastructure
Etc.
ESTIMATED AMOUNT
Sub-Total
Development Charges / Local
Authorities / Consultancy Fees
TOTAL
Sub-Total
Development Charges / Local
Authorities / Consultancy Fees
TOTAL
GRAND TOTAL
7A- 5
APPENDIX 7B SAMPLE OF COST ANALYSIS

PROJECT TITLE
COST PLAN AREA
No.
1
FS
ELEMENT
COST
m2
COST PER (RM)
SF
M2
REMARKS /
BRIEF SPECIFICATION
Substructure
Earthworks
Substructures
Total
Superstructure
Frame
Upper Floors
Roof and Coverings
Stairs
External Walls
Windows and External Doors
Internal Wall and Partition
Internal Doors
Total
Superstructure
Wall Finishes
Floor Finishes
Ceiling Finishes
Total
Fittings & Furnishing

Security Fittings
Special Fittings/Finishes/
Equipment
Total
Services
Sanitary Pipeworks
Air-Conditioning & Mechanical
Electrical
Telecommunication / IT
Fire Protection
BSC/BSS
UPS
LPG
Lift Installation
Total
7A- 6
Sub-Total (Item 1 5)
No.
7
ELEMENT
COST
COST PER (RM)

SF
M2
REMARKS /
BRIEF SPECIFICATION
External Works
Fencing and Gates
Out Buildings
External Stormwater Drainage
External Sewer Drainage
External Fire Protection
Authority Fees
Swimming Pool
External Utilities
Total
Base Building Cost

Design Cost
Consultant Fees
Profit and Attendance
Preliminaries
Contingencies
Total
Less Discount
Sub-Total
Add: 9% of (Item 1-9) Item 6
10
Grand Total
7A- 7

EL EMENTAL COST ANALYSIS Form 1
PROJECT TITLE:
LOCATION:
TENDER DATE
INFORMATION TOTAL PROJECT
Project and Contract Information
Project Debris and Site Condition
Contract
Market Conditions:
Contract Particulars:
Basic of Tender
Bills of Quantities
Open / Selected
Competition
Bills of Approximately
Quantity
Negotiated
Schedule of Rate /
Specification & Drawings
Serials
Cost Fluctuation:
Yes
No
Government
Private
Contract Period Stip. By Client:
Provisional Sum
RM
Contract Period Offered by Builders:
Prime Cost Sum
RM
Number of Tenderers Issued:
Preliminaries
RM
Number of Tenderer Received:
Contingencies
RM
Contract Sum
RM
Competitive Tender List

Cost (RM)
7A- 8
Int(JV)/L

ANALYSIS OF SINGLE BUILDING
Design / Single Information
Accommodation and Design Features:
Area:
Design / Shapes
Percentage of Gross Floor Area
Functional Unit:
Lower Ground Floor

Ground Floor
Upper Floor
Gross Floor Area
m2
m2
m2
m2
Usable Area
Circulation Area
Ancillary Area
Internal Division
Gross Floor Area
m2
m2
m2
m2
m2
External Wall Area

Gross Floor Area
Storey Height:
Floor Space NOT

Enclosed
m2
Roof Area
(Structural & Plant Rooms)
m2
Av. Below Grd Floor
Av. Grd Floor
Above Grd Floor
a) Below Ground Floor
b) Single Storey Construction
c) 2-Storey Construction
d) 3-Storey Construction
e) 4-Storey Construction
Brief Cost Information

Contract Sums
Provisional Sums
Prime Cost Sums
Preliminaries
Contingencies
Contract Sums less Contingencies
RM
RM
RM
RM
RM
RM
Being
Being
%
%
Functional Unit Cost

excluding external
Works:
of remainder
Contract Sum
7A- 9

ELEMENTAL COST ANALYSIS Form 2
SUMMARY OF ELEMENT COST
GROSS FLOOR AREA
m2
Preliminaries Shown Separately
Total
Cost of
Element
(RM)
Substructure
Piling
Work Below Lowest Floor
Finish
Group Element Total
Superstructure
Frame
Upper Floors
Roof and Coverings
Stairs
External Walls
Windows and External
Doors
Internal Doors
Group Element Total
Finishes
Internal Wall Finishes
Internal Floor Finishes
Internal Ceiling Finishes
Group Element Total

Security Fittings
Special Fittings/Finishes/
Equipment
Group Element Total
Services
Sanitary Appliances
Plumbing Installation
Refuse Disposal
Air-Conditioning &
Ventilation System
Electrical Installation
Lift & Covey or Installation
Special Installation
Builders Profit &
Attendance on Services
Builders work in
Connection with Services
Group Element Total
Cost/ m2
GRA
(RM)
Element
Unit
Qty
Element
Ratio/
m2
Reinforced
concrete
m2
Reinforcement
Kg
Formwork
m2
m
m2
m2
m2
m2
m2
m2
m2
m2
m2
Sub-Total exc. External

Works
Preliminaries and
Contingencies
7A- 10

Preliminaries Shown Separately
Total
Cost of
Element
(RM)
Cost/ m2
GRA
(RM)
Element
Unit
Qty
Element
Ratio/
m2
Reinforced
concrete
m2
Reinforcement
Kg
Formwork
m2
External Works
Site Work
Drainage
External Services
Ancillary Buildings
Recreational Facilities
Group Element Total
Preliminaries
TOTAL
(Less Contingencies)
7A- 11
APPENDIX 7B
SAMPLE OF COST ANALYSIS
ELEMENTAL COST ANALYSIS Form 3

SUMMARY OF ELEMENT SPECIFICATION
GROSS FLOOR AREA
M2
Element
1.
Substructure
Piling
Work Below Lowest Floor Finish
2.
Superstructure
Frame
Upper Floors
Roof and Coverings
Stairs
External Walls
Windows and External Doors
Internal Doors
3.
Finishes
Internal Wall Finishes
Internal Floor Finishes
Internal Ceiling Finishes
External Finishes
4.

Security Fittings
Special Fittings/Finishes/Equipment
75.
Services
Sanitary Appliances
Plumbing Installation
Refuse Disposal
Air-Conditioning & Ventilation System
Electrical Installation
Lift & Covey or Installation
Special Installation
Builders Profit & Attendance on Services
Builders Work in Connection with Services
6.
External Works
Site Work
Drainage
External Services
Ancillary Buildings
Recreational Facilities
7A- 12
Specification
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 7
Cost Control
APPENDIX 7C
Instruction and Variation Orders

Process Flow Chart for
Contractor / Consultant
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 7C INSTRUCTION AND VARIATION ORDERS PROCESS

FLOW CHART FOR CONTRACTOR/CONSULTANT
START
IDENTIFYING NEEDS FOR INSTRUCTION
PREPARE INSTRUCTION
REVIEW INSTRUCTION
NO
APPROVED
(Total rejection can occur)
YES
ISSUE INSTRUCTION
RECEIVE COST FROM CONTRACTOR / CONSULTANT
AGREE COST
ACTIVATE V.O.
REVIEW V.O.
NO
APPROVED V.O
YES
ISSUE V.O.
UPDATE COST REPORT
END
7A- 13

CHAPTER 8
HEALTH, SAFETY AND

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
Chapter 8 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
Table of Contents
8.1
INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 8-1
8.2
SCOPE ....................................................................................................................... 8-1
8.3
PROCEDURE............................................................................................................... 8-1
8.3.1
Project Initiation ............................................................................................. 8-1
8.3.2
Submission of Safety Documents ..................................................................... 8-2
8.3.3
Monitoring of Health and Safety Plan and Environmental Management Compliance

Plan During Implementation Stage .................................................................. 8-2
8.3.4
Training and Health & Safety Awareness Programme........................................ 8-3
8.3.5
Accident Reporting Procedure.......................................................................... 8-3
8.3.6
Fire Preventive Measures ................................................................................ 8-3
Appendix 8A
Project HSE Management Process Flow Chart.......8A- 1
Appendix 8B
Sample of Health and Safety Daily Report....8A- 2
Appendix 8C
Sample of Health and Safety Observation Report....8A- 3
Appendix 8D
Environmental Requirements and Standard....8A- 4
Appendix 8E
Sample of Health and Safety Audit Checklist.....8A- 7
Appendix 8F
Sample of Environmental Compliance Audit Checklist.....8A- 12
Appendix 8G
Soil Erosion and Sediment Control Regulations......8A- 14
Appendix 8H
Checklist for Worksite Safety..8A- 18
Appendix 8I
Accident/Incident Reporting procedure.8A- 22
8-i
8-ii
8 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

8.1
INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this procedure is to ensure that the health, safety and environmental
(HSE) standards of a project conform to statutory requirements of Occupational Safety
and Health Act (OSHA) 1994 (Act 514), Factories and Machinery Act 1967 (Act 139) and
the Environmental Quality Act 1974 (Act 127).
Work does not proceed until proper precautions are taken to ensure environmental
protection, health and safety of all workers involved.
8.2
SCOPE
The procedure applies to all project sites and covers all aspects of HSE procedure. It also
covers the conduct of site HSE disciplines.
It aims to reduce occupational and environmental risks in construction to an acceptable
level through HSE control.
8.3
PROCEDURE
This procedure is prepared for the management of HSE aspects of projects as required
by statutory regulation. The overall procedure is illustrated in Appendix 8A.
8.3.1
Project Initiation
Project initiation includes addressing HSE requirements pertaining to the project:
a.
Project Team obtains a copy of current standard HSE documents, such as Chapter
6 of Volume 8 of the DID Manual.
b.
Project Team can make necessary amendment to the standard HSE documents to
suit the project need and requirements in the tender documents.
c.
Project Team ensures requirements on HSE in the tender documents are

implemented throughout the construction stage. The requirements include the
following:
d.
Provision and use of PPE.
ii
Appointment of dedicated safety officers (depending on the size of the

project and workforce).
iii
Provision of safety signage.
iv
Provision of measures protecting the safety of workmen and the public.
Project Manager ensures smooth line of communication between Project Team,

related internal departments and various project consultants.
8-1
8.3.2
8.3.3
Submission of Safety Documents

a.
The Project Team ensures HSE Documents submitted by the Contractors are
adequate.
b.
The Health and Safety document comprise the Health and Safety Policy and Plan in
accordance with OSHA Act 514 and the Malaysian Factory & Machinery (Rules &
Regulation).
c.
The Environmental document comprises the Environmental Policy and

Environmental Management Compliance Plan in accordance with EQA ACT 127
and/or Local Authorities requirements on environment, such as LUAS and LUAN
Kedah.
d.
The Project Team ensures the Contractor submits the Emergency Response Plan
related to HSE requirements.
e.
The Consultant/Project Team will review and approve the HSE documents prior to
commencing site work. All comments are returned to the Contractor for further
action.
f.
Upon approval, the Contractor will carry out its work in accordance with the
approved Health and Safety Plan, Environmental Management Compliance Plan
and Emergency Response Plan.
Monitoring of Health and Safety Plan and Environmental Management

Compliance Plan During Implementation Stage
a.
The Project Team monitors health and safety aspects on a regular basis, and
record all observations on issues of HSE. Refer to Appendix 8B for a sample of
Health and Safety Daily Report.
b.
All personnel on site shall possess a valid CIDB Green Card.
c.
Methods of monitoring are:

i.
Regular Monitoring.
Contractors HSE officer conducts regular HSE monitoring on site. An HSE
Observation report is issued to the Contractor for any activities found to be
noncompliant to the HSE requirement.
Refer to Appendix 8C for a sample of Health and Safety Observation Report.
ii.
HSE Audit/Inspection
The Project Team together with HSE Officer will carry out periodic HSE audit
with the Contractor in preparing the status report for submission.
Refer to Appendix 8E for sample of Health and Safety Audit Checklist,
Appendix 8F for a sample of Environmental Compliance Audit Checklist and
Appendix 8G for the Soil Erosion and Sediment Control Regulations.
iii. HSE Meeting

Project Team together with HSE Officer will carry out regular HSE meeting
with the contractor to discuss all issues pertaining to the health, safety and
environmental protection.
8-2
iv. Project Site Meeting

HSE issues on the Project are part of agenda in the Project Site meeting.
8.3.4
Training and Health & Safety Awareness Programme

The Project Team ensures the contractor conducts HSE related programme/training to
raise the level of awareness, skills and knowledge on HSE among the staff/workers. Such
programme/training may include the following:
a.
Tool Box Meeting
b.
Safety Week - safety campaign ad competition
c.
General Safety Awareness Talk
A sample of Checklist for Worksite Safety is included in Appendix 8H.

8.3.5
Accident Reporting Procedure

The Project Team ensures the Contractor complies with requirements of the Occupational
Safety and Health Act 514 when accident occurs.
A sample of Accident/Incident Reporting procedure is included in Appendix 8I.
8.3.6
Fire Preventive Measures

The project team ensures where possible that the contractor takes fire preventive
measures during construction period according to the Fire Services (Amendment) Act
1993 or Malaysian Uniform Building By Law.
8-3
8-4
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 8
Protection
APPENDIX 8A
Project HSE Management Process

Flow Chart
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 8A PROJECT HSE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FLOW CHART
Start
Construction Stage
Contractor prepares and

submits HSE document
to Project Team
HSE documents
approved ?
NO
YES
Contractors briefing on
HSE plan to Project Team
and implementation
Project Team monitors

HSE activities on site
Meet
requirements?
NO
YES
Regular Monitoring
END
8A- 1
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 8
Protection
APPENDIX 8B
Sample of Health and Safety

Daily Report
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 8B SAMPLE OF HEALTH AND SAFETY DAILY REPORT

Name of Project :
Report No. :
Report By : HSE Personnel
Date of Issue :
Date of Inspection :
No.
Description
Actual
Condition
Reminder
1
2
3
Remark
Deadline
Issued By:
Acknowledged By:
..
Project Team
Contractors Representative
Name:
Name:
Date:
Date:
c.c.
Consultant
8A- 2
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 8
Protection
APPENDIX 8C

Observation Report
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 8C
SAMPLE OF HEALTH AND SAFETY OBSERVATION REPORT
Package No:
Date:
Contract No:
Time:
Issued to:
Contractor Name:
Representative:
Location:
Observation Remarks:
Contractor to respond below on action taken and return this report to the Firm/Company by
..
Issued By:
Safety / Security Supervisor
_____________________________
Signature & Date
Name
c.c.
Acknowledgement:
Contractor Representative
_______________________________
Signature & Date
Name
Consultant
Project Team
8A- 3
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 8
Protection
APPENDIX 8D
Environmental Requirements &

Standard
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 8D ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS & STANDARD

A. Environmental Compliance
The Project Team ensures that the Environmental Compliance Report is prepared on a regular
basis, comprising the environmental quality monitoring result, progress of works on-site and
status of compliance to environmental requirements.
Regulatory requirements and guidelines that have to be complied with are as follows:
1. Environmental Quality Act 1974.
2. Environmental Quality (Licensing) Regulations 1977.
3. Environmental Quality (Clean Air) Regulations 1978.
4. Environmental Quality (Compound of Offences) Rules 1978.
5. Environmental Quality (Sewage and Industrial Effluents) Regulations 1979.
6. Environmental Quality (Scheduled Wastes) Regulations 2005.
7. Environmental Quality (Control of Emission from Diesel Engines) Regulations 1995.
8. Environmental Quality (Control of Emission from Petrol Engines) Regulations 1995.
9. Environmental Quality (Compounding of Offences) (Open Burning) Rules 2000.
10. Factories and Machinery (Noise Exposure) Regulations 1989 (DOSH)
11. Factories and Machinery (Safety, Health and Welfare) Regulations 1970 (DOSH)
12. Guidelines for Prevention and Control of Soil Erosion and Siltation Malaysia (DOE)
13. Urban Stormwater Management Manual (D.I.D, 2000).
B. General Environmental Requirements
A summary of the general environmental requirements is as stated below:
1. Earthworks Control
a. Mitigation and control measures for soil erosion and siltation must be as recommended
in Guidelines For The Prevention and Control Of Soil Erosion and Siltation in Malaysia,
1996.
b. Silt traps, silt retaining structures and drainage system must be constructed prior to the
commencement of site clearing activities. The TSS discharged from these structures
should not exceed 100mg/L. The monitoring for silt trap discharge shall be conducted
on a monthly basis.
c.
All access road must be paved or laid with an appropriate layer of crusher run before
the commencement of earthworks activities. The access roads must be kept clean at
all times.
d. Ground wetting is a must to avoid any dust dispersion during earthworks and
construction phase.
e. Exposed area must be turf with crops immediately.
f.
Lorries transporting earth/construction material must be properly covered at all times.
g. Wheel washing facilities must be constructed and fully utilized.

8A- 4
2. Water Quality Control

a. Monitoring program for water quality shall be conducted at the upstream and
downstream of the Project Site monthly. The sampling parameters are Dissolved
Oxygen (DO), chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), biological Oxygen Demand (BOD5),
TSS, NH3-N, E.coli, oil & grease and pH.
b. Sanitary facilities for workers must comply with specification stated by the Jabatan
Perkhidmatan dan Pembetungan (JPP) and Ministry of Health (MOH).
3.
Air & Noise Quality

a.
TSP level measured at site shall not exceed 260g/m3.
b.
Noise level during construction/earthworks must not exceed 65 dBA at day and 55 dBA
at night measured at the boundary of the Project Site.
c.
Open burning is strictly prohibited.
4. Waste Management Aspect

a.
A good management system for solid waste must be implemented. Solid waste
(excluding scheduled waste) must be disposed off a legal dumpsite.
b. Scheduled wastes have to be handled according to EQ (Schedule Wastes Regulations)

2005.
c.
Monitoring & Reporting
d. These reports should be compiled and prepared during Projects development phase:
Water quality monitoring result: to be submitted monthly.
Silt trap discharge result: to be submitted monthly.
Ambient air quality monitoring result: to be submitted quarterly.
Sound level monitoring result: to be submitted quarterly.
Environmental Monitoring and Audit Report: to be submitted quarterly.
5. An EMP report must be submitted to the Project Proponent and be updated when
applicable.
8A- 5
C. Standards, Regulations and Guidelines

The samples for the water quality, silt trap discharge, air quality and the noise level at the
boundary of the Project Site will be compared with appropriate standards during the monitoring
program. The relevant standards for the water quality, air quality and noise level is given
below:
Relevant Standards for Water Quality, Silt Trap Discharge, Air quality and Noise Level
Environmental
Quality
Water
Relevant Standards
Class IIB of the Proposed Interim National Water Quality
Standards for Malaysia:
Test Parameters
pH (on site)
Temperature (on site)
Dissolved Oxygen (on site)
COD
BOD5
Total Suspended Solids
Oil & Grease
Ammonical Nitrogen as NH3-N
E-coli count
Silt Trap Discharge
Test Parameters
Noise
mg/L
MPN
Interim STD
Class II B
6.5 9.0
5.0 -7.0
25
3
50
Not Detected
0.3
400/100mil
Unit
mg/L
mg/L
100
5.0 -7.0
C
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
o
Discharge limit of 100mg/L
TSS
DO
Air
Unit
Malaysian Recommended Environmental Air Quality Limits of

260g/m3 of TSP in 24 hours.
Parameters
Units
Malaysian
Guideline
Total Suspended Particulate
(g/m3)
260
Nitrogen Dioxide as NO2
(g/m3)
320
Sulphur Dioxide as SO2
(g/m3)
105
EIA Approval Condition of 65 dB(A) for daytime and 55 dB(A)

for night-time
8A- 6
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 8
Protection
APPENDIX 8E

Audit Checklist
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 8E SAMPLE HEALTH & SAFETY AUDIT CHECKLIST

Name of Contractor
Date
Package
Time
S/N
ITEM / DESCRIPTION
Health and Safety Management

Written Health & Safety Policy
Dissemination of OSH Policy to workers
Organization chart
Health & Safety Officer
Health & Safety Committee
Competent person for specific job
Safe Operating Procedure
Health & Safety Manual
Work Permit System
Health & Safety budget allocation
Health & Safety Campaign
Tool box meeting
Safety Induction to new workers
Record and Record Control
Health and Safety Committee

Organization Chart
Appointment letter as Chairman/ Secretary
Appointment letter as committee member
Regular meeting
Site inspections by OSH Committee members
Sub-contractors, NSC & Workers representative
Accident Investigation
Cooperation from Companys Top Management
Safety Reports corrective action taken
Action on unsafe act / penalty system
Records & Record Control
Machines / Plants
Valid Certificate of Fitness (CF)
Competent Operator
Machine Guarding
Inspection prior start work
Material Handling system
Lifting works supervision
Scheduled maintenance
Training
Records control
Yes
No
N/A
REMARKS
8A- 7
S/N
ITEM / DESCRIPTION
Working Platform
Approved design by PE
Safe Work Load (SWL) displayed
Safety barricade
Maintenance
Appearance/finishing
Right platform for right work
Scaffolding
Load calculation & drawings approved by PE
Scheduled inspection
Maintenance
Strong foundation/ base plate
Competent Scaffolder
Record Management
Floor Opening
Barricaded floor openings
Strong/ safe barricade
Warning signages
Inspection and maintenance
Floor Edge Opening

Barricaded floor edge openings
Strong/ safe barricade
Warning signages
Working at height
PPE
Safe working platform
Risks/procedure assessment
Supervision
Safety anchorage provided
Training
Safe Access/Egress
Safe access to working area
Overhead Protection cover
Adequate lighting
Safe ladder
Access control
8A- 8
Yes
No
N/A
REMARKS
S/N
10
ITEM / DESCRIPTION
Yes
No
N/A
REMARKS
Safety to Public
Safety signages
Good hoarding
Security Control at entrance
Traffic Controller c/w Safety Vest
Traffic Control at Site
Safe Material Handling
11
Electrical Safety
Signages
Approved installation
Competent person
Wiring installation / safe lay out
Training or information dissemination
Inspection by competent person /chargeman
12
Workers Accommodation/ Kongsi

( If Applicable)
Isolation from working area
Compound cleanliness
Separate entrance
Fire extinguishers
Ventilation system
Children occupied
Local Authority Approval
13
Housekeeping
Housekeepings activity
Dustbin and proper disposal system
Good Construction Materials arrangement
Adequate gangways/access
Inspection
Proper drainage system
Proper dumping area
Warning signages
14
Storage system
Proper storage area
Safe and proper stacking
Hazardous material storage system
Dangerous material warning signages
Storage area cleanliness
8A- 9
S/N
15
ITEM / DESCRIPTION
Yes
No
N/A
REMARKS
Health and Welfare Facilities

Canteen, foods, drinks
First Aid Box
Toilet
PPE provided
Noise monitoring
Proper warning signages
Formwork
Approved design by PE
Installation as per specification
Inspection
Responsible person
Safe access provided
16
17
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

Provided and recorded
PPE training
Usage supervision
Mosquito Preventive Measures

Housekeepings activity
Dust bin and proper disposal system
Inspection
Proper drainage system
Proper dumping area
Storage area cleanliness
Fogging
Temporary Works
PPE provided and being use
Safe and adequate access to working area
Job Hazard Analysis
Barricade provided around work area
Supervision and monitoring
Inspection record
Written SOP or Method Statement
18
19
8A- 10
S/N
ITEM / DESCRIPTION
20
Excavation and Shoring

Appointment of Responsible Person
Safe & adequate access to working area/pit
Job Hazard Analysis
Barricade provided around pit etc.
Inspection record
Good shoring structure
Safe plants/machines storage
Machineries in good condition
Written SOP or Method statement
21
Pile Driving/Piling System

The stability of building surrounding approved
by PE
Machineries in good condition
Appointment of Responsible Person
Good storage procedure
Barricade provided around pit etc.
Inspection record
Good Pile driving rigs support
Ladder installed on frame
Adequate pumps
Slings, air hose in good condition
Cofferdams always being inspected
22
Demolition
Approval from local authorities
Competent person
Job Hazards Analysis
Written Standard Operating Procedure (SOP)
Permit to Work System
Method statement on surrounding buildings
safety precaution
Safe access to working area
Waste material disposal system
Supervision by Competent person
Inspection and records control
Safety procedure to public
Presence of PTG Representative where issue of
land rights is applicable
Yes
No
N/A
REMARKS
8A- 11
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 8
Protection
APPENDIX 8F
Sample Environmental Compliance

Audit Checklist
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 8F SAMPLE ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE AUDIT

CHECKLIST
Name of Contractor :
Package
Comply
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
2.1
Silt traps maintenance
2.2
Silt fence maintenance
2.3
Detention ponds maintenance
2.4
Catch drains maintenance
2.5
Earth bund maintenance
2.6
Slope protection
2.7
Open area protection
3.0
Traffic Control
3.1
Traffic management system
3.2
Conditions of roads leading to site
3.3
Conditions of roads leading out of

site
Vehicle maintenance - noise and air
pollution control
Vehicle operations - wheel cleaning,
effective cover and proper
operations
Wash trough maintenance
3.6
Not Comply
Minor
Major
)
Not
Relevant
Effective discharge of environmental

monitoring responsibilities
Compliance with reporting
requirements
Compliance with record-keeping
requirements
Erosion, Sediment and Flood Control
3.5
Time

(EMS)
Changes in the EMS
2.0
3.4
Please mark (
SUBJECT
1.0
Date
8A- 12
Please mark (
SUBJECT
Comply
4.0
Waste Management
4.1
Biomass management system
4.2
Builders waste management system
4.3
4.6
Domestic waste management

system
Scheduled (toxic) waste
management system
Site toilet waste management
system
Effluent waste management system
5.0
Site house-keeping
5.1
Earth stockpile
5.2
Liquids stockpile
5.3
Building materials stockpile
5.4
Canteen/Site Office
5.5
Working area
6.0
Water Quality Control
6.1
Silt trap discharge
7.0
Air Quality Control
7.1
Vehicle emission
7.2
Machinery emission
8.0
Noise Levels Control
8.1
Vehicle noise
8.2
Machinery noise
8.3
Human activities noise
4.4
4.5
Not Comply
Minor
Major
Not
Relevant
For more detailed list of items for compliance, refer to Manual Saliran Mesra Alam (MSMA).
8A- 13
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 8
Protection
APPENDIX 8G
Soil Erosion & Sediment

Control Regulations
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 8G SOIL EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL REGULATIONS

MAINTENANCE CHECK SHEETS
INSPECTION CHECK SHEET
Sheet ___of ___
GENERAL INFORMATIONS
Project Name: ______________________________________________________ File No. ________
Developer Name:______________________________ Contractor Onsite:
Inspection Date: ____________ Time: _______ Weather:
Inspection Type: { } Routine Weekly
{ } Pre-Rain
mm of Rain Last Week:
{ } During Rain
{ } Post Rain
STAGE OF CONSTRUCTION
{ } Pre-Construction Conference; { } Clearing and Grubbing;
{ } Rough Grading;
{ } Finish Grading;
{ } Final Stabilization;
{ } Building Construction;
INSPECTION CHECKLIST
Yes
No NA (Not Applicable)
Part 1: Inspection on Erosion Controls Measures

{}
{} {}
Is the clearing of the construction area carried out in phases?
{}
{} {}
{}
{} {}
{}
{} {}
Are the areas which designated to be preserve of the existing vegetation intact is
not disturbed?
Are all erosion control devices in-place and functioning in accordance with the
erosion control plan?
Are all temporary stockpiles or construction material located in approved areas and
protected from erosion?
{}
{} {}
{}
{} {}
Are soil stockpiles adequately stabilized with seeding and/or sediment trapping
measures?
Have all denuded areas requiring temporary or permanent stabilization been
stabilized?
Seeded? yes/no
Mulched? yes/no
Gravelled? yes/no
{}
{} {}
Does permanent vegetation provide adequate stabilization?
{}
{} {}
{}
{} {}
Are all exposed slopes protected from erosion through the implementation of
acceptable soil stabilization practices?
Are finished cut and fill slopes adequately stabilized?
{}
{} {}
Is there any evidence of erosion of cut or fill slope?
8A- 14
Part 2: Inspection on Sediment Controls Measures

{}
{}
{ } Have sediment-trapping facilities been constructed as a first step in stripping and

grading?
{}
{}
{ } For perimeter sediment trapping measures, are earthen structures stabilized?
{}
{}
{}
{}
{ } Are sediment basins, sediment traps, sediment fence/barriers and check dam/rock
weir installed where needed as per ESC Plan?
{ } Are sediment basins, sediment traps, sediment fence/barriers and check dam/rock
weir properly maintained, repairs and sediment was regularly removed and clean
as per ESC Plan maintenance schedule?
{}
{}
{ } Are sediment controls in place at site perimeter and storm drains inlets?
{}
{}
{ } Is the water from the construction site adequately prevented from directly entering
the permanent drainage system unless it is relatively sediment free (i.e. the
catchment area has been permanently landscaped and/or any likely sediment has
been treated)?
{}
{}
{}
{}
{ } Are the sediment controls measure onsite adequately installed and the sediment
are effectively treated from the stormwater runoff from the construction site?
{ } Is there any evidence that the sediment is leaving the construction site without
adequately treated?
Part 3 : Inspection on Conveyances and Flows Controls Measures

{}
{}
{ } Are on-site channels, inlet and outlet are adequately stabilized and protected?
{}
{}
{ } Do all operational storm drainage inlets have adequate inlet protection?
{}
{}
{}
{}
{ } Are stormwater conveyance channels adequately stabilized, protected and lined

with suitable material at badly eroded stretches?
{ } Are stormwater conveyance channels, culvert, conduit, roadside ditches, toe of
slopes etc. adequately stabilized and with proper inlet/outlet protection and energy
dissipater?
{}
{}
{}
{}
{}
{}
{}
{}
8A- 15
{ } Are the outlet of sediment basins and sediment traps are adequately stabilized with
proper outlet protection and energy dissipater?
{ } Are adequate check dam/rock weir or any others energy dissipater method which
are used to reduce the erosive effects of flows velocity in the stormwater
conveyance channels
{ } Are temporary stream crossings of non-erodible material installed where
applicable?
{ } Are the stormwater conveyance channels, the riprap, check dam, rock weir, stream
crossing, etc. properly maintained, repairs and deposited sediment was regularly
removed and clean as per ESC Plan maintenance schedule?
Part 4 : Others
{}
{}
{ } Are properties and waterways downstream from development adequately

protected from erosion and sediment deposition due to increases in peak
stormwater runoff?
{}
{}
{ } Are soil and mud kept off public roadways at intersections with site access roads?
{}
{}
{ } Are utility trenches stabilized properly?
{}
{}
{ } Is there any self-auditing of ESCP was carried out onsite (based on onsite records
of inspection check sheets and inspection log book)
{}
{}
{ } Have all temporary control structures that are no longer needed been removed?
{}
{}
{ } Do any structural BMPs practices require repair or clean-out to maintain adequate

function? If yes, indicate in details.
{}
{}
{ } Does the ESCP require revisions? If yes, explain:
Comments:
Inspected by:____________________________ Contractors Representative:_________________

Position: ________________________________ Position:_________________________________
Signature: ___________________
Signature: ______________________
Date:
Date:
8A- 16
APPENDIX 8G - SOIL EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL REGULATIONS
Site:
Contractors on Site: _______________________
Heavy Equipment on Site:
Activities on Site: _________________________
Date:
Weather:
mm of rain in last week: ___________________
Note condition of the following measures and sediment levels where applicable:
MEASURE
CONDITION/
LOCATION
READING
ACTION
REQUIRED
YES/NO
TYPE
OF
ACTION
ACTION
COMPLETED
(DATE)
INITIALS
Silt fences
Temporary Storage
Facilities
Outlet of Temporary
Storage Facilities
Interceptor Swales
Steeper Slopes
Cover of Rough
Grades
Catchbasins Filtering
Controls
Dust Control
Mud Tracking
Debris Control
Other Comments (Summarize):
Signature:
Name:
8A- 17
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 8
Protection
APPENDIX 8H
Checklist for Worksite Safety
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 8H
CHECKLIST FOR WORKSITE SAFETY
SAFETY RULES FOR WORKSITE

1.
2.
3.
General
Always think for a few seconds of the safe way to perform your work before starting.
Dont guess. If you are in doubt as to the safe and proper way to carry out a job or
use equipment always seeks advice from your superior or foreman.
If you do not understand instructions given, dont take chances. Ask.
Follow instructions.
Observe all warning signs and danger notices.
Report all unsafe conditions to your supervisor or foreman.
Help to keep the side tidy. Good housekeeping prevents accidents.
Remove all protruding nails or bend them over.
Dont leave unguarded a hole that someone could fall through it. Report it to your
supervisor or foreman.
Where loads are too heavy for you to handle alone, get help.
Never play practical jokes or distract others while working.
Do not work at heights if you are feeling weak or dizzy.
Fire is a hazard. If you smoke take care. Refrain completely from smoking when in
areas where no smoking signs are displayed.
Never do anything that is unlikely to endanger yourself or others.
Keep clear of all moving machinery if you are not required in the vicinity.
Be extra cautious when conditions are wet.
Do not throw debris down from any height. Ensure that debris to down the right chute.
Ladders
Dont use a badly constructed ladder.
Keep clear of all moving machinery if you are not required in the vicinity.
Dont stand and ladder on loose material or lean it against fragile material.
Ladders should extend at least 1 meter (3ft.) above the platform it leads to.
First-Aid
Use the First-Aid Box in the site office for any cut, abrasion, bruises and other minor
injuries.
All injuries should be attended to immediately. Seek help if you are in doubt.
Know where the First-Aid Box is located.
8A- 18
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
8A- 19
Platform, Gangways and Staircase
Keep all platforms and gangways free of debris, obstructions and tripping hazards.
Never store materials on platforms or gangways.
Ensure that platforms and gangways have secure guard rails and toe boards.
Material Handling
Where materials must be stacked, make sure that they are stacked on a firm and level
base and in a tidy manner.
When removing materials from a sack, always remove from the top.
Never stack materials near the edge of the building or too near lift openings or other
service openings in the floor where they are liable to fall off.
Watch where you are going whilst moving materials. Look out for tripping hazards.
When hauling materials into the building at the edge of a floor is unavoidable, make
sure guard rail is in place and make use of your safety belt.
When carrying obstructive materials such as lengthy bent rods, ensure that there is no
one standing in the way of passage.
Protective Equipment
Safety belts, safety helmets, protective goggles, industrial gloves and such equipment
are for your protection. Use them.
Before commencing work, obtain all necessary protective gear from your supervisor or
foreman.
Ensure that the protective equipment fits you snugly and securely and is in good
condition before use.
Tools and Equipment
Use the correct tool in the safe manner. Do not use equipment you have no knowledge
of.
Never throw tools to one another.
All tools can cause injury when misused. Use them with care for the purpose they are
meant for.
Always switch off the supply after using electrical equipment.
Excavations
Do not remove any shoring or struts unless instructed to do so.
Ensure that proper access is provided before entering any excavation and note the
position of this access.
Do not place excavated materials at the edge of excavations.
Place excavated materials where they will not affect the stability of the slope.
CHECK LIST FOR WORKSITE SAFETY

1.
2.
Check List for Site Safety
Are the grounds of the site cleared of all necessary obstructions and provided with
proper temporary drainage?
Are the materials on the ground stacked in their proper places and in a stable
condition, in a manner to prevent the breeding of pest?
Are all the loose timbers and unwanted debris on the grounds cleared away or
stockpiled neatly for removal?
Are all the staircases and other accesses cleared of all obstructions and debris, dry,
adequately lighted and safe of use?
Are all the overhead protections provided in good and sound condition?
Are all the materials on the upper floors stacked in a safe and stable manner away
from the edge of openings?
Are all openings through which persons are liable to fall securely fenced up or
barricaded for more than 3 meters (10 ft.)?
Are all inspections of machines used on site (hoist, cranes, lifts, air-receivers and piling
frames) up to date?
Are all the necessary safety appliances on site sufficient in number and in good
condition?
Are the workers and other employees using their safety appliances in the correct
manner?
Are all the dangerous parts of machine in use properly guarded?
Is all the warning provided at site properly displayed and located?
Are the list pits baled and pumped dry?
Check List for Scaffolding
Is the base sound and secure?
Are the standards in proper alignment and plumb?
Are all the ledgers in place?
Is the scaffold adequately braced and tied into the structure?
Are the loose timbers lying on the scaffold?
Are the platforms for use securely fastened?
Have I checked daily that workers from any trade have not removed ties or braces?
Have I checked and replace defective members?
Have I carried out my weekly inspection and entered it into a register?
8A- 20
3.
4.
5.
8A- 21
Check List for Hoist Tower and Platform Structure
Is the base sound and secure?
Is the platform structure in sound condition?
Are the guard rails and toe boards of all platforms in place?
Is the hoist tower in proper alignment and plumb?
Is the hoist in good operating condition?
Are the guard rails and toe boards of gangways connecting the various platforms to
the building in place?
Are the platforms cleared of all debris and materials?
Are the wheelbarrows or other equipment left on the platform?
Have I checked daily that all the ties and braces are in places?
Have I carried out my weekly inspections and entered it into a register?
Check List for Formworks
Are all the props adequate and in place?
Are the shores properly seated top and bottom?
Are all the horizontal and diagonal bracings in place?
Is there any sign of sagging of forms?
Check List for Excavations
Are the bank tops free of excavated materials or other materials that may fall into the
excavations or cause the banks to slip?
Are the machinery in use at site placed away from the excavations so as not to
endanger the stability of the banks?
Are all the piling, shoring and bracing members of the excavation in proper alignment?
Is there any evidence of instability of the bank? (Sign of slip, settlement, movement of
the banks or upheavals of the bed)
Where the excavation of a trench exceeds 5.5 meters (18 ft.) are the piling, shoring,
bracing and other protection constructed in accordance with the design and drawings
of a professional engineer?
Are all the ladders, stairways, ramps or other provided access readily accessible from
any position in the excavation and in sound conditions?
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 8
Protection
APPENDIX 8I
Accident/Incident Reporting
Procedure
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 8I ACCIDENT/INCIDENT REPORTING PROCEDURE

1.
INTRODUCTION
This SERIOUS ACCIDENT/INCIDENT REPORTING PROCEDURE describes the type of incidents
that needs to be reported immediately with details of the manner of reporting to relevant
personnel and to the Management.
2.
TYPES OF ACCIDENT/INCIDENT
The following are types of Accident/Incident that need to be reported immediately:
3.
2.1
Accident Involving Death

An on-the-job accident resulting in death of person(s) employed to work in DID project
or operation by either DID, Consultant, Contractor or Sub-Contractor.
2.2
Serious Incident
A life endangering event such as major actual collapse of structural work, false work or
plant or any incident causing multiple injuries to worker(s).
2.3
Fire Or Explosion
An accident that caused injury to persons and damage to equipment, materials and
permanent or temporary facilities due to fire or explosion.
2.4
Damage To Property
Any incident that caused serious damage to property; i.e. equipment, materials,
structure etc. other than that caused by fire or explosion that made the equipment
inoperative and requires material and structure to be replaced.
2.5
Falling Object
Any incident involving fall of materials from high level that caused injury to personnel
and damage to equipment or structure.
2.6
Buried By Spoils
Any accident/incident caused by collapse of spoil or cave-in-which result in person
trapped and buried by the earth.
2.7
Others
Any incident other than the above i.e. robbery, hostages or bomb threat must be
reported in accordance with this reporting procedure.
RESPONSIBILITIES
3.1
Contractors
a. Ensure that all incidents type-related above are reported immediately after its
occurrence to the Project Manager and Site Staff during office hours or to contact
their mobile phone during after working hours without fails.
b. Submit an Accident Report Form to Project Manager and Site Staff within 24 hours
of the occurrence of accident/incident occurred.
c.
Submit form JKKP 107 (Accident Report Form) to relevant state DOSH Director
office within 24 hours by facsimile followed with original copy by post. Sample of
Form JKKP 107 (Accident Report Form) is attached.
8A- 22
3.2
Project Team
The Project Manager or Site Staff is responsible in the accident/incident and who will:a. Proceed immediately to the scene of accident/incident and conduct preliminary
investigation upon receiving incident report or after being informed of the
occurrence.
b. Prepare report using the attached accident/incident report format after the
preliminary investigation conducted and send by fax to DID Headquarters.
c.
3.3
Update Management of the incident from time to time.
Did Headquarters
The SO or his representative who received the incident report or after being informed
of the occurrence of the incident will notify Director General of DID.
4.
ACCIDENT/INCIDENT REPORT FORM

Sample of accident/incident report form to be used in reporting of any incident mentioned
above is attached.
5.
OTHER ACCIDENT/INCIDENT
These will be reported to SO for further advise.
8A- 23
SERIOUS ACCIDENT/INCIDENT REPORT TO MANAGEMENT OF DID

INCIDENT
1.
DATE: _______________ TIME: _____________ LOCATION: ________________________
2.
NAME OF DEPARTMENT / CONTRACTOR: __________________________________________
3.
NAME OF SUB-CONTRACTOR: ___________________________________________________
4.
TYPE OF INCIDENT:(Please tick here)
INCIDENT INVOLVING DEATH
iv
DAMAGE TO PROPERTY
ii
SERIOUS ACCIDENT /
INCIDENT
FALLING OBJECTS
iii
FIRE EXPLOSION
vi
BURIED BY SPOILS
vii
OTHERS
5.
NAME OF INJURED PERSON:
6.
NATIONALITY/RACE:
7.
AGE:
8.
CAUSE OF DEATH / INJURY / DAMAGE OF PROPERTY*:
8A- 24
9.
NATURE OF INJURY / DAMAGE OF PROPERTY:
10.
ESTIMATED COST OF DAMAGE:
11.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF ACCIDENT / INCIDENT**:
12.
IMMEDIATE ACTION TAKEN:
Note: * Delete which is not applicable

** Please attach any documentary exhibits if available.
8A- 25

CHAPTER 9
LIAISON WITH OTHER GOVERNMENT

AGENCIES AND SERVICE PROVIDERS
Chapter 9 LIAISON WITH OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES AND SERVICE PROVIDERS
Table of Contents
9.1
INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................... 9-1
9.2
SCOPE .................................................................................................................... 9-1
9.3
PROCEDURE............................................................................................................ 9-1
9.3.1
General....................................................................................................... 9-1
9.3.2
Obligations of the Consultants ...................................................................... 9-1
9.3.3
Obligations of the Contractor........................................................................ 9-2
Appendix 9A Electricity Supply Application checklist - (Application to TNB)9A- 1-6
9-i
9-ii
9 LIAISON WITH OTHER GOVERNMENT

AGENCIES AND SERVICE PROVIDERS
9.1
INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides an overall procedure and elements of control in dealing and
working with government agencies and service providers at construction phase of a
project.
9.2
SCOPE
The procedure covers both the conventional and design and build type of contracting.
Any specific requirements of a Project are addressed in the Project Quality Plan.
9.3
PROCEDURE
9.3.1
General
(although it is not always possible) in the management of project.
In general, the following procedures address common approaches to both conventional
and design and build type of contracting method. In design and build contract, the roles
of the Consultants in liaison with government agencies and service providers are
assumed by the Contractors Consultants and the liabilities with the Contractor.
The obligations of DID Project team and the Consultants are the same for projects where
DID assumes the supervisory role.
The Project Team ensures that the Consultant and Contractor obtain all necessary
approvals from relevant authorities and statutory bodies.
9.3.2
Obligations of the Consultants

The Consultant will, upon the approval of DID, submit the required documents and
drawings to obtain approval and permission to proceed with the construction of the
project from the relevant authorities.
Consultant shall liaise with Utility Providers/ Concessionaires on any diversion of existing
utilities infrastructure i.e. electric and telecommunication cables, fiber optic, water and
gas pipes before start of construction. The sample of checklist for Electricity Supply
Application is as per Appendix 9A.
The Consultant shall ensure that all procedures and forms for construction, inspection,
testing and recording are prepared by the Contractor and sufficient as documentation
necessary for statutory approval and certification purposes, such as Certificate of Fitness
(CF)/ Certificate of Completion and Compliance (CCC), if required.
The Consultant shall ensure that the samples of materials, schedules complete with test
results from the relevant authorities, drawings and other submissions conform with the
approved design and intentions of the project and comply with the Contracts. All items
are to be properly recorded for future reference.
9-1
The Consultant shall ensure that the site staff is present at the site to carry out field
supervision and inspection as required for the following:
1.
To comply with any Acts of Parliament or any regulations or by-laws or any other
written laws applicable to the Contractors operation or activities or work in
connection with the project.
2.
To comply with statutory certification in respect of the project until final approval
for the CF or CCC (if required) from the approving authority is obtained.
List of defects are to be prepared and the Consultant shall participate in follow up
inspections to ensure all items complied with relevant requirements.
The Consultant prepares plans showing all amendments of the project as required by the
relevant authorities, and applies and obtains, for and on behalf of DID, the CF or CCC (if
required).
The Consultant prepares all reports, certificates and other documents for which it is
responsible under this contract and which are required to be submitted to local
authorities indicating or evidencing the compliance of the project with the appropriate
Statutory Regulations. The Consultant obtains approvals and any other permission
required by any authority having jurisdiction over the project.
9.3.3
Obligations of the Contractor

The Contractor is to submit detailed work programme/schedule before commencing with
the construction works. The work programme shall incorporate works by other
Authorities and Utility Providers/Concessionaires such as TNB, TMB, Gas Malaysia and
water supply.
The Contractor needs to allow for interfacing works including coordination and liaison
with the other Authorities and Utility Providers/Concessionaires to establish all the latest
interface requirements and scope of works, especially for work involving diversion of
services.
The Contractor produces coordinated (utilities and clash analysis) shop and As-built
drawings, including all services to be provided by the other utility contractors of other
Authorities and Utility Providers/Concessionaires. The Contractor shall ensure that all his
services are design coordinated to allow for integration with the other trade services,
the building structure, internal and external finishes and future or implied tenant work.
All external utility services such as irrigation, power, telephone, cold and sanitary
plumbing, IT, water, drainage and sewerage lines are to be included in coordinated
installation drawings.
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to carry out works associated to satisfy the
environmental protection requirements of the local authority. Refer to Chapter 8 for the
procedure on compliance to Health, Safety and Environmental requirements.
9-2
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 9
Liaison with Other Government
Agencies and Service Providers
APPENDIX 9A
Electricity Supply Application

Checklist
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 9A ELECTRICITY SUPPLY APPLICATION CHECKLIST

- (APPLICATION TO TNB)
SUMMARY OF LOAD DATA FOR DEMAND EXCEEDING 100kVA (140A)
A.
Basic Information
1.
Address of Information
2.
Site Location (Lot & Mk. No.)
3.
Single-tenancy or multi-tenanted premise
4.
Type of premise
5.
Total gross built in floor area
6.
Total Land area
7.
Name of Architect
Address
Telephone no.
Fax No.
E-mail Address
8.
Name of Surveyor
Address
Telephone no.
Fax No.
E-mail Address
9.
Name of Developer/Owner
Address
Telephone no.
Fax No.
E-mail Address
10.
Name of Consultant Engineer

Address
Telephone no.
Fax No.
E-mail Address
11.
Name of Electrical Contractor

Address
Telephone no.
Fax No.
E-mail Address
12.
Requirement for temporarily supply
13.
Date supply required (ORIGINAL)
14.
Date supply required (FINAL)
9A- 1
15.
B.
Plans Certified by Professional Engineer

(3 Sets)
a) Master Development/Layout plan
(Plan Induk Lokasi & Lot Pembangunan
Tanah) approved by JPB&D)
b)
Site plan/Proposed Substation Sites

(Plan Lokasi & Cadangan Tapak
Pencawang Elektrik Fasa)
c)
Layout Plan of Substation Building

(Stand-Alone/Compartment) Pelan
SusunAtur/(Layout bangunan
Pencawang)
d)
Layout Plan of Main Switch room

(Pelan Bilik Suis & Skematik Papan Suis
Pengguna)
e)
Single line Diagram/Schematic of

Installation
(Pelan Skematik Pepasangan)
Load Details
Connected Load Information
Load / Category
Nos
kVA
Power
Factor
Load After
Diversity
kW
Kw @ Diversity
Factor
Total lighting points and

load (kW)
Total air conditioning points
and load (kW)
Total motor nos and loads
- single phase
- three phase
Other special loads
(arc welding, arc furnace &
others)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Total load (kW)
- Maximum
Total (kW)
- Minimum
* Minimum values need to be specified for customer taking supply at above 6.6kV
9A- 2
C.
Details on Motor Loads
Motor
Size
D.
Type of
Control
Equipment
Starting
Current
(Amps)
Starting
Frequency
(nos/hour)
Power
Factor
Under
Voltage
setting
Availability of Harmonic
Spectrum (Yes or No)
Submission Status
Details on fluctuating loads to be specified in below:-
Type of fluctuating
load
Rate of changes to
kW and kV Ar per
minute
kW/min
F.
Starting
Equipment
The availability of harmonic spectrum and submission status to TNB for all harmonic
generating to be summarized in table below:-
Non-Liner Load
E.
Sub-transient
Reactance/
Locked Motor
Reactance
Interval between
kW and kV Ar
fluctuations in
minutes
The largest step

changes in kW and
kVAR
kVAR/mm
Tolerance limits for all voltage sensitive equipment to be provided in table in below:
Voltage sensitive
loads
Steady state
tolerance limits as
% of nominal
voltage (maximum
& minimum)
Transient voltage
tolerance limits of
equipments as % of
nominal voltage
and corresponding
duration
%
Time (ms)
Harmonic voltage
distortion tolerance
limits as % of total
harmonic and
individual harmonic
distortion
9A- 3
G.
Capacitor bank installation:
Type of connection
No. of bank
kVAR/bank
Total kVAR
Total of control equipment
H.
Load Profile and consumption data, if relevant;
Monthly Peak MD (kW) Monthly

consumption
(hours/month)
L.
Load factor
Estimated monthly
consumption (kWH)
Load Details for mixed development:

Kindly use the format in appendix 12 of technical guideline
Submitted by:
(Signature of Consultant Engineer)
Date
9A- 4
ELECTRICITY SUPPLY APPLICATION EXCEEDING 100 kVA CONSULTANT

ENGINEER CHECKLIST
No.
1.
Form/Document
Summary of Load Data
(A) Basic Information
Information Required
Address of Installation
Name & address of Architect
Name & address of Surveyor
Name & address of Owner/developer
Name & address of Consultant Engineer
Name & address of Electrical Contractor
Type of premise
Voltage Level (HV or LV)
Total Load Required (kW)
Date Supply Required
Plan & drawings
(i)
Master development/Layout Plan
(ii)
Site Plan/Proposed sub-station sites
(iii)
Layout plan of substation building
(iv)
Layout plan of main switch room
v)
Single line diagram/schematic of

installation
vi)
Diskette for all above plans/
(B) Load details

(c)
Motor Loads
(D) Harmonic Spectrum

(E) Fluctuating Loads
(F) Tolerance Limits
(G) Capacitor Bank
Installation
9A- 5
No.
Form/Document
Information Required
(H) Load Profile &

Consumption
(I)
Load Details for

Mixed Development
2.
Substation Land
Consent form for leasing sub-station lot
3.
Metering
Preliminary metering information sheet
9A- 6

CHAPTER 10
PROGRESS REPORT
Chapter 10 PROGRESS REPORT
Table of Contents
Table of Contents .................................................................................................................. 10-i
10.1
INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 10-1
10.2
SCOPE. ................................................................................................................. 10-1
10.3
PROCEDURE............................................................................................................. 10-1
10.3.1
General ...................................................................................................... 10-1
10.3.2
Project Particulars ....................................................................................... 10-1
10.3.3
Site Plan ..................................................................................................... 10-1
10.3.4
Executive Summary Report .......................................................................... 10-1
10.3.5
Schedule And Work Programme Report ........................................................ 10-1
10.3.6
Health, Safety, Security and Environmental (HSSE) Report ............................ 10-2
10.3.7
Quality Assurance/Control Report................................................................. 10-2
10.3.8
Status of Progress Payment ......................................................................... 10-2
10.3.9
Project Control............................................................................................ 10-2
10.3.10 Site Progress Photograph ............................................................................ 10-2

Appendix 10A
Contractors Monthly Progress Report .....10A- 1
Appendix 10B
Sample Weekly Report .....10A- 31
10-i
10-ii
10 PROGRESS REPORT
10.1
INTRODUCTION
This chapter sets out the format and guidelines in writing and preparing project progress
report.
10.2
SCOPE
10.3
PROCEDURE
10.3.1
General
The Contractor prepares and submits the project progress report to the Project Team
with a copy of the report submitted to the Client and Consultants. The interval and
timing of submission is as agreed by the Client or as per the requirement of construction
contract.
The project progress report contains information on the overall status of the project with
respect to time, quality, cost, financial, physical progress and other pertinent issues.
A sample project progress report is included in Appendix 10A.
10.3.2
Project Particulars
In this section, information on the contract; project brief and site organization chart will
be included. Contract summary will spell out the contract information, for example
contract title; Contractor; nature of contract; original contract sum and contractual
parties. Organization chart depicting the various contractual parties is included.
10.3.3
Site Plan
Site plan, which includes location plan and layout plans, is included for easy reference.
10.3.4
Executive Summary Report

Items covered under this section include status of work progress to date; significant
developments and achievements for the month of reporting; planning for the succeeding
period especially key activities; critical decisions and actions required; analysis of
potential impacts to the contract; significant problems; current and potential delays and
mitigation measures to reduce and overcome delays.
10.3.5
Schedule And Work Programme Report

Overall actual physical works progress and baseline schedule is reported and elaborated
in this section.
A two-month look-ahead schedule is included so as to ensure the
Contractor incorporates the necessary remedial actions or mitigation measures in his
subsequent activities.
10-1
10.3.6
Health, Safety, Security and Environmental (HSSE) Report

Health and welfare; safety and security and environmental issues are reported in this
section comprising:
Status of the required HSSE documents.
Reports on Environmental Management Plan, including remedial action and

precautions.
Accident or any report (including audit report) on HSSE matter issued by authority or
any other pertinent parties. Pertinent parties include Client, Project Team,
Consultants, competent personnel or other accepted body.
Minutes of HSSE meeting may be included.
Refer also to Chapter 8 Health, Safety and Environmental Protection for these
deliverables.
10.3.7
Quality Assurance/Control Report

Issues pertaining to quality of works or products delivered by the Contractor are the
focus of this section. Any nonconforming works and products in the project need to be
highlighted. The status of deliverables, such as work method statement, shop drawings
and nonconforming reports, is included for easy reference and monitoring.
10.3.8
Status of Progress Payment

All progress payments to date to the Contractor and their status are tabled in this section
for easy monitoring and follow up.
10.3.9
Project Control
Project control with regard to materials, manpower, machinery and equipment on site
are reported in this section. Records of materials delivery; manpower, machinery
(whether in working condition or otherwise) and equipment on site, as well as weather
are included. This information is recorded on daily basis in the site diary.
10.3.10 Site Progress Photograph

Photographs of the progress of the works on site are taken at agreed pre-determined
intervals between the Client and Contractor or as per the construction contract. These
photographs are to be provided in this section. Digital photographs are kept and
maintained by the Contractor and copies submitted to the Client and/or Project Team as
and when required.
10-2
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 10
Progress Report
APPENDIX 10A
Sample of Contractors
Progress Report
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 10A
SAMPLE OF CONTRACTORS PROGRESS REPORT
________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT TITLE
CONTRACT NO.
________________________________________________________________________
MONTHLY PROGRESS REPORT

NO. ____
PERIOD: FROM ______ TO ________
________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT MANAGER:
CONSULTANT:
MAIN CONTRACTOR:
10A- 1
PROJECT TITLE
MONTHLY PROGRESS REPORT NO. ______
(PERIOD : FROM _____ TO _______)
TABLE OF CONTENT
PAGE
SECTION
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
PROJECT PARTICULARS
Contract Summary
Project Description
Site Organization
SECTION
2.0
2.1
2.2
PLAN
Location and Site Plan
Layout Plan
SECTION
3.0
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY REPORT

Progress Of Works To Date
Significant Development And Achievement
Planning For The Succeeding Period
Critical Decisions And Action Required
Analysis Of Potential Impacts To Contract
Significant Problem
Current And Potential Delay
Mitigation Measures To Reduce Or Overcome Delay
SECTION
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
SCHEDULE AND WORK PROGRAMME REPORT

Overall Progress
Master Programme / Schedule
Tracking Programme / Schedule
Two (2) Months Look Ahead Schedule
Material / Equipment Delivery Schedule
Physical Progress S Curve.
Financial S Curve
SECTION
5.0
5.1
5.2
HEALTH, SAFETY, SECURITY AND ENVIRONMENTAL

REPORT
Safety and Security Report
Environmental Report
SECTION
6.0
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
QA/QC Report
Status of WMS, ITP and PQP Submission
Status of Sample and Testing Submission
Status of Shop Drawing Submission
List of Construction Drawing
Status of NCR (Non-Conformance Report)
Status of Request for Information (RFI)
SECTION
7.0
STATUS OF PROGRESS PAYMENT
10A- 2
PAGE
SECTION
8.0
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
PROJECT CONTROL
Manpower Record (Management) Indirect
Manpower Record Direct Labour
Machinery and Equipment Records
Weather Record
SECTION
9.0
PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPH
10A- 3
1.0
PROJECT PARTICULARS
1.1
CONTRACT SUMMARY
10A- 4
1.1
Contract Title:
1.2
Contract No. :
1.3
Nature of Contract :
1.4
Original Contract Sum :
1.5
Term of Payment :
1.6
Construction Period :
1.7
Date of Site Possession :
1.8
Completion Date :
1.9
Liquidated and Ascertained Damages :
1.10
Project Manager :
1.11
Architect :
1.12
Civil & Structures Engineer :
1.13
M&E Engineer :
1.2
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
10A- 5
1.3
PROJECT SITE ORGANISATION CHART

PROJECT TITLE
Board of
Directors
Project
Director
QA/QC
Civil &
Infrastructure
10A- 6
Project
Manager
Buildings
Mechanical &
Electrical
Planning &
Scheduling
HSSE
Admin &
Finance
2.0
SITE PLAN
10A- 7
3.0
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY REPORT
3.1
Progress Of Works To Date
3.2
Significant Development And Achievement
3.3
Planning For The Succeeding Period
3.4
Critical Decisions And Action Required
3.5
Analysis Of Potential Impacts To Contract
3.6
Significant Problems
3.7
Current and Potential Delay
3.8
Mitigation Measures To Reduce Or Overcome Delay
10A- 8
4.0
SCHEDULE AND WORK PROGRAMME REPORT
4.1
OVERALL PROGRESS
Description
This Month
Last Month
Progress
Schedule % of works
Actual % of work done
% delay
Day delay
Note:
Progress % is based on physical S-Curve
Day delay is calculated from Critical Path Method (CPM)
10A- 9
4.2
10A- 10
MASTER PROGRAMME/SCHEDULE
4.3
TRACKING PROGRAMME/SCHEDULE
10A- 11
4.4
10A- 12
TWO MONTHS LOOK AHEAD SCHEDULE
4.5
MATERIALS / EQUIPMENT DELIVERY SCHEDULE

ID
DELIVERY
ACTIVITIES
QUANTITY
DURATION
EXPECTED DELIVERY EARLY

EARLY
EARLY
DELIVERY
START
FINISH
DATE
ACTUAL
DELIVERY
DATE
REMARKS
10A- 13
4.6
PHYSICAL PROGRESS S-CURVE

100.0
PhysicalS-Curve
90.0
80.0
70.0
Percentage %
60.0
50.0
40.0
30.0
20.0
10.0
0.0
April-02
May-02
June-02
July-02
Aug-02
Sep-02
Oct-02
Nov-02
Dec-02
Jan-03
Feb-03
Mac-03
April-03
May-03
June-03
July-03
Aug-03
Sep-03
Oct-03
Nov-03
Dec-03
MonthlyWorkProgress
0.0
0.7
1.7
4.6
6.8
10.4
16.4
21.7
28.7
32.0
39.3
48.4
59.2
70.1
79.6
90.0
95.0
98.0
99.0
99.5
100.0
Actual WorkProgress
0.0
0.8
1.9
4.2
6.3
8.7
12.2
15.2
17.7
18.4
21.2
24.5
28.9
32.6
37.5
48.0
55.0
59.0
10A- 14

1/5/2004
12/22/2003
12/8/2003
11/24/2003
11/10/2003
10/27/2003
10/13/2003
9/29/2003
9/15/2003
9/1/2003
8/18/2003
8/4/2003
7/21/2003
7/7/2003
6/23/2003
6/9/2003
5/26/2003
5/12/2003
4/28/2003
4/14/2003
3/31/2003
3/17/2003
3/3/2003
2/17/2003
2/3/2003
1/20/2003
1/6/2003
12/23/2002
12/9/2002
11/25/2002
11/11/2002
10/28/2002
10/14/2002
9/30/2002
9/16/2002
9/2/2002
8/19/2002
8/5/2002
7/22/2002
7/8/2002
6/24/2002
6/10/2002
5/27/2002
5/13/2002
4.7
4/29/2002
4/15/2002
Budget Value RM
FINANCIAL PROGRESS S-CURVE
FINANCIAL CURVE
160,000,000
140,000,000
120,000,000
100,000,000
80,000,000
60,000,000
40,000,000
20,000,000
Contract Period
10A- 15
5.0
HEALTH, SAFETY, SECURITY AND ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT
5.1
SAFETY AND SECURITY REPORT
5.1.1
MONTHLY SAFETY STATISTICS AND ACCIDENT FREQUENCY REPORT

Period Ending:
Description
Current Month
Previous Month
Remarks
Fatality
Lost Time Accident
Non-Lost Time
Accident
Total Days Lost /
Charged
Average Workers Per
Day at Site
Frequency Rate
Severity Rate
NOTE: Lost Time Accident = For Injuries Resulting In > 3 Days Off Work
Frequency Rate =
Severity Rate
5.1.2
Number of Lost Time Accident X 100,000

Total Manhours Worked
Total Days Lost/Charged X 100,000
Total Manhours Worked
a. Inspection of mobile crane and tower crane is conducted every once a month.
b. Maintaining safety signages at site.
c.
Hang all life wire available at site
d. Implemented the usage of 3-pin plug at site for all electrical appliances.
e. Barricade around the working holes, with depth of more than 1.5m utilizing safety
ribbon tape.
10A- 16
5.2
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT
MONTHLY ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT
Please mark (
SUBJECT
Comply
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
2.0
2.2
Silt fence maintenance
2.3
Detention ponds maintenance
2.4
Catch drains maintenance
2.5
Earth bund maintenance
2.6
Slope protection
2.7
Open area protection
3.0
Traffic Control
3.1
Traffic management system
3.2
Conditions of roads leading to site
3.3
3.6
Conditions of roads leading out of

site
Vehicle maintenance - noise and air
pollution control
Vehicle operations - wheel cleaning,
effective cover and proper
operations
Wash trough maintenance
4.0
Waste Management
4.1
Biomass management system
4.2
Builders waste management system
4.3
Domestic waste management

system
Scheduled (toxic) waste
management system
Site toilet waste management
system
Effluent waste management system
4.4
4.5
4.6
Major
Effective discharge of environmental

monitoring responsibilities
Compliance with reporting
requirements
Compliance with record-keeping
requirements
2.1
3.5
Minor
Not
Relevant

(EMS)
Changes in the EMS
Erosion, Sediment and Flood

Control
Silt traps maintenance
3.4
Not Comply
10A- 17
MONTHLY ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT

Please mark (
SUBJECT
Comply
10A- 18
5.0
Site house-keeping
5.1
Earth stockpile
5.2
Liquids stockpile
5.3
Building materials stockpile
5.4
Canteen/Site Office
5.5
Working area
6.0
Water Quality Control
6.1
Silt trap discharge
7.0
Air Quality Control
7.1
Vehicle emission
7.2
Machinery emission
8.0
Noise Levels Control
8.1
Vehicle noise
8.2
Machinery noise
8.3
Human activities noise
Not Comply
Minor
Major
)
Not
Relevant
6.0
QA/QC REPORT
6.1
STATUS OF WORK METHOD STATEMENT (CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ETC.)

1st Submission
No.
No.
Item
Code
Description
Item
Code
Description
Item
Code
Description
Submit
Received
Status
A
Status
Received
Remarks
Status
Remarks
Status
Remarks
2nd Submission
Submit
Status
3rd Submission
No.
Prepared by:
Submit
Received
Status
A
Checked by:
10A- 19
6.2
No.
STATUS OF MATERIALS TECHNICAL AND SAMPLE SUBMISSION

(CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ETC.)
Item
Code
Description
Item
Code
Description
Item
Code
Description
1st Submission
Submit
Received
Status
A
Status
Remarks
Status
Remarks
Status
Remarks
2nd Submission
No.
No.
Prepared by:
10A- 20
Submit
Received
Status
A
3rd Submission
Status
Submit
Received
Checked by:
6.3
No.
No.
STATUS OF SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMISSION (CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ETC.)

Item
Code
Description
Item
Code
Description
Item
Code
Description
1st Submission
Status
Submit
Received
Status
Received
Remarks
Status
Remarks
Status
Remarks
2nd Submission
Submit
Status
3rd Submission
No.
Prepared by:
Submit
Received
Status
A
Checked by:
10A- 21
6.4
Item
LIST OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

Drawing No.
Prepared by:
10A- 22
Title
1st Issue
Revision / Date Received

1
2
3
4
Checked by:
6.5
Item
STATUS OF NONCONFORMANCE REPORTS

NCR Ref. No.
Prepared by:
Location
Issuer
Date
Issued
Pending
Closed
Date
Closed
Target
Date to
Closed
Checked by:
10A- 23
6.6
Item
STATUS OF REQUEST FOR INFORMATION

RFI Ref.
No.
Prepared by:
10A- 24
Description
Date
Submitted
Date
Received
by
Consultant
Requested
Date of
Reply
Actual
Date
of
Reply
Day
Resolved
(Days)
Status
Remarks
Checked by:
7.0
Item
STATUS OF PROGRESS PAYMENT

Description
of Claim
Date
Submitted
Prepared by:
Total
Amount
Claimed
Cumm.
Amount
Claimed
Amount
Certified
Amount
Paid
Date of
Payment
Received
Cumm.
Amount
Paid
Checked by:
10A- 25
8.0
PROJECT CONTROL
8.1
MANPOWER RECORD (MANAGEMENT) - INDIRECT
NO.
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Project Manager
Construction Manager
Engineering Coordinator
Architectural Coordinator
Senior M&E Engineer
Planning Engineer
Senior QS
QA/QC Engineer
Safety & Health Officer
M&E Engineer
QS
Land Surveyor
Senior Site Supervisor
Site Supervisor
Logistic Officer
Chain Main
Administrative Clerk
Driver
Security
10
11
12
13
14
15
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Total c/f
Average Total c/f
Total b/f
Average Total b/f
NO.
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Project Manager
Construction Manager
Engineering Coordinator
Architectural Coordinator
Senior M&E Engineer
Planning Engineer
Senior QS
QA/QC Engineer
Safety & Health Officer
M&E Engineer
QS
Land Surveyor
Senior Site Supervisor
Site Supervisor
Logistic Officer
Chain Main
Administrative Clerk
Driver
Security
31
Total
Average Total
Prepared by:
10A- 26
Checked by:
8.2
MANPOWER RECORD DIRECT LABOUR
NO.
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Chairman
Supervisor / Site Foreman
Concretor / External Drain
Bar Bender
Carpenter
Back Hoe
Tower Crane
Mobile Crane
Space Frame Worker / Trusses
Brick Layer
M&E
Curtain Wall
Hacker / RNC / Comp stone
Door & Ironmongeries
Skylight
Plumber
Roof / Lower Dome Covering
General Worker
Steel Workers / Fire Proof
Plasterer / Stone Work
ID Works
10
11
12
13
14
15
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Total c/f
Average Total c/f
Total b/f
Average Total b/f
NO.
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Chairman
Supervisor / Site Foreman
Concretor / External Drain
Bar Bender
Carpenter
Back Hoe
Tower Crane
Mobile Crane
Space Frame Worker / Trusses
Brick Layer
M&E
Curtain Wall
Hacker / RNC / Comp stone
Door & Ironmongeries
Skylight
Plumber
Roof / Lower Dome Covering
General Worker
Steel Workers / Fire Proof
Plasterer / Stone Work
ID Works
31
Total
Average Total
Prepared by:
Checked by:
10A- 27
8.3
MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT RECORD
NO.
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Crawler Crane
Tower Crane
Mobile Crane
Bore Piling Rig
Micro Piling Rig
Vibro Hammer
Backhoe
Dump Truck
Hydraulic Breaker
Concrete Pump
Water Pump
Air Compressor
Genset
Welding Set
Oxy Cutter
Compactor
Bending Machine
Rebar Cutter
Excavator
Poker
Vibrator Engine
Bulldozer
10
11
12
13
14
15
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Total c/f
Average Total c/f
Total b/f
Average Total b/f
NO.
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Crawler Crane
Tower Crane
Mobile Crane
Bore Piling Rig
Micro Piling Rig
Vibro Hammer
Backhoe
Dump Truck
Hydraulic Breaker
Concrete Pump
Water Pump
Air Compressor
Genset
Welding Set
Oxy Cutter
Compactor
Bending Machine
Rebar Cutter
Excavator
Poker
Vibrator Engine
Bulldozer
31
Total
Average Total
Prepared by:
10A- 28
Checked by:
8.4
WEATHER RECORD
Sample of Weather Report for the Month of Feb 2008
Progress Report No:
(Refer to file 10Fi-5)
10A- 29
WEATHER RECORD (contd)

(Refer to file 10Fi-5)
10A- 30
9.0
PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPH
10A- 31
8.4
WEATHER RECORD
Sample of Weather Report for the Month of Feb 2008
1st Feb
2nd Feb
1hr (8-9 am)

6th Feb
4th Feb
4hrs (3-7 pm)

7th Feb
3hrs (3-6 pm)

11th Feb
12th Feb
1hr (5-6 pm)
1hr (4-5 pm)
16th Feb
17th Feb
3rd Feb
Progress Report No:

5th Feb
2hrs (3-5 pm)
8th Feb
9th Feb
10th Feb
1hr (2-6 pm)
2hrs (3-5 pm)
13th Feb
14th Feb
15th Feb
18th Feb
19th Feb
20th Feb
10A- 29
21st Feb
22nd Feb
23rd Feb
24th Feb
1hr (8-9 am)

26th Feb
25th Feb
2hrs (3-5 pm)

27th Feb
28th Feb
29th Feb
FINE
RAINING
Current Rain: 18
Total Hours:
10A- 30
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 10
Progress Report
APPENDIX 10B
Weekly Report
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 10B WEEKLY REPORT

PROJECT TEAM/CONSULTANTS
WEEKLY REPORT
NOTE: Report to be updated and

Submitted By the first working day
of the following week
WEEK NO.
PROJECT:
START
END
NO/TOTAL CONTRACT WEEK
CONTRACTOR:
A.
Month
PROGRESS OF WORK
NO.
DISCIPLINE
Preliminaries
Substructure
Structure
Architecture
M&E
External
SCHEDULE PROGRESS (%)
ACTUAL PROGRESS (%)
AHEAD (+)
DELAY (-)%
Overall
TOTAL DELAY DAY

B.
SITE ACTIVITIES
NO.
1.
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
Refer Attachment
10A- 32
C.
QA/QC MONITORING
NO.
DESCRIPTION
1.
Request for Information (RFI)
2.
Testing
3.
Drawings
4.
Work Method Statement (WMS)
5.
Samples
6.
Non Compliance Report (NCR)
Changes / Variations
D.
APPROVED
COST/TIME
REMARKS
DECLARATION RA / RE / COW
.......................................................................
Name:
Date:
Position: RA / RE / COW
10A- 33

CHAPTER 11
RECORDS, DRAWINGS
AND DOCUMENTATION
Chapter 11 RECORDS, DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTATION
Table of Contents
11.1
INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 11-1
11.2
SCOPE ..................................................................................................................... 11-1
11.3
PROCEDURES........................................................................................................... 11-1
11.3.1 General........................................................................................................ 11-1
11.3.2 Documents, drawings and material samples identification status convention .... 11-1
11.3.3 Receipt and distribution of documents, drawings and material sample tags ...... 11-2
11.3.4 Documents, drawings and material samples status ......................................... 11-2
11.3.5 Filing and storage ......................................................................................... 11-2
Appendix 11A
Project Coding .11A- 1
Appendix 11B
Document, Drawing, Sample Submission Guidelines...11A- 2
Appendix 11C
Status and Verification Codes 11A- 27
11-i
11-ii
11 RECORDS, DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTATION

11.1
INTRODUCTION
This chapter on Construction Management outlines the fundamentals in the management
of records, drawings and documents.
Proper administration of project records, drawings and documents is essential to ease
retrieval for reference and information throughout the duration of the project as well as
in the future.
All records, drawings and documents required for purpose of handing over to DID or
other beneficiary are to be properly maintained and stored for ease of retrieval. These
records are handed over to DID or other beneficiary at the completion of the project.
11.2
SCOPE
The scope covers various stages of project from design through construction period to
completion of the project.
This procedure applies to all projects undertaken by DID. Any specific requirements of a
particular project are addressed in the project quality plan.
11.3
PROCEDURES
11.3.1
General
The Project Team establishes at the start of the project the system for management of
documents, drawings and material samples which covers identification, submission,
approval and distribution.
All documents, drawings, material sample tags and correspondence follow the
identification convention to aid identification and traceability. It bears the necessary
designated code representing the project.
Refer to sample project coding and identification as shown in Appendix 11A.
Consultants and Contractor are to be informed of the project reference to be used in
documents, drawings, material samples and correspondence. All drawings including asbuilt plans must be endorsed by Professional Engineer.
11.3.2
Documents, drawings and material samples identification and status

convention
A. Issuance to Consultant.
At the start of the project, the Project Team provides guidelines on document,
drawing convention and submission approval process to Consultant which include
(where applicable) the following:
Coding of project
Discipline eg. structural, architectural etc.
Revision number
Type/status eg. tender, construction etc.
Approval cycle for documents, drawings and material samples.
Refer to guidelines as shown in Appendix 11B.

11-1
B. Issuance to Contractor
After the award of construction contract, the Project Team issues guidelines on
document, drawing convention and submission approval process to the Contractor
which includes (where applicable) the following:
Title block
Coding of project
Discipline e.g. structural, architectural etc.
Revision number
Type/status e.g. tender, construction etc.
Approval cycle for documents, drawings and material samples
Refer to guidelines as shown in Appendix 11B.

11.3.3
Receipt and distribution of documents, drawings and material sample tags

The submission of documents, drawings and material samples received either from
Consultant and Contractor is to be properly maintained.
The Project Team ensures that both the Consultant and the Contractor maintain an
updated list where it can be compared for verification of current documents and
drawings used. Their updated list is obtained through regular submission (i.e. monthly
report and during weekly meeting) or upon request at any particular point in time.
Distribution of drawings and/or material samples is done to recipient established by
Project Team for necessary action and approval.
11.3.4
Documents, drawings and material samples status

Documents, drawings and material samples will have the necessary verification to
indicate the status/stage with respect to the phase in project duration.
Refer to Appendix 11C for sample Status and Verification notes. The status is stamped or
printed on the documents, drawings and material sample tags upon review.
11.3.5
Filing and storage

All documents (designers manual, design calculation, tender and contract documents),
drawings (land acquisition, construction drawings, as-built drawings etc.) are properly
filed at identifiable location and maintained throughout the entire duration of the project
for ease of retrieval for reference and ensure that only the latest and up to date
documents and drawings are used.
Current working drawings (i.e. latest revision) are kept on racks/drawing hangers or
other identifiable location and segregated (where necessary) based on the various
disciplines. The drawings list/register is attached to each drawing hanger.
E-plan (electronic) submission, if any, have to be saved in approved designated hard disk
with reliable back-up system.
Immediate past drawings which may need to be referred to may be kept in boxes,
hangers or identifiable location until decision is made to either dispose or send for
archive.
Obsolete drawings no longer in use are stamped SUPERSEDED or OBSOLETE before
discarded from work area.
11-2
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 11
Records, Drawings and
Documentation
APPENDIX 11A
Project Coding
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 11A
PROJECT CODING
TENDER
RTB MSC
- JPS/IP/MSC/1/08
PROJEK TEBATAN BANJIR KUALA LUMPUR
- JPS/IP/PTBKL/1/08
HTC KL
- JPS/IP/HTC/1/08
BAHAGIAN TEKNOLOGI MAKLUMAT
- JPS/IP/IT/1/08
BAHAGIAN TEBATAN BANJIR
- JPS/IP/TB/1/08
BAHAGIAN SUNGAI
- JPS/IP/SG/1/08
BAHAGIAN STRUKTUR,GEOTEKNIK & EMPANGAN
- JPS/IP/SGE/1/08
BAHAGIAN SALIRAN BANDAR
- JPS/IP/SB/1/08
BAHAGIAN PANTAI
- JPS/IP/PT/1/08
BHGN PERKHIDMATAN MEKANIKAL & ELEKTRIKAL
- JPS/IP/MK/1/08
BHGN LATIHAN & KEMAJUAN KERJAYA
- JPS/IP/LKK/1/08
BHGN KUALITI & AUDIT PRESTASI
- JPS/IP/KAP/1/08
BHGN KHIDMAT PENGURUSAN
- JPS/IP/KP/1/08
BHGN HIDROLOGI & SUMBER AIR
- JPS/IP/H/1/08
SEBUTHARGA
RTB MSC
- JPS(SH)/IP/MSC/1/08
PROJEK TEBATAN BANJIR KUALA LUMPUR
- JPS(SH)/IP/PTBKL/1/08
HTC KL
- JPS(SH)/IP/HTC/1/08
BAHAGIAN TEKNOLOGI MAKLUMAT
- JPS(SH)/IP/IT/1/08
BAHAGIAN TEBATAN BANJIR
- JPS(SH)/IP/TB/1/08
BAHAGIAN SUNGAI
- JPS(SH)/IP/SG/1/08
BAHAGIAN STRUKTUR,GEOTEKNIK & EMPANGAN
- JPS(SH)/IP/SGE/1/08
BAHAGIAN SALIRAN BANDAR
- JPS(SH)/IP/SB/1/08
BAHAGIAN PANTAI
- JPS(SH)/IP/PT/1/08
BHGN PERKHIDMATAN MEKANIKAL & ELEKTRIKAL
- JPS(SH)/IP/MK/1/08
BHGN LATIHAN & KEMAJUAN KERJAYA
- JPS(SH)/IP/LKK/1/08
BHGN KUALITI & AUDIT PRESTASI
- JPS(SH)/IP/KAP/1/08
BHGN KHIDMAT PENGURUSAN
- JPS(SH)/IP/KP/1/08
BHGN HIDROLOGI & SUMBER AIR
- JPS(SH)/IP/H/1/08
11A -1
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 11
Documentation
APPENDIX 11B
Guidelines on Documents, Drawings &

Materials Samples Submission
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 11B GUIDELINES ON DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS & MATERIALS

SAMPLES SUBMISSION
TABLE OF CONTENT
1
GENERAL OVERVIEW
SUBMISSION REQUIREMENT
CODING STRUCTURE
DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS & MATERIALS SAMPLES SUBMISSION

5.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENT
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.1.3
5.1.4
5.1.5
5.1.6
5.1.7
5.1.8
SUBMISSION SHEET
CONSULTANT'S SUBMISSION SHEET
CONTRACTOR'S SUBMISSION SHEET
RETURN OF CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS
DRAWING TITLE BLOCK
DRAWING SIZE
DRAWING CROSS-REFERENCING
DRAWING REPORTING REQUIREMENT
5.2
DOCUMENTS
5.3
DRAWINGS
5.4
SAMPLE
REVIEW AND APPROVAL CYCLE

ATTACHMENT SAMPLES
ATTACHMENT
ATTACHMENT
ATTACHMENT
ATTACHMENT
ATTACHMENT
ATTACHMENT
1
2
3
4
5
6
DOCUMENTS/ DRAWINGS SUBMISSION REGISTER

CONSULTANT SUBMISSION SHEET
CONTRACTOR SUBMISSION SHEET
DRAWINGS TITLE BLOCK
MATERIALS SAMPLE TAG
DOCUMENTS/ DRAWINGS/ MATERIALS SAMPLE REVIEW AND
APPROVAL CYCLE
11A- 2
GUIDELINES ON DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS & MATERIALS SAMPLES SUBMISSION

1
GENERAL OVERVIEW
This document provides the general guidelines of documents, drawings and materials
sample submission inclusive of the format of preparation and submission by the Consultant
and Contractor for the project.

Apart from correspondence, the respective Consultant or Contractor's Consultant (where
applicable) should ensure compatibility with the other disciplines prior to forwarding to the
Project Team.
Similarly, all Sub-Contractors (Domestic and Nominated Sub-Contractors) submissions are
to be done via the Main Contractor for the necessary coordination.
All Contractors and Consultants are expected to maintain a full record of all documents and
drawings transmitted. The document or drawing log maintained by the Consultant and
Contractor shall be inspected by the Project Team from time to time.
All drawings and documents intended (attention to, or copied to) for the Project Team shall
be sent to the Project Team.
SUBMISSION REQUIREMENT
The Consultant's and/or Contractor's Consultants documents & drawings submission for
review shall comply with the requirements, quantity and type of document as indicated in
Table 1 and Table 2.
11A- 3

Table 1 : Consultant's or Contractor's Consultants Submission
Document Type
Consultants Submission
Documents:
Design Brief,
To other Consultant/s
Concept Design Report, (where applicable)
Schematic Design
Report,
Option Studies,
Calculation,
Specifications,
Other documents
Tender Drawings
Plain Paper
Plain Paper
Soft Copy (Upon

Request)
Mylar
To Project Team
1
2
1
Plain Paper
Plain Paper
Soft-copy (Upon
request)
Plain Paper
(where applicable)
To Project Team
Contract Drawings
Drawings for
Construction
To Project Team
To QS Consultant
To other Consultants
To Project Team
To Contractor
Reproduction
Type/Remarks
To Project Team
Drawings:
Concept Design
Drawings/
Schematics/ Schematic
Design Drawings/
Detailed Design
Drawings/
Working Drawings
(Design Drawings for
Review)
No. of sets
As advised by
Project Team
1
1
Plain Paper
As advised
1
Plain Paper
Plain Paper
1
2 or as advised
by Project Team
Plain Paper
Plain Paper
Mylar
Plain Paper
11A- 4

Table 2: Contractor's Drawing Submission
Document Type
Drawings:
Manufacturer's Drawings
Shop Drawings
Combined services Loaded
Drawings
As-Built Drawings
11A- 5
No. of sets
Reproduction
Type/Remarks
To Lead Consultant
Mylar
To Project Team
To Lead Consultant
To Project Team
1
1
2
1
Plain Paper
Plain Paper
Plain Paper
Plain Paper

4
CODING STRUCTURE
The drawing coding format shall be as per the table below. The Contractor and Consultant
are to note that the code is to be adopted throughout the duration of the contract and is
compulsory to all documents and drawing produced.
The Package number (where applicable) is a unique reference number for the Contract
Package obtainable through the Project Team and shall be applied to all the types of
documents relating to the particular project package.
Coding
Format
Digits
Description
Column C1
Column C2
Column C3
Column C4
Column C5
Column C6
Project No
XXXX
Package No.
XXX
Discipline
XX
Document
Type
XXXXX
Drawing No.
XX
Revision No.
Project
Team
The package
no. is the
reference
Contract
Package no.
awarded to
the
Contractor.
Project
Team
Consultant /
Contractor where
applicable
Consultant /
Contractor where
applicable
Consultant /
Contractor where
applicable
Consultant/
Contractor where
applicable
Note:
Assignor of
coding:
List of Codes for Column C3 Discipline

Abbreviation
ACS
ARC
A&V
BCS
BFO
BSS
C&S
ELE
Item
Acoustic
Architecture
Audio and Visual
Building Fit-out
Building Security System
Civil & Structure
Electrical
List of Codes for Column C4 - Document Type

Abbreviation
Item
AB
As-Built Drawings
CA
Calculations
CD
Contract Drawings
CN
Construction Drawing
CR
Concept Design Report
CS
Combined Services/ Loaded
Drawings
DB
Design Brief
DD
Abbreviation
KIT
LSC
MEC
PLN
SCS
SLE
SLI
SRD
Item
Kitchen Systems
Landscape
Mechanical
Planning
Structured Cabling System
Specialist Lighting External
Specialist Lighting Internal
Road
Abbreviation
MN
OP
SD
SH
SR
TD
Item
Manufacturer's Drawings
Option Studies
Schematic Design Drawings
Shop Drawing
Schematic Design Report
Tender Drawing
WD
Working Drawing - Design

Stage
Design Drawings
11A- 6

5
DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS & MATERIALS SAMPLE SUBMISSION
5.1
General Requirement
5.1.1
Submission Sheet
5.1.1.1
All Consultants/Contractors submission of documents and drawings with exceptions to

correspondence must be accompanied by the Consultant's Submission Sheet and the
Contractor's Submission Sheet respectively. This includes the submission of documents
and drawings to the Project Team.
5.1.1.2
Both the submission sheet shall always be of the original and be of A4 sized.
5.1.2
Consultant's Submission Sheet
5.1.2.1
The format of the Submission Sheet shall consist of the following:

(Refer to the sample in Attachment 2)
a. The format of the Submission Sheet shall have a title block. The title block shall
include fields (to be completed by the Consultant) for the following:
Name of Consultant Company

Title of Document (e.g. Consultant Submission Sheet)
Document reference number
Date of document.
Page number
Project/ Package title and Project/ Package Contract number
Attention and distribution list
Issue date
b. Other fields required to be indicated into the Submission Sheet are as follows:
c.
The fields for the particulars and details of the documents and drawings (to be
completed by the Consultant) are as follows:
11A- 7
Date issued (to be completed by the issuer)

Signature and name of issuer (to be completed by the issuer)
Date received (to be completed by the recipient)
Signature and name for receiving (to be completed by the recipient i.e.
Document Control)
Item coding reference number

Item coding revision number
Item description

5.1.3
Contractor's Submission Sheet
5.1.3.1
The format of the Contractor's Submission Sheet shall consist of the following:
a. The format of the Contractor's Submission Sheet shall have a title block. The title
block shall include fields (to be completed by the Contractor) for the following:
Name of Contractor's Company

Title of Document (e.g. Contractor's Submission Sheet)
Document reference number
Date of document.
Page number
Project/ Package title and Project/ Package Contract number
Attention and distribution list
Issue date
b. Other fields required to be indicated in the Submission Sheet are as follows:
c.
Date of issue (to be completed by the issuer)

Signature and name of issuer (to be completed by the issuer)
Date received (to be completed by the recipient)
Signature and name for receiving (to be completed by the recipient)
The fields for the particulars and details of the documents & drawings (to be
completed by the Contractor) are as follows:

Item description
d. The fields shall be provided and duplicated as necessary for each of the review by
the lead consultant and the coordinated review (where applicable) by other
consultants (and to be completed by the respective consultants) shall be as follows:
Date received.
Date redirect
Review Status
Consultants signature
Consultants name
Consultants company name
Remarks
e. The fields shall be provided for the acknowledgment endorsement by the Project
Team as follows.
Date received
Project Team personnel signature
Project Team personnel name
Remarks
Remarks
Date return to Contractor
11A- 8

5.1.4
Return of Contractor's Submittals

Where applicable, sufficient time should be allowed for the return of reviewed prints on
each submittal thus allowance of such timing must be incorporated in the works
schedule. Note that all documents & drawings will be returned bearing one of the
following status :
A - Reviewed
Allow contractor to proceed with manufacture, fabrication and/or construction subject to
comments (if any) on the document/ drawing.
No re-submittal of documents/ drawings is required.
B - Reviewed And Resubmit
Allow contractor to proceed with manufacturer, fabrication and/or construction provided
that the work is performed in accordance with the comments made on the documents/
drawings.
Re-submittal of corrected documents/ drawings are required within ten (10) working
days in accordance with the comments contained in the documents/ drawings.
C - Rejected
Indicates contractor shall not proceed with the manufacture, fabrication and/or
construction.
A full re-submittal of documents/ drawings is required within ten (10) working days in
accordance to the comments contained in the documents/ drawings.
Note: The time shall be as indicated as ten (10) working days or as stipulated in the
Contract Document or as instructed by the Project Team.
5.1.5
Drawing Title Block

All drawings submission must adopt the standard Drawing Title as per the attached
sample with all respective fields to be duly completed. (See Attachment 4)
5.1.6
Drawing Standard Size

All drawings must be submitted only in either A0 or A1 size as instructed by the Project
Team
5.1.7
Drawing Cross Referencing

Drawing components which cross-refers e.g. detailed sections etc, shall be identified and
referred to on both drawings.
5.1.8
Drawings Reporting Requirement

Drawings status report shall be prepared by the Consultant/Contractor (where applicable)
for submission to the Project Team as indicated below:
a. Current Design Drawing Register showing the list of the most current version of
design drawing and its approval status
- once every two weeks and monthly.
b. Current Tender Drawing Register showing the list of the most current version of
Tender drawing
- once every addendum and final addendum.
11A- 9

c.
Current Drawing for Construction showing the list of most current version of the
drawing.
- once every two weeks and monthly
d. Current Manufacturer's Drawing Register showing the list of the most current version
of manufacturer's drawing and its approval status
e. Current Shop Drawing Register showing the list of the most current version of shop
drawing and its approval status
f.
Current Combined Services /Loaded Drawing Register showing the list of the most
current version of combined services/ loaded drawings and its approval status
g. The format of the register shall include the following title block and fields.
Name of Company
Title of Document (e.g. XXXXXXX Submission Register)
Date of document.
Page number
Project/ Package name and Project / Package Contract number
h. The fields for the details of the submissions are as follows:
Item description
Date of submission for review
Date of review (date document returned to Contractor)
Review Status
Remarks
Sample of the layout of the Documents / Drawing Submission Register is shown in
Attachment 1.
5.2
Documents
5.2.1
All document submissions for review shall be accompanied with the submission sheet.
5.2.2
Each document for submission shall consist of the following:

a. Transmittal Sheet
b. Cover page of the submitted documents shall contain the following:
Name of Company
Title of Document (e.g. Material/ Technical Data Submission)
Document reference number (according to the coding requirements)
Document Revision number
Date of document/ Issue date
Project/ Package name and Project/ Package Contract Number
Contractors document endorsement responsibilities of signature, name, date and
organization for the following (where applicable):
- Nominated sub contractor/ Supplier/ Manufacturer
- Sub Contractor
- Contractor
- Consultant
List of prerequisite and/or preceding submittal review status.
11A- 10

5.2.3
The particular requirement of documents to be included with the submittals are as

follows:
a. Material/ Technical Data
List of proposed material/ technical data
Details of Manufacturer/ Supplier
Complete original catalogue that have been marked with the proposed material/
equipment
Manufacturer's specifications
Copies of type test certificates (where applicable)
Copies of manufacturer's test certificates/ test records
Copies of relevant test certificates/ test reports from SIRIM or other recognized
independent third party testing bodies.
Copies of relevant manufacturer's quality test certification (where applicable)
Copies of relevant certification from Bomba (where applicable)
Copies of relevant certification from JBEG (where applicable).
List of compliances with respect to the relevant clauses of the Contract
Specifications.
b. Calculations
List of proposed calculations
Complete original catalogue that have been marked with the proposed material/
equipment performance graphs/ tables/ reference table/ etc.
Manufacturer's specifications
System/ Equipment schematics
Complete calculations (soft and hard copy)
Copies of applicable standards
Specifications.
c.
Construction Report / Supervision

Site Diary
Soil Investigation Report
Land Survey (digital)
Progress photographs (before, during & after)
List of proposed Method Statements
Complete Method Statements
d. Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) Method Statements/Test Procedures

List of proposed FAT Method Statements/ Test Procedures
Complete FAT Method Statements/ Test Procedures
e. Test Report/ Test Results
List of proposed Test Report/ Test Results
Copies of test reports/ test results
System/ Equipment schematics
Copies of applicable standards
Specifications
11A- 11

6. Operation and Maintenance (O & M) Manuals
List of proposed O & M Manuals
The O & M Manual shall be prepared following the guidelines below:
The Contractor is required to submit the O&M manual in detail to cover the specific
system installation in the building in accordance to the Contract requirements and
addressing, but shall not be limited to the following Sections and Sub-Sections:
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
1.0
GENERAL
SUB-SECTIONS
-
Introduction
Services Identification
List of Abbreviations
Schedule
Directory of Suppliers (includes address,
telephone number, fax number, email
and person in charge.
- Warranty and Guarantee (list all major
equipment with warranty beginning and
expiry dates)
2.0
DESCRIPTIONS OF SYSTEMS
(Contractor to submit description of the systems specific to the
project and the technical details.)
A. HVAC
High Vent
Air Conditioning
General
Air System
Water Cooling Systems
DX Systems
Kitchen Extract Systems
Computer Room Systems
B. PLUMBING
Domestic Water Systems

Drainage Systems
Rainwater Systems
Interceptor Systems
Storage Facilities
Fuel Oil Systems
C. FIRE PROTECTION - Sprinkler Systems

SYSTEMS
- Pre-Action Systems
- Wet Riser Systems
- Pressurization Systems and Smoke Control
- Hose reel Systems
- Standby Power
- Storage Tanks
D. ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
High Voltage Systems

Low Voltage Systems
Emergency and Essential Power System
Emergency Lighting
Lightning Protection
Earthing
Lighting Systems
11A- 12

6. O & M Manuals (cont'd)
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
SUB-SECTIONS
E. MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS
- Fire Alarm System
- Security System
- Structured Cabling System
- Central Vacuum System
11A- 13
3.0
BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM (BCS)

- Overview
- Cause/Effect
- Operating Mode
- Fire Mode
- Point Charts
4.0
OPERATING PROCEDURES
(for each system and sub components. Contractor is to include that
system operation instruction under BCS, auto and manual mode.
Contractor is also required to include the recommended service and
maintenance schedule (frequency of maintenance) and components
to be serviced and replaced. A sample log sheet shall be included).
- General description
- System description
- System Operation Procedures
- Initial Set-Up
- Routine Inspection Charts
- Equipment Start-Up/ Shut Down
Procedures (Contractor to include the
operational settings )
- Filling-Up
- Draining Down
- Lubrication Charts
- Filtration Charts
- Preventative Maintenance
- Lead/Lag Arrangements
- Fault Finding
- Special Tools
5.0
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
- General
- Health and Safety
- Failure of Electrical Supply
- Failure of Gas Supply
- Refrigerant Leaks
- Water Leaks
- Fuel Oil Leaks
- Fire Situations on MEP Systems
- First Aid Procedures

6.
O & M Manuals (cont'd)

SECTION
DESCRIPTION
SUB-SECTIONS
6.0
MANUFACTURERS DATA
(Contractor to include the Parts List)
- Factory Test Certificates
- Certified Drawings
- Nameplate Date
- Specific/Specialised Maintenance
Recommendations
- Performance Curves
- Catalogue Cuts
7.0
SPARES
(Contractor to include the spare parts lists and price lists)
- Recommended Spare Schedules
- Spares Policy Recommendations
- Schedule of Spares Supplied at Handover
- Price Lists
8.0
TEST CERTIFICATES
(Contractor to include factory acceptance tests and site tests)
- Pressure Tests
- Environmental Tests
- Chlorination Certificates
- Chemical Cleaning
- Commissioning Checklists
- Defects Sign-Offs
- Tank Test Certificates
- Electrical Safety
- Generator Tests
- Electrical Tests
9.0
SYSTEM SCHEMATICS AND DESIGN CALCULATIONS

(All design calculations to be submitted)
- Design Calculations
- Valve Charts
- Wiring Diagram (HV)
- Wiring Diagram (LV)
- Air System Schematics
- Water System Schematics
10.
AS BUILT DRAWINGS
- Schedule of As-Built Drawings
- Certified As-Built Drawings
11A- 14

5.3
Drawings
5.3.1
All drawing submissions for review shall be accompanied with the Submission sheet.
5.3.2
Each drawing for submission shall consist of the following:

a.
b.
Submission Sheet
Title block of the drawing submission shall contain the following:
Name of Company
Title of Document (e.g. Manufacturer's drawings submission)
Drawing reference number (according to the coding requirements)
Drawing Revision number
Revision description table
Notes
Scale
Date of drawing/ Issue date
Project/ Package name and Project/ Package Contract number
Contractors drawing endorsement responsibilities of signature, name, date and
organization for the following (where applicable):
- Nominated sub contractor/ Supplier/ Manufacturer
- Sub Contractor
- Contractor
- Consultant
5.3.3
For the resubmission of revised or amended manufacturer's drawings, the Contractor is

required to mark or cloud the affected part of drawings that has been revised or
amended, and indicate the associated revision number into the revision triangle. The
revision description shall be updated accordingly.
5.3.5
The particular requirements for the As-Built Drawings submissions are as follows:
11A- 15
a.
Contractor shall install the work in accordance with the contract drawings,
specification and approved shop drawings within the established erection
tolerances. For the preparation of the As-Built Drawings, shop drawings are
required to be amended to reflect the 'AS-BUILT' conditions and shall be reworked
to add the actual dimensions of installation or construction.
b.
The As-Built Drawings prepared by the Contractor and shall be clearly stamped
'AS-BUILT' and indicated with the appropriate drawing coding.
c.
The Contractor shall formally notify the Project Team explicitly of all the deviations
of the construction and installation from that indicated in the shop drawings in the
form of written description and/or drawings to help define the issue.
d.
For the resubmission of revised or amended As-Built Drawings, the Contractor is

required to mark or cloud the affected part of drawings that has been revised or
amended, and indicate the associated revision number into the revision triangle.
The revision description shall be updated accordingly.
e.
The Contractor is required to prepare and submit the As-Built Drawings for review
two (2) weeks after the completion of the construction and installation works.

5.4
Sample
5.4.1
All Contractors transmission and submission of material samples as submission for

review must be accompanied by the Transmittal Sheet and the sample tag.
5.4.2
The sample tag shall be of A4 sized plain white paper of 70 to 80 gm with cardboard
backing and securely fasten to the sample.
5.4.3
The format of the sample tag shall consist of the following:

a.
The sample tag shall include fields (to be completed by the Contractor) for the
following:
b.
Name of Company
Title of Document (e.g. Sample Tag)
Date of document.
Project/ Package name and Project/ Package Contract number
Client name
Project Team name
Consultant
Item/sample coding reference number
Item/sample coding revision number
Item/sample description
The fields shall be provided and duplicated as necessary for each of the review by
the lead consultant and the coordinated review by other consultants (and to be
completed by the respective consultants) shall be as follows:
Date received.
Date redirect
Review Status
Consultants signature
Consultants name
Consultants company name
Remarks
11A- 16

6.
REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS AND MATERIALS

SAMPLES
6.1

The overall review and approval cycle for documents, drawings and materials sample is
illustrated in the process flowchart in the Attachment 6.
6.2
Review and Approval of Documents, Drawings and Materials Sample Submission
6.2.1
The Document, Drawing and Materials Sample Submission Guidelines shall be issued to
the Contractor and also distributed to the related Consultants.
6.2.2
The Contractor to prepare the documents/ drawings and materials sample tags for
submission and review based upon the requirements indicated in the Document, Drawing
& Materials Samples Submission Guidelines.
6.2.3
The Contractor shall submit the required number of copies of the completed documents,
drawings, material samples to the Project Team Document Control for the distribution for
review and approval. The review and approval shall only be carried out if the preceding
activity and/or prerequisite submission have been reviewed and approved.
6.2.4
Should the documents, drawings and materials samples be rejected then the Contractor
is required to correct and revise the documents in accordance to the review comments
and resubmit for review.
6.3
Storage and Display
6.3.1
All approved documents, drawings and materials samples shall be labeled, stored and
displayed in the Contractor's Site Office and to be accessible for reference at all times.
11A- 17

ATTACHMENT
Attachment 1A -
Sample Document/ Drawing Submission Monitoring Register
Attachment 1B -
Sample Current Document/ Drawing Submission Register
Attachment 2 -
Sample Consultant Submission Sheet
Attachment 3 -
Sample Contractor Submission Sheet
Attachment 4 -
Sample Drawing Title Block
Attachment 5 -
Sample Tag For Material Samples
Attachment 6 -
Documents/ Drawings/ Materials Samples Review And Approval Cycle
11A- 18
APPENDIX 11B GUIDELINES DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS & MATERIAL SAMPLES

SUBMISSION
CURRENT DOCUMENTS / DRAWINGS SUBMISSION REGISTER - ATTACHMENT 1A
Name of Consultant / Contractors Company
Title of Document (eg. Document / Drawing Submission

Register)
Date of Document:
Page No.
Trade / Discipline:
No.
Item Coding
Reference No.
11A- 19
Document
Type:
Rev
No.
Item Description
Current Submission:
Date of
Submit
Date of
Return
Status
Remarks
DOCUMENTS / DRAWINGS SUBMISSION MONITORING REGISTER - ATTACHMENT 1B

Name of Consultant / Contractors Company
Title of Document (eg. Document / Drawing Submission

Register)
Date of Document:
Page No.
Trade / Discipline:
No.
Item Coding
Reference No.
Document
Type:
Rev
No.
Item Description
Previous Submission
(Add more columns if
there are previous
submission)
Current
Submission:
Date of
Submit
Date of Date of
Submit Return Status
Date of
Return
Status
Remarks:
11A- 20
SAMPLE CONSULTANT SUBMISSION SHEET ATTACHMENT 2

Consultant Company Logo
Consultants Company Name
To:
Reference No.
Attention:
Date:
Document / Drawings Issue Submission

Project Title:
No.
Document / Drawing Tile
Document / Drawing No.
Revision
Size
Qty.
The above are transmitted for:

Approval / Review
Requested
Construction
Your comments
Information
Your action
Issued By:
Acknowledge Receipt By:
Company
Company
Name:
Name:
Signature:
Signature:
Date:
Date:
11A- 21
SAMPLE CONTRACTOR SUBMISSION SHEET ATTACHMENT 3

Name of Contractors Company
Title of Document (eg. Transmittal Sheet)
Doc
Ref No.
Date
Prepared:
Contractors Distribution
Attention
to:
DID
Date of
Doc
No.
Date Issued:
Item Coding No.
Comments:
Rev
No.
Attention to:
Consultant (Co.
Date
Receive:
Copy
to:
Project
Team
Date
Receive:
Date Receive:
Date
Receive:
Date
Receive:
Sign
Sign
Sign
Sign
Sign
Name:
Name:
Name:
Name:
Name:
Date transmit to
Secondary
Consultant:
Date transmit to
Secondary
Consultant:
Date transmit
to Secondary
Consultant:
Overall status
(to be marked
by Project
Team)
Status
Status
Status
Status
Description
Name)
Remarks
Remarks
Remarks
Remarks
Consultant (Co.
Name)
Project Team
DID
Project Team
Issue to
Contractor
Date receive from

last secondary
consultant:
Date receive
Date receive
Date receive
Sign:
Sign:
Sign:
Name:
Name:
Name:
Date transmit to
Project Team:
Secondary Consultants
Distribution and Review
Secondary
Secondary
Consultant
Consultant
(Co. Name)
(Co. Name)
11A- 22
Sample Drawing Title Block of Consultants Drawings Attachment 4

Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment Malaysia
Project Team
Project Title:
Drawing Title:
Notes:
The drawing is copyright. Contractors must check dimensions on site. Only
figured dimensions are to be used. Discrepancies must be reported
immediately to the architect before proceeding.
For DID
For Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment Malaysia
For Consultant
Design by
Drawn by
Checked by
Date
Signature and endorsement stamp of Principal Architect/Consulting

Engineer
Drawing No:
Amendments
Revision No.
11A- 23
Date
Remarks
Status
MATERIAL SAMPLES TAG ATTACHMENT 5

Name of Contractors Company
Title of Document (eg. Sample Tag)
Date of Document
Date:
No.
Item Coding No.
Revision
Description
Contractors Distribution
Copy to Project Team
Attention to: Lead Consultant

(Co. name)
Date received:
Date received:
Sign:
Sign:
Name:
Name:
Status:
Comments:
11A- 24
Secondary Consultants Distribution and Review

Secondary Consultant
(Co. name)
(Co. name)
(Co. name)
Date transmit to
secondary consultant:
Date received:
Date received:
Date received:
Sign and Name:
Sign:
Sign:
Sign:
Date receive from last

secondary consultant:
Name:
Name:
Name:
Sign and Name:
Status:
Status:
Status:
Date transmit to
Project Team:
Comments:
Comments:
Comments:
Project Team
DID
Overall Status:
Project Team Issue to

Contractor
Date received:
Date received:
Comments:
Date issue:
Sign:
Sign:
Sign:
Sign:
Name:
Name:
Name:
Name:
Lead Consultant
(Co. name)
Sign and Name:
11A- 25
DOCUMENTS / DRAWINGS / MATERIALS SAMPLE REVIEW AND APPROVAL CYCLE

ATTACHMENT 6
Process Flowchart
Issue of Guidelines
Contractor prepare
Documents
Description
Action By
The Document & Drawing

Submission Guidelines to be
issued to the Contractor
Project Team

documents & drawings based
on the Document & Drawings
Submission Guidelines
Contractor
Contractors submission of the

Completed documents/
Drawings/ samples
Contractor

submission
Project Team/
Consultants
Contractor proceed to
implementation
Contractor
`
NO
Approve
YES
Approval
11A- 26
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 11
Documentation
APPENDIX 11C
Samples Status and Verification

Notes
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 11C SAMPLES STATUS AND VERIFICATION NOTES

EXAMPLES OF STATUS NOTES SHOWN/ STAMPED ON DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS OR MATERIAL
SAMPLES TAG
DRAFT
indicates document for review before firming up
PRELIMINARY
indicates initial drawings or documents
FOR INFORMATION ONLY
documents/ drawings issued for information only
AS-BUILT
drawings from Contractor received towards end of job

showing as-built conditions
SUPERSEDED
drawings that have newer revisions
REVIEWED
drawings/material samples that have been reviewed

and allowed for incorporation in the works
REVIEWED AND RESUBMIT
drawings/material samples that require resubmission

for correction before approval granted
REJECTED
drawings/ material samples rejected and need total

rework or new substitute
FOR CONSTRUCTION
drawings or sketch issued for construction
FOR TENDER
document/ drawings issued for tender purposes
11A- 27

CHAPTER 12
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING/

FINAL INSPECTION
Chapter 12 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING / FINAL INSPECTION
Table of Contents
12.1
INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 12-1
12.2
SCOPE .................................................................................................................. 12-1
12.3
PROCEDURE ............................................................................................................. 12-1

12.3.1 General ........................................................................................................ 12-1
12.3.2 Kick-off/Startup Meeting for Testing and Commissioning (T&C) ....................... 12-1
12.3.3 Contractor's Submittals ................................................................................. 12-1
12.3.4 T&C Organization Proposal ............................................................................ 12-2
12.3.5 T&C Manual ................................................................................................. 12-3
12.3.6 T&C Programme and Event Schedule ............................................................. 12-4
12.3.7 Testing and Inspection .................................................................................. 12-5
12.3.8 Code Authority Testing ................................................................................. 12-5
12.3.9 Commissioning/Start-Up/Test/Adjust/Balancing .............................................. 12-6
12.3.10 Test Equipment ............................................................................................ 12-6
12.3.11 Snagging/ Defects List System ...................................................................... 12-6
Appendix12A
Sample of Kick-Off/Startup Meeting Agenda for Testing and......12A- 1

Commissioning
Appendix 12B
Sample List of Main Activities for Testing & Commissioning.....12A- 3

Programme and Event Schedule
Appendix 12C
Guideline on Electrical Installation........12A- 7
Appendix 12D
Guideline on Generator Set Test .....12A- 22
Appendix 12E
Sample List of Test Equipment ..12A- 26
12-i
12-ii
12 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING / FINAL INSPECTION

12.1
INTRODUCTION
This section of Construction Management provides the general procedure and elements
of control in the administration and implementation of testing and commissioning (T&C)
activities by the Contractor, Consultant and Project Team.
Successful operation of a completed facility involves a staged sequence of pre-testing,
testing, witnessing, training and information delivery and presented to the Project Team
by the Contractor. The end result is a completed facility with the Project Team being
confident of the proper installation of operating systems, meeting the full intent of the
contract drawings and specifications; such systems successfully operated and
demonstrated; and operating personnel fully trained with detailed as-built drawings and
operation and maintenance manuals on hand allowing confidence in the ability to operate
and maintain the facility.
12.2
SCOPE
The Procedure applies to all projects undertaken by DID. It covers both the conventional
and design and build type of contracting. Where there is exception or departure from the
conventional contracting, specific mention is made in the Procedure in reference to
design and build practice.
Any specific requirements of a particular project are addressed in the project quality plan
or Construction contract.
12.3
PROCEDURE
12.3.1
General
For a successful testing and commissioning, the Contractor is required to thoroughly
plan, organize, schedule and implement the T&C activities.
12.3.2
Kick-off/Startup Meeting for Testing and Commissioning (T&C)

Upon achieving the prerequisite as stated in the construction contract, and/or substantial
completion of the installation of the equipments, Project Team will arrange for kickoff/start-up meeting with the Consultants and the Contractor for the T&C.
Refer to Appendix 12A for a sample of the Kick-off/Startup Meeting agenda for the T&C.
12.3.3
Contractor's Submittals
Contractor's submittals are subjected to the Consultant's review and approval cycle as
spelled out in the Documents, Drawings and Material Samples Submission Guideline. The
Contractor's submittals for T&C are as follows:
T&C Organization Proposal
T&C Programme and Event Schedule
T&C Manual
12-1
For Design and Build type contract, some of these deliverables may require review and
endorsement from the Contractor's Consultant prior to submission to Project Team.
Specific requirements are as per the respective construction contract.
Refer to CHAPTER 11 - RECORDS, DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTATION for Documents,
Drawings and Material Samples Submission Guideline.
12.3.4
T&C Organization Proposal

The T&C organization proposal should include proposals of appointments from relevant
parties as follows:
a. The Main Contractor for the appointment of the Commissioning Representative and
Commissioning Specialists (if any).
b. The Consultant for the confirmation of the Consultant's supervision team.
c.
The Project Team for the appointment of DID's representatives.
Descriptions of the appointment for the T&C works are as follows:

Main Contractor Commissioning Representative
a. The Main Contractor Commissioning Representative is responsible
management, planning, coordination and implementation of the T&C.
for
the
b. Commissioning Specialist (if any)

The Contractor may elect to out-source the commissioning to a specialist
commissioning company. The use of a Commissioning Specialist by the contractor
does not relieve him of his obligation to name one of his own employees as the
person responsible for progressing commissioning.
If the contractor elects to hire a specialist company, the details of such company
must be reported to the Project Team for the review by the Consultants and the
subsequent approval of the Project Team, prior to such company starting work.
Details to be submitted include the following:
i.Brief introduction of the company and background.
ii.Company profile should include general information i.e. registered address, whether
public or private company or partnership, the Articles and Memorandum of
Association and Forms 9, 24, and 49, authorised paid-up capital, main activities,
and years established.
iii.Curriculum Vitae (CV) of the companys Directors, Partners, Principals and
Associates, with a complete list of current employees and a clear definition of the
professional and non-professional staffs.
iv.Company's registration with authorities, such as Ministry of Finance, PKK or CIDB.
v.Company's track record and list of projects completed with extent of work
involvement.
vi.Project organization chart and CV of the key personnel involved in this project (if
appointed).
vii.Proposed manpower loading at each phase of the T&C.
viii. Proposed Work Methodology for execution of the testing and commissioning
works.
12-2
c.
DID's Commissioning Representative

The Project Team should recommend a suitable member of the Project Team as
DIDs representative, who monitors and tracks the T&C works with the Contractors
Commissioning Representative. He is involved in and informed of all coordination
T&C meetings arranged by the Contractor.
12.3.5
T&C Manual
The Contractor is required to submit the T&C Manual in accordance to T&C Schedule to
the Project Team for review and approval. This T&C Manual may be described as the
Commissioning Manual or the Test and Commissioning Manual or the Testing and
Commissioning Manual or as otherwise indicated in the respective construction contract.
The T&C Manual is intended to provide a common framework of standards and the DID's
expectations across the project. It is not a substitute for the individual project
specification requirements. It is, however, a minimum standard that all Contractors must
recognize as complementing the construction contract specifications, providing a
framework for facility completion and DID's acceptance.
This T&C Manual, with its suggested minimum requirements and hand over procedures,
is required of each Contractor but not limited to the following:
a. Document submission requirements:
i.
Transmittal Sheet
ii. Cover page of the submitted documents contains the following:

Name of Company
Title of Document (eg. Material/ Technical Data Submission)
Document reference no. (according to the coding requirements)
Document Revision no.
Date of document/ Issue date.
Project/ Package name and Project/ Package Contract No.
Contractors document endorsement responsibilities of signature, name, date

and organization for the following (where applicable):
b.
Nominated sub contractor/ Supplier/ Manufacturer

Sub Contractor
Contractor
Consultant
T&C Manual to contain the following:

i.
Brief description of the equipment/ systems/ sub systems
ii.
Latest drawings and schematics of the equipment/ systems/ sub systems
iii. Detailed test and inspection procedures for each equipment/ system/sub systems
including relevant test method statements
iv. Acceptance criteria complete with design calculations
v.
Design set-points and settings for equipment/ system/ sub systems
vi. Inspection and Test Plan for T&C

vii. Test forms/ records/ certificates/ checklists
viii. Power turn-on procedures for each equipment/ system/ sub systems
ix. List of tools
x.
List of test equipments and valid calibration certificates
12-3
xi. T&C personnel organization chart with associated responsibilities, personnel CVs,
Specialist Company details, accreditations.
xii. T&C specification compliance list
Emergency shutdown procedures.
12.3.6

The Contractor's Commissioning Representative prepares a detailed and comprehensive
T&C programme and event schedule (T&C schedule). The T&C schedule is submitted not
later than twelve months prior to the main contract completion date or as otherwise
stated in the respective construction contract. The submitted T&C schedule shall be
subjected to the review and acceptance by the Consultants and the Project Team and
assessed against the approved construction programme.
The T&C schedule is based on the input of the Contractors and various trade-contractors
own detailed programmes and schedule. The overall T&C schedule includes (for each
trade) the main activity items and durations identified within the major components of:
a.
Pre-commissioning/ installation testing as required by specification and by the code

authority
b.
Final snagging/defect clearance
c.
Inspection/ T&C (system operation, test and adjust)
d.
Documentation Submittal/ Test Records and O&M Manuals/As-Built Drawings
e.
Training
f.
Hand over and Project Teams acceptance
In addition to the T&C Programme and Event Schedule, the Contractor's Commissioning
Representative identifies critical path network items by other trades which could
impact/delay progress. Such impact/delay is highlighted on the event schedule with the
schedule revised as necessary to maintain progress.
Progress measured against this schedule is monitored by the Contractor's Commissioning
Representative and reported monthly to the Project Team.
The Contractor is expected to arrange, organize and implement regular Contractor's T&C
team meetings. Minutes of the meetings are recorded with action items and responsibility
clearly identified. Weekly meetings are recommended for the final three months of
construction for each facility. Meeting minutes (and progress against the event schedule)
are reported to the Project Team.
The Contractor is responsible for and shall maintain the Snagging/Defects List system
from contract initiation to finish.
The main activity items required to be included for each facility commissioning/ handover
programme are to be project specific in accordance to the construction contract and
prepared by the Contractor, and reviewed and accepted by the Consultant. Although not
specifically listed, such programmes are required for site work utilities and area
development work packages.
Refer to Appendix 12B for Sample List of Main Activities for T&C Programme and Event
Schedule.
12-4
12.3.7
Testing and Inspection

The general guidelines for the administration of activity process for testing/ inspection of
equipments/system for T&C are as follows:
12.3.8
a.
Specific testing during construction period to be in accordance to the Inspection

and Test Plan (ITP).
b.
The Contractor/ trade contractor is to carry out the preparation and pre-testing
activities prior to T&C.
c.
The Contractors Commissioning Representative to confirm schedule, notify

Consultant(s) and the Project Team.
The Contractor's Commissioning
Representative ensures that all notification are issued through the Request for
Inspection forms and complete with required attachments of test forms,
design/work drawings, design calculations, shop drawings and testing method
statements.
d.
The Client's Commissioning Representative shall witness the testing where possible
to ensure the Consultant's presence and acceptance of testing carried out. Such
testing includes factory acceptance tests conducted overseas.
e.
Contractor's Commissioning Representative ensures the testing is carried out in

accordance with the test method statements and compliance to the construction
contract specifications.
f.
The Contractor's Commissioning Representative shall ensure that all test records
and test certificates are completed with the following:
Measured values of tests,
Acceptance criteria obtained from design calculations and construction contract

specifications,
Status of pass or fail for each of the test and inspections,
Observed defects for rectification, and,
Duly signed by all relevant parties.
g.
The Contractors Commissioning Representative is to log and maintain complete

and signed test certificates and records. One copy each of these test records and
certificates is included by the Contractor/ trade contractor into the O&M Manual.
h.
Sample test forms and certificates are as attached in Appendix 12C: Electrical
Installation Test Form, Inspection Schedule and Test Report and Appendix 12D:
Generator Set Test Results
Code Authority Testing

The general guidelines for the administration of activity process for code authority
testing/ inspection of equipments/system for T&C are as follows:
a.
The Code Authority Testing may commence during construction or/and after
commissioning to prove performance to code requirements.
b.
For finished system, prior to scheduling the Code Authority Testing, the Contractor
confirms in writing the completion of the installation works, the pre-testing, and
preparation for T&C to the Consultant.
12-5
12.3.9
c.
The Contractors Commissioning Representative obtains the Consultant's review

and acceptance, as well as the Project Teams approval for the test/performance
demonstration to proceed, before confirming the schedule and notifying all parties
including the Code Authority.
d.
The Contractors Commissioning Representative, Consultant and the Project Team

attend the Code Authority Tests with the Code Official. The Contractors
Commissioning Representative provides and secures the Code Authority signature
on required documents.
Commissioning/Start-Up/Test/Adjust/Balancing
The Contractor verifies system is complete, disengaged and ready for test and balance.
The Contractor submits to the Project Team detailed proposals for test and balance
procedures inclusive of design settings four weeks prior to scheduling such tests.
The Project Team or his appointed delegates will witness as required to ensure that the
Contractor is executing the Works to their satisfaction.
The Contractor's Commissioning Representative logs and maintains signed test and
balance data and sends one copy to the Consultant for certification; thereafter one copy
to the Project Team for approval. This is included in the O&M Manual.
12.3.10 Test Equipment

All field test instruments to be used on the works need to comply with the following:a.
Complete with calibration certificate not more than 6 months old and issued by a
recognized independent testing authority.
b.
Copies of calibration certificates together with instrument serial numbers to be

submitted to the Consultant prior to their use on site.
c.
Be free from damage, or if damaged during use, are re-calibrated.
d.
Are complete with all manufacturers instructions. Instructions are followed at all
times by the personnel conducting the test/balance procedure.
e.
Contractor provides detailed inventories of all equipment held at site (prior to use)
Such inventory lists are forwarded to the Project Team/ Consultant for approval
prior to use.
Refer to Appendix 12E for the sample list of test equipment required for T&C.
12.3.11 Snagging/ Defects List System
The Consultant maintains for the Project team the snagging or the Defects List System
from contract initiation to completion. The Defects List is finalized upon issuance of the
Certificate of Practical Completion (CPC).
Additionally each defects report, regardless of origin is copied to the Project Team, who
in turn periodically checks that the Consultant properly documents all defects and
subsequently rectified by the Contractor.
12-6
The defects list system may also be used to define outstanding/incomplete work. Thus
the defects list register may become the single document allowing the Project Team to
monitor progress towards completion. Otherwise, it is a practice that the
outstanding/incomplete works (if any) are to be prepared in another register referred as
the List of Outstanding/Incomplete works.
For monitoring and tracking purposes, a continuous log allows the Project Team a
rational basis to judge both the progress of the work and payment for same.
A summary of the guidelines of the Defects List System as applied for the T&C with
respect to the Contractor, Consultant and the Project Team is listed as follows:
a.
Contractor
The Contractors Commissioning Representative maintains the overall Contractor's
defects control log. All input to the Contractor's defects control log system is
coordinated through him.
The Contractor's Commissioning Representative reports on a regular basis to the
Project Team through the T&C meetings.
No defect logs are cleared from the defects control log until the defects are properly
rectified through the agreed corrective action, then satisfactorily inspected, re-tested
and accepted by the Consultant, then endorsed by the Project Team.
For purposes of monitoring and tracking, two defects control logs may be
maintained. The main log showing all defects is maintained in a complete from and
the second log only lists un-cleared defects.
b. Consultant(s)
The Consultant maintains a Defects List register in accordance to his discipline/trade.
Inputs of defects from all parties, either through the routine inspections of the
completed installation and/or the schedule inspections and testing, and/or the T&C
are recorded into the Defects List register. The Consultant shall report all defects in
writing to the Contractor through the Project Team.
The Consultant reviews the corrective action/ remedial works proposals by the
Contractor for acceptance, attends the inspection and testing of the rectification/
remedial works and assesses for acceptance or rejection.
c.
Project Team/DIDs Representative

The Project Team shall randomly check that the Consultant's maintained Defect's List
and Contractors maintained Defect Control Log, are in concurrence to ensure that all
initiated reports are logged and properly rectified and maintained.
The Project Team shall be involved in the defect clearance procedures with the
Contractor and the Consultant. The Project Team shall not endorse that a defect has
been cleared until he has personally viewed the satisfactory rectification/remedial
works.
12-7
12-8
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 12
Testing and commissioning /
Final Inspection
APPENDIX 12A
Sample of Kick-Off /
Startup Meeting Agenda for
Testing & Commissioning (T&C)
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 12A SAMPLE OF KICK-OFF/STARTUP MEETING AGENDA FOR TESTING

& COMMISSIONING
(PROJECT NAME)
(PROJECT NO.)
KICK-OFF/STARTUP MEETING FOR TESTING & COMMISSIONING
(DATE)
(VENUE)
Project Team
Consultant/s
:
:
Contractor
AGENDA
1.
Introduction of Respective Members
2.
Submittal Status
a. Concept design proposal (for Design and Build type contracts only)
b. Concept design schematic (for Design and Build type contracts only)
c.
Design calculations (for Design and Build type contracts only)
d. Design drawings (for Design and Build type contracts only)

e. Material/ Technical data
f.
Material Samples
g. Shop drawings
h. Combined services drawings
i.
Work Method Statements (WMS)
j.
Inspection and Test Plan (ITP)
Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) results include overseas test (if applicable)
Installation inspection records
3.
Progress and schedule of installation - Status of outstanding installation works.
4.
Status of non-conformance report
5.
Line of Communication & Correspondence

a. Reference used on correspondence and drawings
b.
Limit of Authority of designated personnel
c.
Named personnel for contract communication
d.
Organization for T&C

Contractor
Specialist Contractor
Consultant
Project Team
12A -1
6.
Contractor's preparation and deliverables for T&C

a. Organization for T&C
b. T&C Manual
c.
d. Defects List
e. As-Built Drawings
f.
O&M Manual
g. Training
h. Spare Parts and Lists
7.
Document & Drawing Submission and Approval

a.
Reference used on drawings and documents submission
b. Approval cycles and copies required

c.
Approval procedures for Contractor's drawings (for Design and Build type of
Contract)
d. Approval procedures for Contractor's material samples to be used in construction.

(for Design and Build type of Contract)
8.
Request for Work Inspections and Inspection/Test Forms (to refer to ITP Guideline)
9.
Reports
a.
Weekly Report
b. Monthly Report
10.
11.
Project Controls
a.
Contractor's/ Trade Contractor's T&C Meeting
b.
Project Team/ Contractor T&C Meeting
Local Authorities Regulation

Various Contractor's submissions for Authority approval e.g. Building Plans, Bomba's
approval, Certificate of Fitness for Occupancy (CF)/Certificate of Completion and
Compliance (CCC) or other such provisions addressed in construction contract. (For
Design and Build type of Contract).
12A- 2
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 12
Final Inspection
APPENDIX 12B
Sample List of Main Activities for

T&C Programme and
Event Schedule
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 12B SAMPLE LIST OF MAIN ACTIVITIES FOR T&C PROGRAMME AND
EVENT SCHEDULE
1. The following list is indicative of main activity items required to be included for each facility
commissioning/ handover programme. Although not specifically listed, such programmes are
required for site work utilities and area development work packages.
The following list is an example and is NOT EXHAUSTIVE. It is intended to highlight some of
the main items required to be included in the commissioning/handover programme. The list
should be expanded by the Contractor to cover the specific detailed needs of individual
buildings/ projects and their associated systems.
a. General Activities
i.
T&C Manual submission
ii. T&C Programme and event schedule

iii. T&C Activities according to system, sub system and equipment (Contractor to
breakdown the activities)
iv. The Project Team witnessing/ demonstration (by system and sub system)
v. Statutory inspection and tests
vi. Power on dates (by system and sub system)
vii. As-Built Drawings submission
viii. O&M Manual submission
ix. The Project Team operating training schedule (by system and sub system)
x. Insurance certification
b.
Mechanical Services
Main Activity
Sub-Activity
Chilled/
- Fill and Pressure Test Condenser (by sections)
Water System
- Initial Flushing
- Re-fill and Chemically Clean
- Drain, flush, re-fill and water treatment dosing
- Pre-Commission Pumps
- Commission Pumps
- Commission Pressurization System
- Commission Cooling Towers/Chillers
- Check Controls Interface
- Water Balance Systems
Air Systems
- Pre-Commission Equipment
- Commission DX Units
- Commission AHUs
- Commission Toilet Fans
- Commission Pressurization Fans
- Commission Ventilation Systems
- Commission Smoke Exhaust/ Make-up Systems
12A- 3
Mechanical Services (cont'd)

Main Activity
Air Systems
-
Sub-Activity
- Commission Kitchen Exhaust Systems
- Commission Switchgear Room/Transformer Vent Systems
- Commission Automatic Dampers
- Check Controls Interface
- Air Balance Systems
Fire Systems
- Pre-Commission Equipment
-
Fill and Pressure Test Riser
Pipework (Wet Systems)
- Fill and Pressure Test Tanks

- Commission Pumps
- Check Fire Alarm Interface
- Flow Switch Checks
- Flow Rate Checks
- Insurance Inspections and
- Compliance Certification
c.
Electrical Services
HT switchgear
- O/C and E/F relay setup

- Insulation/continuity tests
- Pressure test
- Control and interfacing tests
HT cabling
- Pressure test
Transformer
- Pressure test
MSB & EMSB
- O/C and E/F relay setup

- Pressure test
- Control and interfacing tests
Generator Set
- Equipment
-
Pre-start test
AMF interfacing test
Battery test
Loading tests
- Cabling
- Insulation/continuity test
- Pressure/megger test
- Equipment earthing
- Earth test
12A- 4
Electrical Services (cont'd)

Main Activity
UPS
Busduct
Sub mains cabling
Sub-Activity
-
UPS unit equipment test
THD unit test
Cabling
Insulation/continuity tests
Megger tests
Battery
Battery load test
Equipment earthing
Earth test
Megger test
Megger test
Cable riser and Tap-offs -
DBs
Final circuits
MATV System
PA System
Lighting Protection
System
Megger test
Megger test
E/F and earth leakage test and setup
Polarity test
Megger test
Riser cabling
Attenuation tests
Head-end equipment
Attenuation tests
Speaker Wiring Pt.
Insulation/Continuity tests
Speaker Unit/ equipment
Sound test
Earthing systems test
12A- 5
d. Power-On Activities
Main Activity
Electrical Systems
12A- 6
Sub-Activity
-
Power to Owner HV Systems
Power to LV Systems
Power to Mechanical Plant
Power to Building Control System
Power to Elevator Installation
Power to Fire Alarm System
Power to Security System
Test/Commission Busbar Systems
Test/Commission MCCs
Generator Load Testings
Emergency Systems Tests
Earthing Tests
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 12
Final Inspection
APPENDIX 12C
Electrical Installation Completion

Certificate
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 12C ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

(BS 7671 : 1992) (notes 1 and 2)
Clients name/title:
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION

Tick boxes as appropriate
Installation Address:
Extent of installation covered by this certificate
New installation
Addition to existing
Installation
Alteration to
existing
installation
(use continuation sheet if necessary)
PARTICULARS OF THE INSTALLATION

Type of Earthing:
TN-C-S
TN-S
TT
TN-C
IT
Details of Earth Electrode:

Type Location . Method of Measurement . Resistance ...
Characteristics of the supply at the origin of the installation:
Nominal voltage . Frequency .. Hz No of Phases Maximum demand (load)
A per phase
Measured
Calculated
Other
Maximum prospective fault current (note 7)

kA
External earth fault loop impedance, Ze
Overcurrent protective device at origin:
Type: BS ..
Rating .. A
Main switch or circuit-breaker: Number of poles .. Type: BS Rating .. A

(If a residual current device, rated residual operating current . mA)
Method of protection against indirect contact:
1.
Earthed equipotential bonding and automatic disconnection of supply
2.
Other (described) ..
Main equipotential bonding conductors:
Conductor material .. csa .. mm2
COMMENTS ON EXISTING INSTALLATION, IN THE CASE OF AN ALTERATION OR ADDITION
12A- 7
DESIGN
I/We being the person(s) responsible (as indicated by my/our signatures below) for the design of
the electrical installation, particulars of which are described on page 1 of this form CERTIFY that
the said work for which I/we have been responsible is to the best of my/our knowledge and belief
in accordance with BS 7671 : 1992. Requirements for Electrical Installations (16th Edition IEE
Wiring Regulations), amended to .. (Note 3) except for the departures, if any, stated in
this Certificate.
Details of departures (if any) from BS 7671 : 1992 (120.02)
The extent of liability of the signatory is limited to the work described on page 1 of this form as the
subject of this Certificate.
FOR THE DESIGN OF THE INSTALLATION
Name (IN BLOCK LETTERS): Position:
Signature (Note 4): Date (Note 3): ..
For and on behalf of:
Address:
.
Postcode:
CONSTRUCTION
I/We being the person(s) responsible (as indicated by my/our signatures below) for the
construction of the electrical installation, particulars of which are described on page 1 of this form
CERTIFY that the said work for which I/we have been responsible is to the best of my/our
knowledge and belief in accordance with BS 7671 : 1992. Requirements for Electrical Installations
(16th Edition IEE Wiring Regulations), amended to .. (Note 3) except for the departures, if
any, stated in this Certificate.
For the CONSTRUCTION of the installation
Address:
.
Postcode:
12A- 8
INSPECTION AND TESTING

I/We being the person(s) responsible (as indicated by my/our signatures below) for the inspection
and testing of the electrical installation, particulars of which are described on page 1 of this form
CERTIFY that the said work for which I/we have been responsible is to the best of my/our
knowledge and belief in accordance with BS 7671 : 1992. Requirements for Electrical Installations
(16th Edition IEE Wiring Regulations), amended to .. (Note 3) except for the departures, if
any, stated in this Certificate.
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE INSTALLATION
Address:
.
Postcode:
I/We RECOMMEND that the installation be further inspected and tested after an interval of not more than
.
12A- 9
INSPECTION SCHEDULE (Form WR2)

Every Installation shall during erection and/or on completion and before being put into service be
inspected and tested to verify, so far as is reasonably practicable, that the requirements of the
Regulations are being met.
1.
Connection of conduction
2.
Identification of conduction
3.
Routeing of cables in safe zones or protected against mechanical damage
4.
Selection of conductors for current and voltage drop
5.
Connection of single-pole devices for protection or switching in phase conductors only
6.
Correct connection of socket-outlets and lampholders
7.
Presence of fire barriers and protection against thermal effects
8.
Method of protection against electric shock

a) protection against both direct and indirect contact
SELV
Limitation of discharge of energy
b) protection against direct contact
Insulation of live parts
Barrier of enclosure
Obstacles
Placing out of reach
PELV
c)
Protection against indirect contact
i)

Presence of earthing conductors
Presence of protective conductors
Presence of main equipotential bonding conductors
Presence of supplementary equipotential bonding conductors
ii)
12A- 10
Use of Class equipment of equivalent insulation
iii) Non-conducting location

Abrence of protective conductors
iv) Earth-free local equipotential bonding
Presence of earth free equipotential bonding conductors
v)
9.
Electrical separation (413-06)
Prevention of mutual detrimental influence

i)
Proximity of non-electrical services and influences
ii)
Separation of Category 1 and Category 2 cables or Category 1 insulation used
iii) Separation of Category 3 cables

10. Presence of appropriate devices for isolating and switching correctly located
11. Presence of undervoltage protective devices where appropriate
12. Choice and setting of protective and monitoring devices (for protection against indirect
contact and/or overcurrent)
i) Residual current devices
ii)
Overcurrent devices
13. Labelling of protective devices, switches and terminals

14. Selection of equipment and protective measures appropriate to external influences
15. Adequacy of access to switchgear and equipment
16. Presence of danger notices and other warnings
17. Presence of diagrams instructions and necessary information
18. Erection methods
19. Requirements of special locations
Note:
Tick to indicate satisfaction with inspection

Delete if item not applicable
Inspected by
Date .
12A- 11
NOTES ON INSPECTIONS Form WR2

Item
1.
SELV An extra-low voltage system which is electrically separate from earth and from other
systems. The particular requirements of the Regulations must be checked (see Regulation
411-02)
2.
Method of protection against direct contact will include measurement of distances where
appropriate
Obstacles only adopted in special circumstances (see Regulation 412-04)
Placing out of reach only adopted in special circumstances (see Regulation 412-05)
3.
Use of Class II equipment infrequently adopted and only when the installation is to be
supervised (see Regulation 413-03)
Non-conducting locations not applicable in domestic premises and requiring special
precautions (see Regulation 413-04)
Earth free local equipotential bonding not applicable in domestic premises, only used in
special circumstances (see Regulation 413-05)
Electrical separation 9see Regulation 413-06)
12A- 12
TEST SCHEDULE - Form WR3

SCHEDULE OF ITEMS TO BE TESTED
1.
Continuity of protective conductors
2.
Continuity of ring final circuit conductors
3.
Insulation resistance between live conductors and earth
4.
Site applied insulation
5.
Protection by separation of circuits
6.
Protection against direct contact, by barrier or enclosure provided during erection
7.
Insulation of non-conducting floors and walls
8.
Polarity
9.
Earth electcode resistance
10. Earth fault loop impedance

11. Operation of residual current operated devices
12. Functional testing of assemblies
Tick items meeting test requirement. Delete tests not applicable
DEPARTURES FROM REGULATIONS (note should be made of compliance with relevant British
Standards where appropriate)
ITEM NOT TESTED
FORM OF INSPECTION No.

SCHEDULES OF TEST RESULTS Form No. .
12A- 13
I/We have carried out the inspection and test of the electrical installation and certify that the
inspection and tests indicate to the best of my/our knowledge and belief that the installation is in
accordance with the Regulations for Electrical Installations 16th Edition as amended on ..
except for departures listed above.
Name (in Block Letters):
Postiton:
Signature:
Address:
12A- 14
INSTALLATION SCHEDULE (including Test Results) - FORM WR4

Contractor: ..
Address/Location of dis. Board
Test Date:.
Signature:.
Instruments:
1.
Type of Supply TN-S TN-C-S TT
rcd tester:
2.
Ze at Originohms
continuity:
3.
PSSC..
insulation:
kA
Others:..
Equipment vulnerable to testing:
Description of work completed

..
Test Results
R2
Phase/Phase
Phase/Neutral
Phase/Earth
Neutral/Earth
Earth Loop
Imped-Ance
RCD
Time
kA
mm2 mm2
Zt
IN
ms
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
10
Remarks
R1 + R2
CPC
Live
Type
Functional Testing
Short-Circuit
Capacity
Insulation resistance
Rating
No of Points
Circuit
Continuity
Polarity
Circuit
Conductors
Other
Overcurrent
Device
20
21
22
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
22
Main bonding check: Gas . Water .. Other .. Size .. mm2
23
Main Earth size mm2
24
Earth Electrode Resistance
Deviations from Wiring Regulations and special notes:
12A- 15
NOTES ON TEST AND INSTALLATION SCHEDULE - Form WR4

Tests shall be carried out in the sequence below and results recorded on the installation schedule
form WR4.
1.
Continuity of protective conductors

Every protective conductor including bonding conductors shall be tested to verify it is sound
and correctly connected. (See note 2)
2.
Continuity of final circuit conductors

A test shall be made to verify the continuity of each conductor including the protective
conductor of every ring circuit.
The sum of the resistance of the phase conductor and the protective conductor (R1+R2) is to
be inserted in column 11 of the installation schedule. After temperature correction this may
be used, by the addition of Ze, to determine ZS.
Where the alternative method of Regulation 413-02-12 is used for shock protection the
resistance of the circuit protective conductor R2 is measured and recorded in column 12.
3.
Insulation resistance
Electronic devices shall where necessary be disconnected from the installation so that they
are not damaged by the testing. They must be recorded on the installation schedule and test
schedule.
Where the devices have exposed conductive-parts the insulation resistance between the
exposed-conductive-parts and phase and neutral conductor connected together shall be
measured. It must comply with the appropriate British Standard or if there is no standard be
not less than 0.5 megohm.
This insulation resistance between phase/neutral, phase/earth, and neutral/earth shall be
measured and the values recorded in columns 14, 15 and 16. The minimum insulation
resistance required for the main switchboard, and each distribution circuit tested separately
with all final circuits connected, but current using equipment disconnected, is as Table 71A in
BS 7671.
4.
Site applied insulation

where insulation is applied on site it shall be capable of withstanding a test voltage
equivalent to that required by the British Standard for similar type tested equipment. The
insulated enclosure must provide a degree of protection not less than IP2X.
5.
Protection by separation of circuits

Where protection is provided by SELV see Requlations 411-02 and 471-02, where provided
by electrical separation see Regulation 413-06 and 471-12 (eg isolating transformer).
6.
Protection against direct contact by barrier or enclosure provided during erection see
Regulation 412-03
7.
Insulation of non-conducting floors and walls

See Regulations 413-04 AND 471-10.
12A- 16
8.
Polarity
It shall be verified that:
(a)
(b)
(c)
every fuse and single-pole control and protective device is connected in the phase
conductor only
center contact bayonet and Edison screw lampholders have outer contact connected to
the neutral conductor
wiring is correctly connected to socket-outlets and similar accessories
Compliance is to be indicated in column 21 of WR4.

9.
Earth electrodes resistance

The earth electrode resistance of TT installations must be measured, and normally rcd is
required.
10.
Polarity
Following energizing of the installation, polarity must be checked before further testing.
11.
Earth fault loop impedance Zt.

This will be measured at the furthest point on each circuit and recorded in column 17 of the
schedule. The maximum value of Zt is provided by the installation designer or may be
assumed to approximate to Zs giving by Tables 41B1, 41B2 and 41D multiplied by 0.96/1.2
(for an ambient of 10oc and cables to Table 54C). When Zs is determined by limiting circuit
length, the length shall be recorded in column 22 of Form WR4.
12.
Functional testing
The operation of rcds and rcbos shall be tested by simulating a fault condition, independent
of any test facility in the device. At rated tripping current rcds must operate within 200 ms.
Record operating current and time in column 18 and 19. Effectiveness of the test button
must be confirmed.
All switchgear and controlgear, drives, interlocks etc shall be operated to ensure they are
properly mounted, adjusted, are safe and work. Satisfactory operation is indicated by a tick
in column 20.
Prospective Fault Current. This may be measured or determined by calculation, or
ascertained by enquiry. The value is inserted in the form headed Particulars of the
Installation.
12A- 17
PERIODIC INSPECTION REPORT FOR AN ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

(BS 7671 : 1992) (notes 1)
Details of the Client
Clients name:
Address:
Purpose for which this Report is required:

DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION
Occupier:
Address:
Description of Premises:
Domestic
Other
Commercial
Industrial
Estimated age of the Electrical Installation: . years

Evidence of Alterations or Additions:
Yes
No
Not Apparent
If Yes, Estimate Age: years

Date of last inspection:
Records available
Yes
No
Records held by:

Type of Earthing:
TN-C-S
TN-S
TT
TN-C
IT
Details of Earth Electrode:

Type Location ... Method of Measurement . Resistance ...
Characteristics of the supply at the origin of the installation:
Nominal voltage V
Frequency .... Hz No of Phases .
Maximum demand (load) A per phase
Measured
Calculated
Other
Maximum prospective fault current (note 7)

kA
External earth fault loop impedance, Ze
Overcurrent protective device at origin:
Type: BS ..
Rating .. A
Main switch or circuit-breaker: Number of poles .. Type: BS Rating .. A

(If a residual current device, rated residual operating current . mA)
Method of protection against indirect contact:
1.
2.
Other (described) ..
Main equipotential bonding conductors:
12A- 18
Conductor material .. csa .. mm2
EXTENT AND LIMITATIONS OF THE INSPECTION

Extent of Electrical Installation Covered by this Report (Note 5):
Limitations:
RECOMMENDATIONS (Note 9)
Referring to the Schedule(s) of Inspection and Test Results, and subject to the
limitations specified above
Recommendations
as detailed below
No remedial work required, or

The following items:
One of the following numbers shall be placed alongside each of the items detailed
above (Note 6).
1
requires urgent attention

3
4
requires improvements
requires further investigation
Does not comply with BS 7671: 1992 (as amended) (This does not
necessarily imply that the electrical installation is unsafe).
SUMMARY OF THE INSPECTION

Date(s) of the inspection:
General condition of the installation (Note 7):
Overall assessment:
Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory
(Note 2)
SCHEDULE OF THE INSPECTION:
See sheet(s)
attached
SCHEDULE OF TEST:
See sheet(s)
attached
SCHEDULE OF THE INSPECTION AND TEST RESULTS:
See sheet(s)
attached
12A- 19
NEXT INSPECTION
I/We recommend that the installation should be re-inspected after an interval of not more than
. Months/years (Note 8)
DECLARATION
To the best of our knowledge and belief I/We confirm that the details recorded above and in the
attached Schedule(s) of Inspection and Test Results and the Recommendations are an accurate
assessment, within the limits specified, of the condition of the electrical installation as above.
INSPECTED BY: ..
Signature: ..
Name (IN BLOCK LETTERS): ..
Date of signing: .
REVIEWED BY: ..
Signature: ..
Name (IN BLOCK LETTERS): ..
Address:
.
Postcode:
12A- 20
NOTES ON PERIODIC INSPECTION REPORT - Form WR5

1.
This Periodic Inspection Report form shall only be used for the reporting on the condition of
an existing installation.
2.
The Report, shall include schedules of both the inspection and the test results. Additional
sheets of test results may be necessary for other than a simple installation. The page
numbers of each sheet shall be indicated, together with the total number of sheets involved.
3.
The intended purpose of the Periodic Inspection Report shall be identified, together with the
recipients details in the appropriate boxes.
4.
The maximum prospective fault current recorded should be the greater of either the shortcircuit current (between the live conductors) or the earth fault current (between phase
conductor(s) and an exposed-conductive-part).
5.
The Extent and Limitations box shall fully identify the elements of the installation that are
covered by the report and those that are not; this aspect having been agreed with the client
and other interested parties before the inspection and testing is carried out.
6.
The recommendation(s), if any, shall be categorized using the numbered coding 1-4 as
appropriate against each recommendation.
7.
The Summary of the Inspection box shall clearly identify the condition of the installation in
terms of safety.
8.
Where the periodic inspection and testing has resulted in a satisfactory overall assessment,
the time interval for the next periodic inspection and testing shall be given. The IEE
Guidance Note 3 provides guidance on the maximum interval between inspections for various
types of buildings. If the inspection and test reveals that parts of the installation require
urgent attention, it would be appropriate to state an earlier re-inspection date having due
regard to the degree of urgency and extent of the necessary remedial work.
9.
If the space available on the model form for information on recommendations is insufficient,
additional pages shall be provided as necessary.
12A- 21
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 12
Final Inspection
APPENDIX 12D
Generator Set Test Results
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
Chapter 12 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING/FINAL INSPECTION
APPENDIX 12D GENERATOR SET TEST RESULTS

Specification for Three Phase Generator Set
PROJECT NAME:
CONTRACTOR NO.
CONTRACTORS
NAME AND
ADDRESS
GENERATOR SET DETAILS

ENGINE
Remarks
Make
Model
Serial No.
Year of Manufacture
COVERNOR
Make
Model
Serial No.
Year of Manufacture
Remarks
FUEL PUMP
Make
Model
Serial No.
Year of Manufacture
Remarks
ENGINE RADIATOR
Make
Model
Serial No.
Year of Manufacture
Remarks
ALTERNATOR
Make
Model
Serial No.
Year of Manufacture
Remarks
AUTOMATIC
VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
Make
Model
Serial No.
Year of Manufacture
Remarks
12A- 22
TEST SITE CONDITION

Before Test
After Test
Remarks
Pressure (mm Hg.)

Temperature (oc)
Dry
Wet
Relative Humidity (%)
INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST (500V, M.Ohm)
Before Test
After Test
Remarks
ALTERNATOR
Armature
Field
EXCITER
Armature
Field
NO LOAD VOLTAGE RANGE TEST
AVR Maximum set
AVR Minimum set
Remarks
VOLTAGE (V)
RY
YB
BR
FREQUENCY (Hz)
PROTECTIVE DEVICE TESTS
Set Values
Alarm
Trip
Test Values
Alarm
Trip
Remarks
Overspeed (rpm)
Lubricating Oil Low
Pressure (Kg/cm2)
Lubricating Oil High
Temperature (oc)
Cooling Water High
Temperature (oc)
SUDDEN LOAD INCREASE / DECREASE TEST see remark (2)
Load (%) (see remarks below)
Sudden Increase see remark (1)
Before
Instant
After
Sudden Decrease 100% to 0%

Before
Instant
After
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Engine Speed (rpm)
Time of Stability
(sec)
Remarks: (1) If not specified elsewhere, record all readings for sudden load increase:
Stage 1:0% to 50%; Stage 2:50% to 80% and Stage 3: 80% to 100%
(2) Use transient recorders for all parameter recordings. All recordings shall be submitted.
12A- 23
YB
BR
Output
Frequency
(Hz)
RY
Current (A)
Power Factor
Voltage (V)
Time
Load (kW/%)
ALTERNATOR PERFORMANCE
REMARKS
TEST SITE: Name and Address
12A- 24
Engine Speed
(rpm)
Wet / %
Dry
Lubricating
Oil
Cooling
Water
Litre/min or
kg/min
Weight (kg)
Flow meter
Reading
Time
Load (kW/%)
Room
Lub Oil Pressure

(Kg/cm2)
Temperature (oc)
Fuel Consumption
Colour of Exhaust
Gas
ENGINE PERFORMANCE
REMARKS
TESTED BY (Name & Designation)
WITNESSED BY: (Name & Designation)
Date:
Date:
12A- 25
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 12
Final Inspection
APPENDIX 12E
Sample List of
Test Equipment
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 12E SAMPLE LIST OF TEST EQUIPMENT

1.
Suggested Test Equipment for Air-Conditioning - Water Systems

INSTRUMENT & DUTY
1.1
TYPICAL RANGES
Differential Pressure
a. Mercury Manometer
b. Fluorocarbon Manometer
0-60 kpa
0-5 kpa
1.2
System Gauge Pressure

a. Dial Pressure Gauge
0-10 bar
1.3
Rotation
a. Mechanical Tachometer
b. Optical Tachometer
0-3000 RPM
0-3000 RPM
1.4
Current
a. Induction Ammeter
b. Hall Effect Ammeter
0-1200 AMP
0-1000 AMP
1.5
Temperature
a. Digital Electronic
b. Contact Thermometer
-50/+1200C
2.0
Suggested Test Equipment for Air-Conditioning - Air Systems
2.1
Velocity
a. Pilot Tube in conjunction
with inclined tube Manometer
b. Rotating Vane Anemometer
c. Flow hoods(s) to fit various
diffuser and grille applications
3-20 m/s
0-5 m/s
2.2
Pressure
a. Inclined tube Manometer
b. Diaphragm Air Pressure Gauge
c. Micro manometer
0-2 kpa
0-250 kpa
0-2000 pa
2.3
Current
a. Induction Ammeter
b. Hall Effect Ammeter
0-1200 AMP
0-1000 AMP
2.4
Rotation
a. Mechanical Tachometer
b. Optical Tachometer
0-3000 RPM
0-3000 RPM
3.0
Suggested Test Equipment - Acoustical/Vibration
3.1
Sound Pressure
a. Octave Band Analyzer
3.2
Vibration Analyzer
a. Physical measurement
of peak amplitude
1st-8th Band
with one third band resolution
0-100 mils in discrete steps
12A- 26

PART III : COMPLETION AND
HAND OVER STAGE
CHAPTER 13
AS-BUILT, O&M MANUAL

AND OTHER DELIVERABLES
Chapter 13 ASBUILT, O&M MANUAL AND OTHER DELIVERABLES
Table of Contents
13.1
INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 13-1
13.2
SCOPE ..................................................................................................................... 13-1
13.3
PROCEDURE............................................................................................................. 13-1
13.3.1 General........................................................................................................ 13-1
13.3.2 As-Built Drawings ......................................................................................... 13-1
13.3.3 Operation and Maintenance Manual (O & M Manual)....................................... 13-2
13.3.4 Spare Parts .................................................................................................. 13-3
13.3.5 Test Records / Warranties ............................................................................. 13-4
Appendix 13A
As-Built Drawing, O&M Manual, Test Records and Warranties, ...13A- 1

Appendix 13B
Sample Index of O&M Manual....13A- 2
13-i
13-ii
13 AS-BUILT, O&M MANUAL AND OTHER DELIVERABLES

13.1
INTRODUCTION
This section of Construction Management covers the relevant documents to be handed
over to DID and/or rightful beneficiary by the Contractor prior to the issuance of
certificate of practical completion.
13.2
SCOPE
and design and build type of contracting. Where there are exceptions or departures from
the conventional contracting, specific mention is made in the Procedure in reference to
13.3
PROCEDURE
13.3.1
General
In general, there is a requirement for the Contractor to hand over relevant documents
such as As-built drawings, Operation and Maintenance (O&M) manual, test records and
warranties to DID and other rightful beneficiary. Sufficient copies are made for
distribution to all the beneficiaries.
The review and approval process of these documents/ drawings is as per Appendix 13A.
13.3.2
As-Built Drawings
This procedure for As-Built Drawings is read with the Document & Drawing Submission
Guideline in Chapter 11 of the Manual.
Generally all work is installed as per the approved shop drawings. Where on-site
revisions are necessary to overcome coordination problems, such revisions are
incorporated into marked-up copies of the working drawings on a regular basis
throughout the course of the works. These marked-up prints form the basis of As-Built
Drawings and Construction drawings.
The Contractor submits a schedule of the proposed As-Built Drawings when submitting
the draft O&M Manual.
All drawings are clearly marked As-Built Drawings in minimum 12 mm high lettering. All
submittals of As-Built Drawings are prepared and submitted for review and approval
cycle via the guidelines in the Document & Drawing Submission Guideline. Where
construction drawings are revised during the contract period, the As-Built Drawings
must be clearly marked, As-built Differs From Contract Drawing.
All manufacturer-supplied drawings are provided with the standard project title block and
issued as As-Built Drawings as set out above.
13-1
The quantities and types of print to be issued for As-Built Drawings are the same as for
normal document issues, as set out in the Document & Drawing Submission Guideline
unless stated otherwise in the construction contract.
For Design and Build type of contract, the main Contractor submits design calculations
where required to verify certain design element incorporated in the Consultants
drawings.
All existing revision information on working drawings is removed prior to their issue for
As-Built status. A new series starting ABI is instituted for first as-built issue.
13.3.3
Operation and Maintenance Manual (O & M Manual)

This procedure for O&M Manual is read with the Document & Drawing Submission
Guideline in Chapter 11 of the Manual.
The Contractor provides the specified number (as indicated in the respective construction
contract) of O&M Manuals and submits as provided in the Document & Drawing
Submission Guideline.
The O&M Manual is submitted by the Contractor initially in draft format for the Project
Teams review, a minimum of 30 days (or as stated in the construction contract) before
the intended demonstration/handover with the final version a minimum of 7 days (or as
stated in the construction contract). The Project Team ensures the draft O&M Manual is
reviewed by the appropriate maintenance department. The Contractor ensures that the
necessary information is requested from all other parties in adequate time for the above
requirements to be met.
For Design and Build contracting, the Contractor ensures his consultants had reviewed
the draft O&M Manual before submitting to the Project Team.
The specific requirements for the O&M Manual submittals are as follows:
a.
The O&M Manual cover is preferably to be of stiffened PVC/Rexine covered 4 ring

clip binders in an agreed colour. The manual cover and spine tab shall contain the
project name and title, generally as set out in the attached sample format.
b.
The manual page size shall be ISO size A4.
c.
Each section and sub-station within the manual(s) shall be sub-divided with colour
coded and numbered dividing tabs.
d.
The O&M Manual shall also incorporate manufacturers technical literature and
spare parts manuals.
e.
All test certificates, balancing and adjusting reports, code authority compliance
documents shall be included in the O&M Manual.
A sample of the typical O&M Manual index, which is to be amended to suit individual
project requirements, is enclosed in Appendix 13B. In all cases the Contractor's
Commissioning Representative submits to the Project Team for review and approval
within the above listed time frame.
It is likely that some sub-sections of the manual will need to be a complete manual in
their own right; however the format, cover and number system is coordinated with other
manual(s) to form a comprehensive set.
13-2
13.3.4
Spare Parts
The Contractor's Commissioning Representativer duly notifies the Project Team and
coordinates the supply of all specified spare parts to the DID's operations staff.
The information for a given project is organised by system identification and includes the
following:a.
A list of spare parts, special tools, lubricants etc. for each item of equipment
purchased as part of the relevant trade contract.
b.
Similar lists to (1) above covering spare parts etc. for all equipment for each spare
part that is not included in the Contract.
c.
A list of spare items for standard system i.e. fuses, gasket etc.
The above lists are based on manufacturers recommendation and cover a period of one
year after hand over of equipment/system to DID.
The standard spare parts schedules provide the following minimum information:a.
Manufacturers part name
b.
Manufacturers name, address, phone and fax numbers
c.
Manufacturers part number
d.
Quantity recommended for one year
e.
Unit price
f.
Lead time
g.
Shelf life
h.
Alternative suppliers of parts
i.
Local stocklist(s) name, address, phone and fax number
The Contractor submits the preliminary lists of spare parts, tools etc. a minimum of 60
days (or as stated in the construction contract) prior to intended system hand over for
the review and approval by the Project Team with the Consultant. The reservation of the
right to add to, reduce or omit entirely the recommendations contained on these lists is
according to the construction contract.
Upon approval by the Project Team for the spare parts lists either in their original or
amended form, the Contractor's Commissioning Representative instructs as necessary
the supply of those items covered by the relevant trade contracts.
Those items so supplied will be in the manufacturers original packaging and tagged with
a unique number coordinated with the relevant hand over schedule.
These parts are available for hand over to DID's operations personnel at least 30 days
prior to hand over of the associated systems or as indicated in the construction contract.
13-3
13.3.5
Test Records / Warranties

All test records and warranties submitted by the Contractor are subjected to the review
and acceptance by the Project Team and the Consultant. The test records and warranties
submitted are to comply with and in accordance to the requirements as indicated in the
respective construction contract.
13-4
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 13
As-Built, O&M Manual and
Other Deliverables
APPENDIX 13A
As-Built Drawings, O&M Manual,

Test Records and
Warranties Review and
Approval Cycle
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 13A
AS-BUILT DRAWINGS, O&M MANUAL, TEST RECORDS

AND WARRANTIES REVIEW AND APPROVAL CYCLE
Process Flowchart
Description
Action By
Contractor prepare Test

Records/Drawings/
Documents

test records, documents &
drawings based on the
Document & Drawings
Contractor
the completed test records/
documents/drawings
Contractor

submission
Project
Team/
Consultants
Contractor to prepare, submit

copies to relevant parties and
proceed with implementation
Contractor
check and review of submission
NO
Approve
YES
Submission / Implementation
13A- 1
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 13
As-Built, O&M Manual and
Other Deliverables
APPENDIX 13B
Sample Index of O&M Manual
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 13B SAMPLE INDEX OF O&M MANUAL

TYPICAL INDEX TO OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
IMPORTANT NOTE :The following list is not exhaustive. It is intended to highlight some of the main items required to
be included in the operating and maintenance manuals. The list will need to be expanded to cover
the specific detailed needs of the individual buildings and their system.
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
SUB-SECTIONS
1.0
GENERAL
- Introduction
- Services Identification
- List of Abbreviations
- Schedule
- Directory of Suppliers (includes address,
telephone no, fax no., email and person in charge.
- Warranty and Guarantee (list all major
equipments with warranty beginning and end
dates)
2.0
DESCRIPTIONS OF SYSTEMS
(Contractor to submit description of the systems specific to the project and the
technical details.)
a. Heating, Ventilation
& Air Conditioning
General
Air System
Water Cooling Systems
DX Systems
Kitchen Extract Systems
Computer Room Systems
b. PLUMBING
Domestic Water Systems

Drainage Systems
Rainwater Systems
Interceptor Systems
Storage Facilities
Fuel Oil Systems
c. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS d. ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Sprinkler Systems
Pre-Action Systems
Wet Riser Systems
Pressurization Systems and Smoke Control
Hosereel Systems
Standby Power
Storage Tanks
- High Voltage Systems

- Low Voltage Systems
- Emergency and Essential Power System
- Emergency Lighting
- Lightning Protection
- Earthing
- Lighting Systems
13A- 2
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
SUB-SECTIONS
e. MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS -
Fire Alarm System

Security System
Structured Cabling System
Central Vacuum System
3.0
BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM

(BCS)
Overview
Cause/Effect
Operating Mode
Fire Mode
Point Charts
4.0
OPERATING PROCEDURES
(for each system and sub components. Contractor to include that system operation
instruction under BCS, auto and manual mode. Contractor also required to include
the recommended service and maintenance schedule (frequency of maintenance)
and components to be serviced and replaced. A sample log sheet shall be
included.)
- General description
- System description
- System Operation Procedures
- Initial Set-Up
- Routine Inspection Charts
- Equipment Start-Up/ Shut Down Procedures
(Contractor to include the operational settings)
- Filling-Up
- Draining Down
- Lubrication Charts
- Filtration Charts
- Preventative Maintenance
- Lead/Lag Arrangements
- Fault Finding
- Special Tools
5.0
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
6.0
MANUFACTURERS DATA (Contractor to include the Parts List)

- Factory Test Certificates
- Certified Drawings
- Nameplate Date
- Specific/Specialised
- Maintenance Recommendations
- Performance Curves
- Catalogue Cuts
13A- 3
- General
- Health and Safety
- Failure of Electrical Supply
- Failure of Water Supply
- Failure of Gas Supply
- Refrigerant Leaks
- Water Leaks
- Fuel Oil Leaks
- Fire Situations on MEP Systems
- First Aid Procedures
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
7.0
SPARES (Contractor to include the spare parts lists and price lists)
- Recommended Spare Schedules
- Spares Policy Recommendations
- Schedule of Spares Supplied at Handover
- Price Lists
8.0
TEST CERTIFICATES
(Contractor to include factory acceptance tests and site tests)
Pressure Tests
Environmental Tests
Chlorination Certificates
Chemical Cleaning
Commissioning Checklists
Snagging Sign-Offs
Tank Test Certificates
Electrical Safety
Generator Tests
Electrical Tests
9.0
SYSTEM SCHEMATICS AND DESIGN CALCULATIONS

(All design calculations to be submitted.)
Design Calculations
Valve Charts
Wiring Diagram (HV)
Wiring Diagram (LV)
Air System Schematics
Water System Schematics
10.0
AS BUILT DRAWINGS
SUB-SECTIONS
Schedule of As-Built Drawings

Certified As-Built Drawings
13A- 4

HAND OVER STAGE
CHAPTER 14
TRAINING
Chapter 14 TRAINING
Table of Contents
14.1
INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 14-1
14.2
SCOPE ..................................................................................................................... 14-1
14.3
PROCEDURE............................................................................................................. 14-1
14.3.1 General........................................................................................................ 14-1
14.3.2 Training Of DID's Operation Personnel ........................................................... 14-1
Appendix 14A
Sample of Training Agenda 14A-1
14-i
Chapter 14 TRAINING
14-ii
Chapter 14 TRAINING
14 TRAINING
14.1
INTRODUCTION
This section of Construction Management provides the procedure and guideline on the
requirement of training for the DIDs operational personnel before hand over.
Training is crucial to ensure DIDs operational personnel acquires adequate knowledge,
information and skills to operate and maintain the facility handed over by the Contractor
to DID.
Refer also to Chapter 17 of Volume 10 for the procedure on contract administration for
Pre-Completion Inspection.
14.2
SCOPE
and design and build type of contracting. Where there are exceptions or departures from
the conventional contracting, specific mention is made in the Procedure in reference to
Training that is not for the operation and maintenance of equipment/facilities handed
over by the Contractor is not covered in this chapter.
14.3
PROCEDURE
14.3.1
General
To ensure successful training, the Sub-Contractor (where applicable) and Contractor is
required to thoroughly plan, organize, schedule and implement the training activities.
14.3.2
Training Of DID's Operation Personnel

This section defines the general guideline for the scope and content of the training of
DID's operations personnel.
Given the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 1994 and the
need to maintain warranty conditions, it is an absolute pre-requisite that full training
occurs prior to hand over of any equipment or systems.
The Project Team provides the Contractors Commissioning Representative with the DID's
designated operations personnel names and responsibilities prior to the start of required
system training. The Project Team coordinates the training schedule for the personnel
with the Contractors Commissioning Representative.
The Contractor's Commissioning Representative coordinates all training proposals into a
comprehensive training schedule. This schedule is submitted to the Project Team for
review and approval. The Contractor Commissioning Representative incorporates all
reasonable requirements into a final training programme and arranges attendance of the
required training personnel.
Training on equipment is carried out by engineers/ instructors of the original equipment
manufacturer (OEM) supplemented by the Contractor as necessary.
14-1
Chapter 14 TRAINING
In submitting a comprehensive training schedule, the Contractor must confirm the

following:
1. Name and title of person(s) carrying out training
2. Name of company employing trainer(s)
3. Proposed location of training i.e. job site, classroom or factory
4. Details of training aids to be used, i.e. manual, audiovisual etc.
5. Details of any spares/tools to be provided
For each training session a training agenda is provided, generally set out as per the
attached sample format in Appendix 14A.
Where practicable the contractor arranges to video tape the training session and provides
a copy of the tape for the DID's retention or as otherwise indicated in the construction
contract.
Personnel who attended training are to submit the required feedback form to the Project
Team.
The Contractor prepares and submits reports on the training conducted to the Project
team including an evaluation on the trainings effectiveness.
14-2
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 14
Training
APPENDIX 14A
Sample Training Agenda
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
Chapter 14 TRAINING
APPENDIX 14A
SAMPLE TRAINING AGENDA

TRAINING AGENDA
BUILDING:
___________________________________________
Date
______________________
Time
______________________
Location
______________________
(Insert Title)
1.0 OPENING INTRODUCTION BY CHAIRPERSON
a. Introduction of Instructors
b. Introduction of The Project Team
c.
Introduction of Manufacturers Specialists
d. Presentation of Course Aims/Scope

2.0 TRAINING (CLASSROOM)
a.
Description of Systems and Equipment
b.
Inter-relationship with other Systems
c.
Recommended Maintenance Requirements
d.
Preventative Maintenance Check Lists and recommended Spare Parts
e.
Health and Safety Precautions
3.0 FIELD TRAINING

a.
View equipment at Location
b.
Demonstrate Maintenance Access
c.
Review of Overall System and Associated Interfaces with Other Systems
d.
Demonstrate Actual Start-Up Procedures
e.
Demonstrate Replacement of Common Spare Parts
f.
Hands on activities (as appropriate)
4.0 REVIEW OF O&M DOCUMENTATION AND SPARE PARTS LIST

a.
Site Review to Compare with Actual Installation of Accuracy
b.
Review Description of Systems and Certified Manufacturers Drawings
14A- 1

HAND OVER STAGE
CHAPTER 15
FINAL INSPECTION AND HAND OVER
Chapter 15 FINAL INSPECTION AND HAND OVER
Table of Contents
15.1
INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 15-1
15.2
SCOPE ................................................................................................................... 15-1
15.3
PROCEDURE............................................................................................................. 15-1
15.3.1 General........................................................................................................ 15-1
15.3.2 Joint site inspection and outstanding works.................................................... 15-1
15.3.3 Certificate of Practical Completion (CPC) ........................................................ 15-2
15.3.4 Certificate of Fitness/Certificate of Completion and Compliance ....................... 15-2
15.3.5 Hand Over of Records, Documents and Drawings ........................................... 15-3
15.3.6 Training ....................................................................................................... 15-3
15.3.7 Handing Over of Project ................................................................................ 15-3
15.3.8 Partial Occupation ........................................................................................ 15-4
Appendix 15A
Sample Form of Outstanding Works...15A- 1
Appendix 15B
Sample Checklist for Completed Works .........15A- 2
Appendix 15C Test Records, As-Built Drawings, O&M Manual Review & Approval Cycle...15A- 7
Appendix 15D Sample Project Team Recommendation Report for Issuance of CPC ...15A- 8
Appendix 15E
Recommendation for Preparation of Issuance of Hand Over Certificate ....15A- 11
15-i
15-ii
15 FINAL INSPECTION AND HAND OVER

15.1
INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides the overall procedure and elements of control in the
implementation of final inspection, review and acceptance of the construction works and
deliverables up to the stage of issuance of Hand Over Certificate.
Refer to Chapter 17 and 18 of Volume 10 for the procedure on contract administration
for Pre-Completion Inspection and Defects Management respectively.
This procedure for final inspection and hand over is read in conjunction with the 3
preceding chapters, Chapter 12 (T&C), 13 (As-built and O&M) and 14 (Training) of the
Manual.
15.2
SCOPE
In general, the following procedures address a common approach to both conventional
and design and build type of contracting method. Where there are exceptions or
departures from conventional contracting, specific mention is made in the procedure in
reference to design and build practice.
15.3
PROCEDURE
15.3.1
General
In the event of hand over of the completed works initiated either by the Contractor or
Client, the Project Team is to ensure that associated prerequisites as provided in the
contract have been met.
15.3.2
Joint site inspection and outstanding works

The Contractor shall arrange a joint site inspection/evaluation with the Consultants,
Project Team and the Client (where applicable) prior to hand over. Upon the joint
evaluation, the Project Team prepares the list of outstanding works (if any) and the
programme for completing the outstanding works, and issues them to the contractor for
full completion to the satisfaction of the Project Team.
See Appendix 15A for sample Form of Outstanding Works and Appendix 15B for sample
Checklist for Completed Works.
For Design and Build type of contracts, Contractors Consultants prepares and submits
recommendation report through the Contractor to the Project Team for checking and
validation.
15-1
15.3.3
Certificate of Practical Completion (CPC)

The Project Team ensures the Contractor meets the prerequisites as per the construction
contract (or such allowable provisions in the construction contract) through a review and
acceptance cycle of the Contractor's application with the Consultant (for Design and Build
type contract subject to the availability of consultancy service for the project package).
Resubmission by the Contractor is required for unacceptable application. See Appendix
15C for the review and acceptance process.
The Contractor arranges a joint site inspection/evaluation with the Consultants, Project
Team and the client, where applicable, (who could be utility providers or other
Government Agency or Department), prior to the Contractors application for the CPC.
Upon successful submission of all relevant documents, records and drawings by the
Contractor, the Consultant prepares and submits recommendation report to the Project
Team for check and validation. The Project Team consolidates the Consultants
recommendation and the deliverables submitted by the Contractor and makes
recommendation to the SO. Checklist on the pertinent deliverables prior to the issuance
of hand over certificate is included in the Project Teams recommendation report.
See Appendix 15D for a sample Project Teams recommendation report for issuance of
CPC.
For Design and build type of contract, the Contractors Consultant prepares and submits
the recommendation report and the deliverables through the Contractor to the Project
Team for check and validation.
Upon endorsement by SO (or by the person so empowered) of the recommendations, the
Project Team prepares the CPC for issuance to the Contractor.
The Defects Liability Period starts from the date of issuance of the CPC.
15.3.4
Certificate of Fitness/Certificate of Completion and Compliance

The Project Team ensures that the Consultants carry out the various statutory
inspections together with relevant authorities for compliance with relevant statutory
requirements in securing Certificate of Fitness (CF)/ Certificate of Completion and
Compliance (CCC), through CF/CCC Meetings with the Contractor and Consultants,
preferably in conjunction with the issuance of CPC.
Consultant shall submit to relevant authorities all pertinent documents, records and
drawings, with copies to the Project Team.
Local Authority may impose certain conditions prior to issuance of approval and Project
Team and Consultant need to clearly identify outstanding matters for necessary action by
Contractor before next application for certification.
15-2
15.3.5
Hand Over of Records, Documents and Drawings

It is required to hand over records and documents to a beneficiary (besides the DID) of
the facilities built. Project Team ascertains necessary copies are made for submission and
distribution to the beneficiaries.
Documents and drawings that fall under this category include As-Built drawings,
Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manuals, warranties and test records.
The Contractors submission of these documents and drawings is subjected to check for
completeness and review by the Project Team, Consultants endorsement and stamp of
As-Built drawings and Consultants review of the O&M Manual, warranties and test
records. The Contractor needs to resubmit the incomplete documents and drawings as
reviewed. Refer to Appendix 15C for the review and approval process of these
documents.
For Design and Build type contracts, Contractors submission of these documents and
drawings is subjected to the check for completeness and review by Project Team;
Contractors Consultants endorsement of As-Built Drawings, O&M Manuals, Warranties
and test records. The review and approval process of these documents and drawings is
similar to the above i.e. Appendix 15C.
15.3.6
Training
There may also be a requirement for training of personnel (of the beneficiary) with
respect to operation and maintenance. Refer to Chapter 14 for procedure on training.
The Contractor coordinates all training proposals into a comprehensive training
programme. This programme is submitted for the review and approval of the Project
Team and Consultants.
The Contractor carries out training only upon the acceptance by the Consultant on the
completeness of the Contractors training material with verification by the Project Team;
the Contractors satisfactory completion of As-Built Drawings and O&M Manuals, and
submission of warranties and test records. The review and approval process of these
documents is similar to the above i.e. Appendix 15C.
The Project Team arranges the attendees for Contractors training.
15.3.7
Handing Over of Project

Upon successful completion of project carried out for the beneficiary and submission of
all relevant documents, records and drawings by the Contractor, the Consultant prepares
and submits recommendation report to the Project Team for check and validation. The
Project Team consolidates the Consultants recommendations and the deliverables
submitted by the Contractor. Checklist on the pertinent deliverables prior to the issuance
of hand over certificate is included in the Project Teams recommendation report. See
Appendix 15E for a sample recommendation report.
For Design and build type of contract, the Contractors Consultant prepares and submits
the recommendation report and the deliverables through the Contractor to the Project
Team for check and validation.
The Project Team shall issue an official letter to the beneficiary to formalize the handing
over.
15-3
15.3.8
Partial Occupation
Prior to the practical completion of the whole Works, DID may but with the consent of
Contractor, take possession of and occupy any part of the completed Works. Where any
part of the Works is taken possession of and occupied by DID prior to completion of the
whole of the Works, the following apply:
1. A Certificate of Partial Occupation must be issued within seven (7) days of the taking
possession and occupation of the part of the Works. The Certificate must state the
estimated value of the part of the Works taken possession of and occupied.
2. The DLP for the part of the Works taken possession of and occupied commences on
the date DID takes possession of and occupies the same.
3. The LAD specified in the Contract is reduced in the proportions which the value of
the part taken possession of and occupied bears to the Contract Sum.
4. The provisions of the Contract as regards of insurance and release of the
Performance Bond are not affected.
Please refer also to Chapter 17 of Volume 10 for the procedure on contract
administration for Completion.
15-4
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 15
APPENDIX 15A
Sample Form of Outstanding Works
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 15A SAMPLE FORM OF OUTSTANDING WORKS

Records of Outstanding Works List:
Project Name:
Block:
Note* : A Outstanding Works
No.
Location
Level
Area
Description
Remarks
Status*
Main Contractor:
Consultant:
Project Team
Signature:
..
Name:
..
Date: .
..
15A- 1
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 15
APPENDIX 15B
Sample Checklist for

Completed Works
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 15B SAMPLE CHECKLIST FOR COMPLETED WORKS

A
Floor
Screed:
Ponding not deeper than thick of 3mm

Cracks not wider than 0.5mm
No hollowness
Falls in wet areas to be in the correct direction
Expansion joints at intervals
Staircase variance treads and risers not to exceed 5mm
Tile:
Consistent size
Surface even and leveled
Joints aligned and consistent (3-6mm or otherwise specified)
Chipping, cracks should not present Tolerance - +/-3mm
Timber Strips:
No nodes
No gaps between strips
Edges to be properly sealed
Free from defects, damages, insects, etc.
Surface tolerance approx. 3mm in 2.0m
Carpets:
Stretched and even

Joints should not be easily detectable
Proper termination at edges
Underlining provided
Water tightness:
No leakages
If the floor is found to be leaking, the floor is considered to have
failed the assessment
Wall
Alignment
According to drawing (Setting out deviation not more than 5mm)

Square ness maintained at right angles
Interfacing of two different finishes
Brickwork
Alignment horizontal and vertical

Stiffener position approx. 3m to 3.5m
Lintel for brick wall exceeding 3.5m in heights
Bearing end for lintel above opening 100mm 150mm min
Exmet every 4th course
Tie bar to columns or r.c. wall
Plaster
Cracks along wall (not more than .3mm wide and 500mm long)
Square ness at corners
Hollowness should not be detected between coats of plaster
Vertical / horizontal alignment not more than +/-3mm in 1.8m
Straightedges). Squash courts vertically 10mm in 4.0m
Title
Joint aligned and not more than 3mm unless otherwise specified
Tolerance across joint (less than 6mm 1mm, 6mm or more
2mm)
Refer MS1294 part 1:1992 22.8.1
Tile size to be consistent +/- 1mm
Observed for chipped edges, cracks, stains
15A- 2
Cladding
Proper anchorage of panels

Joints width to be consistent
Evenness of surface 3mm/1.2m or as per manufacturers method
statement
Sealant material to be compatible w/ cladding materials
Granite / stone cladding 0.5mm over 1m straight lines or as per
manufacturers method statement
Painting
Plaster surface free from defects i.e. indentation, mortar dropping,

cracks, etc.
Surface evenly painted
Good opacity no patchiness from touch up etc.
Free from peeling
Ceiling
Skim Coats
False Ceiling
(suspended
system)
D
Doors and Windows

Door
Alignment of rail / hangers

Sufficient hangers and clips
Surface should be even. Deflection of any components must not
exceed 1/360 of span
Alignment vertical and horizontal

Gap between door and wall
In tumescent strip for fire rated door (fire stop)
Door to be properly sanded down (timber door) and good paint
finished
Gap between doorframe and door leaf (3mm all sides, 6mm at the
Bottom
Windows
Alignment in relation to wall

No leakage
Ease of opening and closing
Good fit of locking device
Glazing clean, evenly sealed for alum. Window
Roller Shutter
Fire rating if any

Alignment of rail, verticality, ease of operation
Quality of finished (damaged, etc.)
Plumbing &
Sanitary Fittings
Gully & Floor Traps
Sanitary fittings
15A- 3
Surface evenness
Formwork joints are ground smooth
Leaks or stains
Paintwork with good opacity
No damage or blockage
Security fix
Position in relation to FFL (lowest position)
Comply with schedule as per architects requirement and specs
Firmly secured
No leakages at joints
Pipes
Roof
Construction
Alignment in relation to other building services

Inclined pipes laid to proper gradient
No leakages at joints
Brackets firmly secured and adequately spaced
Painted with good opacity and/or to relevant authority color-coding
requirement
Materials firmly secured as per manufacturers method statements

Ponding should not be deeper than 3 mm
No damages
Waterproofing
Suitability of base to receive waterproofing materials

To comply with manufacturers specifications
Complete adhesion to base
Sufficient lapping at joints
Suitability of waterproofing type in relation to the function of the
areas i.e. planter, rooftop, toilets, etc.
No sign of damage and leakage
Gutters
No choking/ponding
Fall constructed accordingly towards outlets
Water tightness
Sufficient RWDP provided
M&E on Ceilings
Smoke detector,
Sprinkler heads,
Head sensor, PA
Speakers,
Emergency light
M&E on Walls
Fire Alarm,
KELUAR sign,
Exposed Ductwork,
Elec. Switch plates,
Power points,
Thermostat, fire
extinguishers, Hose
reels
Staircase
Railings
Tread &Risers
Neatness of fit
Alignment
In relation to coordinated ceiling plan
Workmanship and neatness of fit

Position as per authority requirements
Welding joint must be ground

Alignment (vertical & horizontal
Base anchorage
Height to conform to by-laws (900mm max. at flight, 900mm min at
landing)
Width of 1100mm and more requires railing both sides
Risers to be consistent throughout but not to exceed 180mm
Treads min. size 255mm
Width of staircase to be consistent throughout including landing
Staircase exceeding 2225mm in width requires intermediate railing
Refer by-law 106 108, 168
15A- 4
Ramps
Handicap
Carpark
Aprons and Drains

Drains
Aprons
15A- 5
Roads and Carparks

Side drains
Width not to be less than 1200mm

Rest areas to be provided at intervals of 6000mm (1200mm width)
Railing to be continuous at height between 840mm to 875mm and
fixed not less than 50mm and not more than 100mm from any
adjacent wall
Railing dia. to be not less than 40mm and not more than 50mm
Gradient for handicap ramp to be 1:12
Gradient not to 1:7 max. preferred 1:10 and absolute 1:10 at curve
section
Width to be 3.0m min for straight ramp and 3.7m at curve
230mm (W) x 150mm (H) kerb to be provided in the middle to
separate in and out for two way traffic ramp.
Free flowing and no siltation

No ponding of water
Concrete slab over drain properly secured
No ponding
Cracks max. of 1mm wide and 0.5m long
Cleanliness
Free flowing and no mortar dropping

Hairline cracks not wider than 0.5mm
No chipping and damaged to pre-cast section
Road Surface
No ponding
Road painting according to the approved drawing
Kerb
Correct alignment (20mm/50mm)

Evenness at joints
No chipping or cracks
Road sign
As per specifications
Firm and secure at base
Painted evenly
Footpath & Turfing

Footpath
Even surface and neat edges

No concrete dropping
Installed as per manufacturers method statement
Turfing
No ponding
Turfing evenly, no dead grass, and no construction debris
Cross and longitudinal gradient of 1:50 and 1:100 respectively
Plants
Planted as per specs

Healthy (free from insect, pest, etc.)
No construction debris at planters
Fences and
Gates
Fences and Gates
Misc
Carpark
Requirements
According to boundary survey

Railing and metal support are galvanized or painted (no rust)
Anchored securely to ground (sufficient footing)
Vertical tolerance (4mm/1.2m)
Driveway one way 6.0m and 7.3m for two way traffic for 90
degree parking spaces
Stall dimension min. 2.4m x 4.8m, preferred 2.5m x 5.0m for
car
Height clearance to underside of beams, M&E at areas to be used
for parking of wheeled vehicle shall not be less than 2.0m
The controlled entrance for a carpark of 500 cars and above should
have a min of two lanes. The exit shall be a min. of 2 lanes. Max.
parking stalls allowable for one point of access shall be 600.
Handicap Toilet
To comply to clause 14 22 of MS 1184: 1991
Safety and Health
Basic safety equipment i.e. safety boot, hard hat, safety goggle, etc.
Proper safety platform for work above ground
Scaffolding erection
Portable toilet, or proper washroom areas
Ponding water mosquito etc.
15A- 6
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 15
APPENDIX 15C
Test Records, As-Built Drawings and

O&M Manual Review and
Approval Cycle
Flow Chart
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 15C Test Records, As-Built Drawings and O&M Manual Review and
Approval Cycle
Process Flowchart
Description
Action By

test records, documents &
drawings based on the
Document & Drawings
Contractor
the completed test records/
documents/drawings
Contractor

Project Team /Consultants

submission
Project Team/
Consultants
Contractor to prepare, submit

copies to relevant parties and
proceed with implementation
Contractor
Contractor prepare Test

Records/Drawings/
Documents
NO
Approve
YES
Submission / Implementation
15A- 7
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 15
APPENDIX 15D
Recommendation Report for

Issuance of Certificate
of Practical Completion
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 15D SAMPLE PROJECT TEAMS RECOMMENDATION REPORT FOR

ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATE OF PRACTICAL COMPLETION
Our Ref:
Date:
To: (SO/PD)
Dear Sir,
(Insert Project/Package Title)
- Recommendation for Certificate of Practical Completion
We refer to the above matter.
In accordance with the Conditions of Contract, we certify that the Works have been jointly inspected
in the presence of the Contractor, the Consultants and Project Team, and have been found to be
practically completed on (insert date) with Contractor's undertaking to complete the outstanding
works vide their letter ref. ............................
We attach herewith summary of CPC submission checklist as per Appendix A and draft of Certificate
of Practical Completion with attachments for your kind signature.
Thank you.
Yours faithfully,
Project Team
15A- 8
RECOMMENDATION FOR PREPARATION OF ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATE

OF PRACTICAL COMPLETION
Project Title:
Project No:
Contractor's Name:
Contractor's Address:
NO
DESCRIPTION
ACTION
1.0
2.0
Application letter from Contractor

Joint site evaluation (DID/
Project Team/ Consultant/
Contractor
Consultants recommendation
List of outstanding works
(prepared by Consultant/ Project
Team and agreed by Contractor)
To attach
To attach
Yes
Yes
No
No
To attach
To attach
list and
program
to
complete
To attach
Yes
No
Yes
No
To attach
To confirm
To confirm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
To
To
To
To
confirm
confirm
confirm
confirm
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
To confirm
Yes
No
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
Letter of undertaking to
complete outstanding works from
Contractor
Schedule of Defects
NCRs closed
Commissioning tests complete
and test result submitted, signed
by P.E. & witnessed by Project
Team and authorities (where
required)
Training completed
As-Built drawings submitted
O & M manuals submitted
Manufacturers warrantees
assigned
Certificate of Fitness/ Certificate
of Completion and Compliance
obtained (if required)
Others (please specify)
We recommend for your
agreement for the preparation of
issuance of Certificate of
Practical Completion
REVIEW
COMMENTS
Yes
No
Prepared by:
......................................
Project Team
15A- 9
CERTIFICATE OF PRACTICAL COMPLETION

USE JKR 203S-Pin. 2/83
Perakuan Siap Kerja
15A- 10
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 15
APPENDIX 15E
Recommendation for
Preparation of Issuance
of Hand Over Certificate
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 15E SAMPLE OF RECOMMENDATION FOR PREPARATION OF

ISSUANCE OF HAND OVER CERTIFICATE
To: Client
RECOMMENDATION FOR PREPARATION OF ISSUANCE OF HAND OVER CERTIFICATE
Project Title:
Package No:
Contractor's Name:
NO
DESCRIPTION
ACTION
1.0
2.0
Application letter from Contractor

Joint site evaluation (Project Team/
Consultant/ Contractor
List of outstanding works (prepared
by Consultant/ Project Team and
agreed by Contractor)
To attach
To attach
Yes No
Yes No
To attach
To attach
list and
program to
complete
To attach
Yes No
To confirm
To confirm
Yes No
Yes No
To
To
To
To
To
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
Letter of undertaking to complete

outstanding works from Contractor
NCRs closed
Commissioning tests complete and
test result submitted, signed by P.E.
& witnessed by Project Team and
authorities (where required)
Training completed
As-Built drawings submitted
O&M manuals submitted
Manufacturers warrantees assigned
CF/CCC obtained (if required)
confirm
confirm
confirm
confirm
confirm
REVIEW
COMMENTS
Yes No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Prepared by:
Reviewed by:
......................................
Consultant / Contractor
.........................................
Project Team
15A- 11

PART IV : DEFECTS LIABILITY STAGE
CHAPTER 16
MAINTENANCE/
DEFECTS MANAGEMENT
Chapter 16 MAINTENANCE / DEFECTS MANAGEMENT
Table of Contents
16.1
INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 16-1
16.2
SCOPE ..................................................................................................................... 16-1
16.3
PROCEDURE............................................................................................................. 16-1
16.3.1 General........................................................................................................ 16-1
16.3.2 Defects Inspection ........................................................................................ 16-1
16.3.3 Defects Liability Period.................................................................................. 16-2
16.3.4 Final Certificate ............................................................................................ 16-3
Appendix 16A
Sample Checklist for Defects of Completed Works...16A- 1
Appendix 16B
Sample Form of List of Defects16A- 2
Appendix 16C
Sample Project Team Recommendation Report for Issuance of CMGD...16A- 4
Appendix 16D
Sample Bank Guarantee for Guarantee Period...16A- 7
Appendix 16E
Sample Statutory Declaration..16A- 9
Appendix 16F
Sample of Project Teams Recommendation for Final Certificate..16A- 10
16-i
16-ii
16 MAINTENANCE / DEFECTS MANAGEMENT

16.1
INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides the overall procedure and elements of control in the maintenance
and management of defects from the period of the initiation of Certificate of Practical
Completion (CPC) up to the issuance of Final Certificate (FC) to the Contractor.
Refer to Chapter 18 and 19 of Volume 10 for the procedure on contract administration
for Defects Management and Final Account and Final Certificate, respectively.
This procedure for maintenance/defects management is read in conjunction with the
preceding Chapter 15 (Final Inspection and Hand over) of the Manual.
16.2
SCOPE
The procedure covers both the conventional and design & build type of contracting. Any
specific requirements of a Project are addressed in the Project Quality Plan (PQP).
16.3
PROCEDURE
16.3.1
General
This procedure is written in anticipation that events unfold in a chronological order
(although it is not always possible) in the implementation of project management. There
are activities that run through the entire phase of the project rather than in stages.
In general, the following procedures address a common approach to both conventional
and Design and Build type of contracting method. Where there are exceptions or
departures from conventional contracting, specific mention is made in the procedure in
reference to design and build practice.
16.3.2
Defects Inspection
The Defects Liability Period (DLP) starts from the date of issuance of the Certificate of
Practical Completion (CPC). The procedure for issuance of CPC is per Chapter 15.
Prior to the issuance of the CPC, the Contractor arranges a joint defects inspection with
the Consultants, Project Team and, where applicable, the Client (who could be utility
providers or other Government Agency or Department).
Upon the joint evaluation, the Consultant prepares the list of defects and submits to the
Project Team for checking and validation. See Appendix 16A for sample Checklist for
Defects of Completed Works and Appendix 16B for sample Form of List of Defects.
For Design and Build type contract, the Contractor may proceed with their in-house
internal inspection and generate the Defects List.
The Defects List is referred to as the Records of Defects List, List of Defects, Snag List,
etc. whichever is appropriate as referred in contract documents.
16-1
16.3.3

There may be demobilization of Project Team upon the issuance of the CPC. As such,
remaining members of Project Team or such other designated personnel are assigned as
DLP Task Force to monitor and manage Contractor's compliance during DLP. The
Consultant continues with his responsibility during the DLP as per the consultancy
agreement.
Monitoring of rectification works and maintenance of Defects List is through the updating
of the Defects List on a regular basis, as agreed.
The Project Team carries out regular inspection to monitor progress after agreeing with
the Contractor on the interval of the Defects List update.
The Contractor, Consultants and the Project Team inspect reports and complaints of
defects recorded into the List of Defects. The Project team ensures all defective works
identified are rectified and properly closed out by monitoring and tracking the List of
Defects through scheduled DLP meetings, and through inspections of the rectification
works arranged by Contractor.
Upon expiry of DLP and in accordance with the construction contract, the Consultant
prepares and submits the draft final Defects List to the Project Team for review and
verification for issuance by SO as the Schedule of Defects (if any).
For Design and Build type contracts, the Contractor prepares and submits Schedule of
Defects to the Project Team for review and verification for issuance by PD as the
Schedule of Defects (if any).
Upon receipt of Schedule of Defects by Contractor, the Contractor rectifies defects within
the instructed period. The Contractor arranges joint inspection with attendance of the
Project Team and Consultants to verify the rectification works. Project Team and
Consultants jointly prepare recommendations to SO/PD on options by addressing the
following (where applicable):
To accept satisfactory rectification works
a.
To accept rectification works or works as it is and to deduct diminution of value

(for inclusion into the Final Account).
b.
To accept rectification works or works as is and rectification by others and back

charged to Contractor (for inclusion into the Final Account).
The Project Team reviews and consolidates these options and the Consultants input into
the recommendations for issuance of Certificate of Completion of Making Good of Defects
(CMGD) for endorsement by SO/PD.
Refer to Appendix 16C for a sample Project Teams recommendation report for issuance
of CMGD. Checklist on pertinent deliverables prior to the issuance of CMGD is included in
Project Teams recommendation report.
The issuance of the CMGD is as per Conditions of Contract. A sample CMGD is included in
the Project Teams recommendation report.
16-2
16.3.4
Final Certificate
Upon the issuance of CMGD, and in accordance with the construction contract, the
Project Team conducts final check and verification for the fulfillment of Contractor's
contractual obligations and requests the Contractor's submission of the following:
a.
Design Guarantee Bond for Design and Build contract (if applicable). Refer to
Appendix 16D for a sample format.
b.
Statutory Declaration. Refer to Appendix 16E for a sample format.
The Project Team compiles the Contractor's submission (where applicable) and upon
verification, recommends to DID the issuance of Final Certificate to Contractor. Refer to
Appendix 16F for a sample Project Teams recommendation report. A sample checklist
on the deliverables prior to the issuance Final Certificate is included in Project Teams
recommendation report.
Upon approval by SO/PD, the approved Final Certificate is issued to the Contractor and
other relevant parties including a copy to DID for final payment.
16-3
16-4
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 16
APPENDIX 16A
Checklist for Defects of

Completed Works
External Architectural
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009

APPENDIX 16A SAMPLE CHECKLIST FOR DEFECTS OF COMPLETED WORKS - EXTERNAL ARCHITECTURAL
1
G.F.R.C FINISHING
P.C. PANEL FINISHING
CURTAIN WALL / WINDOW
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
Damaged / Broken
Incomplete
Not Leveled / Waviness
Others
Stained
Misaligned
Tapering
Rough / Unwanted Textured
Scratched
Substandard Joints
Cracked / Hair Line Cracks
Substandard Groove Line
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
Damaged / Broken
Incomplete
Others
Stained
Misaligned
Tapering
Rough / Unwanted Textured
Scratched
Substandard Joints
Cracked / Hair Line Cracks
Substandard Groove Line
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
Damaged / Broken
Incomplete
Others
Stained
Misaligned / Tilted
Substandard Sealant
Poor Framing Works
Scratched
Substandard Joints
FRAMELESS GLASS
CANOPY
LOUVRE GRILLE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
Damaged / Broken
Incomplete
Tilted
Others
Stained
Misaligned
Improper Sealant Works
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
Damaged / Broken
Incomplete
Not Leveled / Tilted
Others
Stained
Substandard Installation
Scratched
Warped Aluminium Panel
Scratched
Substandard Joints
Insufficient Run-off / Ponding
Improper Sealant Works
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
Damaged / Broken
Missing / Not Installed
Not Leveled
Others
Stained
Scratched
LIGHT FIXTURE
MISCELLANEOUS FIXTURE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
Damaged / Broken
Incomplete
Tilted / Slanting
Others
Scratch Painting / Stained
Misaligned
Substandard Workmanship
Incorrect Location
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
Damaged / Broken
Not Installed / Missing
Substandard Quality
Others
Scratch Painting / Stained
Misaligned
Substandard Workmanship
Incorrect Location
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
Dented
Improper Rubber Gasket
Loose
Others
Stained
Verticality Out / Tilted
Substandard Joints
10 MISCELLANEOUS
11 ?
12
A Poor Cleanliness
B Water Stagnant / Ponding
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
STAINLESS STEEL RAILING
16A- 1
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 16
APPENDIX 16B
Sample Form of List of Defects

- Architectural and Electrical Works
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 16B SAMPLE FORM OF LIST OF DEFECTS - ARCHITECTURAL AND

ELECTRICAL WORKS
Records of Defects List: Architectural
Project Name:
Block:
Note* : A Outstanding Works / B Defects / C - Observation
No.
Location
Level
Area
Description
Remarks
Status*
Main Contractor:
Consultant:
Project Team
Signature:
..
Name:
..
..
Date: .
..
16A- 2
APPENDIX 16B SAMPLE FORM OF LIST OF DEFECTS - ARCHITECTURAL AND ELECTRICAL WORKS
Records of Defects List: Electrical

Project Name:
Block:
Note* : A Outstanding Works / B Defects / C - Observation
No.
Location
Level
Area
Description
Remarks
Status*
Main Contractor:
Consultant:
Project Team
Signature:
..
Name:
..
..
Date: .
..
16A- 3
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 16
APPENDIX 16C

Certificate of Completion of
Making Good Defects
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 16C SAMPLE PROJECT TEAMS RECOMMENDATION REPORT FOR

CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION OF MAKING GOOD DEFECTS
Our Ref:
Date:
To: (SO/PD)
Dear Sir,
- Recommendation for Certificate of Completion of Making Good Defects
In accordance with the Conditions of Contract, we certify that the rectification works have been
jointly inspected in the presence of the Contractor, the Consultants and Project Team, and have
been found that the defects, imperfections, shrinkages and any other faults in respect of the Works
and described in Appendix A which were required to be made good under the Conditions of
Contract have been completely made good on ............................
*and other rectification works/other works described in Appendix A accepted with options as
follows:
*1.
Works accepted as it is and to deduct diminution of value in Final Account amounting to

RM ...........................
*2.
Works *rectified/*to be rectified by others and to be back-charged to Contractor and

deduction to be included in the Final Account amounting to RM .........................
We attach herewith summary of submission checklist as per Appendix B and draft of Certificate of
Completion of Making Good Defects for your kind signature.
Thank you.
Yours faithfully,
Project Team
(Note: * - To delete whichever not applicable)
16A- 4
RECOMMENDATION FOR PREPARATION OF ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION OF

MAKING GOOD DEFECTS
Project Title:
Project No:
Contractor's Name:
NO
DESCRIPTION
ACTION
1.0
Copy of signed Certificate of

End of Defects Liability Period
To attach
Yes
No
To insert
date
To attach
comments
To attach
list
To attach
To attach
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
2.0
3.0
4.0
Joint site evaluation (Project

Team/Consultant/ Contractor)
Acceptance of Rectification
5.0
6.0
agreement for the preparation
of issuance of Certificate of
Completion of Making Good
Defects
REVIEW
COMMENTS
Prepared by:
.....................................
Project Team
16A- 5
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION OF MAKING GOOD DEFECTS
USE JKR 203Y-Rev. 1/99

Perakuan Siap Memperbaiki Kecacatan
16A- 6
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 16
APPENDIX 16D
Sample Bank Guarantee for

Guarantee Period
(Design Guarantee Bond)
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 16D SAMPLE BANK GUARANTEE FOR GUARANTEE PERIOD

(DESIGN GUARANTEE BOND)
BANK GUARANTEE FOR GUARANTEE PERIOD
This Agreement is made the ............ day of ...................... 20 ...... between
............................................................................... Company's number ..........................
whose registered office is at ............................................................................. (hereinafter
called "the Guarantor") of one part and .......(insert Client's name)................................,
Company no. .............., a company incorporated in Malaysia whose registered office is at
.............................. (hereinafter called "the Employer") of
the other part.
WHEREAS
1.
This Agreement is supplemental to a Contract No. ....................... (hereinafter called "the
Contract")
made
the
.........
day
of
.....................
20
...
between
......................................................................................................................... of the
one part whose registered office is at ...................................................................................
(hereinafter called "the Contractor") and the
Contractor
has
agreed
to
Employer
design,
of
the
other
construct
part
and
whereby
complete
the
the
...................................................................................... Project No. ....................... for the sum

of Ringgit Malaysia ....................................................
. (RM ........................ )
2.
The Guarantor has agreed to guarantee the Employer against any defect or damage of failure
to the design, equipment, materials or workmanship of the Works in the manner hereinafter
appearing.
Now the Guarantor hereby agrees with the Employer as follows:
1.
If any defect or damage or failure shall occur to the Design, Equipment, materials or
workmanship of the Works then the Guarantor shall indemnify and pay the Employer
unconditionally on demand by the Employer in writing without proof or conditions and not
withstanding any objection by the Contractor or any other third party, the sum of Ringgit Malaysia
............................................................................. (RM ...........................) or such part
thereof as may be demanded provided that the Guarantor's liability to pay the Employer as
aforesaid shall correspondingly be reduced proportionate to any partial demand having been made
as aforesaid.
16A- 7
2.
The Guarantor shall not be discharged or released from this Guarantee by any
arrangement between the Contractor and the Employer with or without the consent of the
Guarantor or by any alteration in the obligation undertaken by the Contractor or any forbearance
whether as to payment, time, performance or otherwise.
3.
This Guarantee shall be irrevocable and shall remain in force for a period of five (5) years
after the issuance of the Final Certificate for the Works.

Signed for and on behalf
of the Guarantor
)
)
(signature)
.........................................................
Name: ..............................................
Designation: ...................................
Company's seal/ stamp: ...............
In the presence of the

witness
)
)
(signature)
...........................................................
Name: .............................................
IC or Passport No. ..................................
Occupation: ...................
Signed for and on behalf

of the Employer
)
)
(signature)
..........................................................
Name: ............................................
Designation: ....................................
Company's seal/ stamp: ..............
In the presence of the

witness
)
)
(signature)
.........................................................
Name: ............................................
IC or Passport No. ......................................
Occupation: ....................
16A- 8
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 16
APPENDIX 16E
Sample of Statutory Declaration
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 16E SAMPLE OF STATUTORY DECLARATION

STATUTORY DECLARATION
(Insert name of Contractor's Director) of (insert NRIC no.) of (insert Contractor's company name)
do solemnly and sincerely declare:I am the (designation of the Contractor's Director) of insert Contractor's company name) engaged
for (insert title of contract) (insert the contract no.)
That the workmen who have been engaged by us on the works, including to the best of my
knowledge and belief all workmen employed by us and my sub-contractors (including "Labour SubContractor) have received all wages due to them in connection with such employment and that all
dues or contributions under the Employment Ordinance and any other laws relevant to the
employment of Workmen have been paid.
And I make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing the same to be true, and by virtue of
the provisions of the Statutory Declarations Act, 1960.
....................................................................
Contractor's Signature and Company's Chop
Name
..............................................
Date
..............................................
Declared at the Commissioner of Oath
16A- 9
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 16
APPENDIX 16F

the Issuance of Final Certificate
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 16F
SAMPLE PROJECT TEAMS RECOMMENDATION REPORT

FOR THE ISSUANCE OF FINAL CERTIFICATE
Our Ref:
Date:
To:
Dear Sir,
- Recommendation for Final Certificate
In accordance with the Conditions of Contract, we certify that the Contract Sum has been adjusted
as necessary in accordance with the terms of the above mentioned Conditions is RM .....................
and the amount paid to the Contractor under interim Certificates excluding retention fund is RM
......................... and that RM ...................... is a balance due *from/to the Employer *to/from
Contractor and subject to any deductions authorized by the Contract Conditions shall be a debt
payable from the thirtieth day after the issuance of the certificate.
The Contractor has satisfactorily submitted their Statutory Declaration *and the Design Guarantee
Bond (* delete if not applicable) vide their letter ref. ....................................
We attach herewith summary of submission checklist as per Appendix A and draft of Final
Certificate for your kind signature.
Thank you.
Yours faithfully,
Project Team
16A- 10
RECOMMENDATION FOR PREPARATION OF ISSUANCE OF FINAL CERTIFICATE

Project Title:
Package No:
Contractor's Name:
NO
DESCRIPTION
ACTION
1.0

To attach
Yes No
2.0

Completion of Making Good of
Defects
To attach
Yes No
3.0
Copy of Submission of Statutory

Declaration
To attach
Yes No
4.0
Copy of Submission of Design

Guarantee Bond (if applicable)
To attach
Yes No

consideration for the preparation
of issuance of Final Certificate
REVIEW
COMMENTS
Yes No
Prepared by:
......................................
Project Team
16A- 11
FINAL CERTIFICATE
USE JKR 66A (Pin. 2/1999)
Perakuan Akaun dan Bayaran Muktamad
16A- 12

PART IV : DEFECTS LIABILITY STAGE
CHAPTER 17
FINAL (COMPLETION) REPORT
Chapter 17 FINAL (COMPLETION) REPORT
Table of Contents
17.1
INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 17-1
17.2
SCOPE ..................................................................................................................... 17-1
17.3
PROCEDURE............................................................................................................. 17-1
17.3.1 General........................................................................................................ 17-1
17.3.2 Project Information....................................................................................... 17-1
17.3.3 Project Description ....................................................................................... 17-1
17.3.4 Project Cost ................................................................................................. 17-1
17.3.5 Project Schedule........................................................................................... 17-2
17.3.6 Project Analysis ............................................................................................ 17-2
Appendix 17A
Sample Format Project Final (Completion) Report17A- 1
17-i
17-ii
17 FINAL (COMPLETION) REPORT

17.1
INTRODUCTION
The procedure sets out the format and guidelines in preparing project final (completion)
report.
Refer to Chapter 19 of Volume 10 for the procedure on contract administration for Final
Account and Final Certificate.
This procedure for Final Report is read in conjunction with Chapter 11 (Records,
Drawings and Documentation) and Chapter 15 (Final Inspection and Hand over) of the
Manual.
17.2
SCOPE
17.3
PROCEDURE
17.3.1
General
The project final report is prepared by the Project Team at the completion of the project.
A concerted effort must be made to index and put all pertinent records of the project into
an organized archive stored for use on future projects. This report is prepared either in
English or Bahasa Malaysia as deemed appropriate.
The project final report describes the background, purpose and overall information of the
project including project scope, accomplishment, evaluation results and lessons learnt. It
also outlines the key conclusions and main recommendations.
This document serves to facilitate the dissemination of the knowledge gained from the
project. The lessons learnt from one project forms part of the common knowledge within
DID community. It will also serves as a guide to the Project Teams undertaking other
projects in the future.
A sample project final (completion) report is included in Appendix 17A.
17.3.2
Project Information
In this section, information on project name; owner; various Consultants involved and
Contractor will be included.
17.3.3
Project Description
In this section, overall and various elements of the project are described. The various
elements include civil, structural, architectural, mechanical and electrical services.
17.3.4
Project Cost
Cost information of the project e.g. budget; contract award; final contract sum; reasons
for major variations and unit cost for various construction elements are made available in
this section.
17-1
17.3.5
Project Schedule
Formatted: Font: Bold
Information on project original schedule, project final schedule at completion, delay(s)

and reasons for delay(s) is reported in this section.
17.3.6
Project Analysis
Formatted: Font: Bold
In this section, overviews of the successes and failures are reported. Analysis on the
performance of project key players e.g. Consultants, Contractor and Sub-contractors etc.
is included. Lessons learnt from the project are highlighted in this section.
17-2
DID MANUAL
Volume 11
Chapter 17
APPENDIX 17A
Sample Format
Project Final (Completion) Report
Building Projects
Revision Number :
Revision Date :
Revision 0
March 2009
APPENDIX 17A SAMPLE FORMAT - PROJECT FINAL (COMPLETION)

REPORT BUILDING PROJECTS
1.0
Project Name
2.0
Project Owner
(Division)
3.0
Design Consultants
Project Manager
Architect
Civil & Structure Engineers
Mechanical & Electrical Engineer
Quantity Surveyors
Landscape Architect
Planner
.
Geologist
Hydrologist
Project Purpose
Design Criteria
Scope of Contractor
Number Stories
Number Basement
Total Height
Total Built Up (without carparks)
Total Built up (with carparks)
Design parameters
- capacity or occupancy levels (ie.100m/person)
Structural System
Live Loads
Superimposed Dead Loads
Typical Slab thickness
Concrete grades
4.0
5.0
Project Description
General
6.0
Architectural
7.0
Civil
8.0
Structural
17A- 1
9.0
Foundation
Foundation type
Footing
Soil/Ground condition
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Budget
Sub structure/ Superstructure
Contract Award
Final Contract Sum
Reasons for major variations
Cost/sq. ft
Sub structure/ Superstructure - C/S
MEP
SYSTEMS
ID
10.0
Mechanical
11.0
Electrical
12.0
System
13.0
14.0
ID
Landscape
15.0
Cost
16.0
Schedule
17.0
Analysis
17A- 2
Air Conditioning and Mechanical Ventilation Services.

DOMESTIC COLD WATER
Fire Fighting System
Lift Services
Electrical Load Estimate
Lighting Level
Irrigation System
Drainage System
Plant & Plant Maintenance

RM
RM
RM
RM
RM
RM
RM
Original Schedule
Final Schedule report at completion
Days delayed at end of project
Reason for delays
Overview of the success of the contract
Analysis of performance of key players i.e. consultants,

contractors
Lessons learned
Highlight for future project reference.

Volume 11 - Construction Management PDF

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Descrição original:

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Volume 11 - Construction Management PDF

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

GOVERNMENT OF MALAYSIA

Jabatan Pengairan dan Saliran Malaysia

Revision 0 : March 2009

Dato Ir. Hj. Ahmad Hussaini bin Sulaiman,

Revision 0 : March 2009

Revision 0 : March 2009

Revision 0 : March 2009

Construction Management Overview

PART II CONSTRUCTION STAGE

Project Construction Start Up

Quality Assurance and Quality Control

Project Monitoring Inspection and Supervision

Health, Safety and Environmental Protection

Liaison with Other Government Agencies and Service Providers

Records, Drawings and Documentation

Testing and Commissioning / Final Inspection

Revision 0 : March 2009

PART III COMPLETION AND HAND OVER STAGE

As-Built, O&M Manual and Other Deliverables

Final Inspection and Hand Over

PART IV DEFECTS LIABILITY STAGE

Maintenance / Defects Management

Final (Completion) Report

Revision 0 : March 2009

HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES

IRRIGATION AND AGRICULTURAL DRAINAGE

GEOTECHNICAL MANUAL, SITE INVESTIGATION AND ENGINEERING SURVEY

MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES

DAM SAFETY, INSPECTIONS AND MONITORING

Revision 0 : March 2009

(This page is deliberately left blank)

Revision 0 : March 2009

Air Handling Unit

As Tendered Detailed Abstract

Building Control System

Biological Oxygen Demand

Certificate of Completion and Compliance

Certificate of Fitness for Occupation

Construction Industry Development Board

Certificate of Completion of Making Good Defects

Certificate of Non Completion

Chemical Oxygen Demand

Certificate of Practical Completion

Critical Path Method

Design and Build

Department of Irrigation and Drainage

Defects Liability Period

Department of Occupational Safety and Health

Environmental Impact Assessment

Environmental Management Compliance Plan

Environmental Management System

Emergency Main Switch Board

Environmental Quality Act

Factory Acceptance Test

Fan Coil Unit

Federation Internationale des Ingenieurs Conseils French for International

Health, Safety and Environment

Health, Safety, Security and Environment

High Vent Air Conditioning

Revision 0 : March 2009

Interim Payment Certificate

Inspection and Test Plan